The URL can be used to link to this page

Olander Extension_Project Manual_final PROJECT MANUALPROJECT MANUALPROJECT MANUALPROJECT MANUAL OLANDER DRIVE EXTENSIONOLANDER DRIVE EXTENSIONOLANDER DRIVE EXTENSIONOLANDER DRIVE EXTENSION NORTHAMPTONNORTHAMPTONNORTHAMPTONNORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS, MASSACHUSETTS, MASSACHUSETTS, MASSACHUSETTS March March March March 11111111, 2020, 2020, 2020, 2020 PREPARED FOR:PREPARED FOR:PREPARED FOR:PREPARED FOR: The City of Northampton Department of Planning & Sustainability ADMINISTERED BY:ADMINISTERED BY:ADMINISTERED BY:ADMINISTERED BY: Wayne Feiden, Director of Planning & Sustainability City of Northampton PREPARED BY: 4 Allen Place, Northampton, MA 01060 Berkshire Design Group SECTION 00-0102 TABLE OF CONTENTS Olander Drive Extension│ March 11, 2020 Page 1 of 1 SECTION 00SECTION 00SECTION 00SECTION 00----0102010201020102 TABLE OF CONTENTSTABLE OF CONTENTSTABLE OF CONTENTSTABLE OF CONTENTS Total Number of Pages per SectionTotal Number of Pages per SectionTotal Number of Pages per SectionTotal Number of Pages per Section DIVISION 00- PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS 00-0101 TITLE SHEET FOR PROJECT MANUAL …………………………………………………………………………………………… 1 00-0102 TABLE OF CONTENTS ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 1 00-0115 LIST OF DRAWINGS & SPECIFICATIONS………………………………………………………………………………………….. 1 BIDDING DOCUMENTS 00-2100 INVITATION TO BID …………………………………….…………………………………………………………………………… 5 Appendix A: Bid Form……………………………….………………………………………………………………..……… 3 Appendix B: Certificate of Non-Collusion……………………………….…………………………………………… 1 Appendix C: Certificate of Tax Compliance………………………………………………………..………………… 1 Appendix D: Conflict of Interest Certification……………………………………………………………………… 1 Appendix E: Certificate of Corporate Proposer…………………………………………………………………… 1 Appendix F: Certificate of Compliance………………………………………………………………………………… 1 Appendix G: Certificate of Non-Debarment………………………………………………………………………… 1 Appendix H: MBE/WBE Section 3 Outreach……..…………………………………………………………………… 2 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 00 4355 CONTRACT & FORMS .………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 3 Foreign Corporate Certification Certificate by Corporation to Sign Contract GENERAL CONDITIONS………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 44 PREVAILING WAGE RATES …………...……………………………………………………………………………………………. 33 GENERAL REQUIREMENTSGENERAL REQUIREMENTSGENERAL REQUIREMENTSGENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01-5001 TEMPORARY FACILITIES & CONTROLS ………………………………………………………………………………………… 3 01-7700 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES ………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 6 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION DIVISION DIVISION DIVISION 13131313 –––– SPECIAL CONSTRUCTIONSPECIAL CONSTRUCTIONSPECIAL CONSTRUCTIONSPECIAL CONSTRUCTION 13-1313 WATER FEATURE MECHANICAL SYSTEM…………………………………………………………………………………...... 30 DIVISION 31 DIVISION 31 DIVISION 31 DIVISION 31 –––– EARTHWORKEARTHWORKEARTHWORKEARTHWORK 31-2000 DEMOLITION, CLEARING & GRUBBING …………………………………………………………………………………...... 6 31-2500 SEDIMENT AND EROSION CONTROL …………………………………………………………………………………………. 7 31-5001 EXCAVATION, EARTHWORK, FILLING & GRADING ……. ………………………………………………………………. 20 DIVISION 32 DIVISION 32 DIVISION 32 DIVISION 32 –––– EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTSEXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTSEXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTSEXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS 32-1000 BITUMINOUS CONCRETE PAVEMENT ……………………………………………………………………………………... 17 32-1300 CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE PAVING ………………………………………………………………………………………... 17 32-9200 SEEDING & SODDING …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 13 DIVISION 3DIVISION 3DIVISION 3DIVISION 33333 –––– UTILITIESUTILITIESUTILITIESUTILITIES 33-1000 WATER UTILITIES …………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………... 11 33-3000 SANITARY SEWERAGE………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 6 33-4100 STORMWATER UTILITIES ……………………….……………………………………………………………………………………... 7 SECTION 00-0115 LIST OF DRAWINGS Olander Drive Extension│ March 11, 2020 Page 1 of 1 SECTION 00SECTION 00SECTION 00SECTION 00----0115011501150115 LIST OF DRAWINGS AND LIST OF DRAWINGS AND LIST OF DRAWINGS AND LIST OF DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONSSPECIFICATIONSSPECIFICATIONSSPECIFICATIONS DRAWINGSDRAWINGSDRAWINGSDRAWINGS COVER C-1 OVERALL PLAN C-2 ROAD SITE PLAN C-3 GRADING AND UTILITY PLANS C-4 MEMORIAL PARK SITE PLAN C-5 MULTI-USE PATH CONNECTION C-6.1 DETAILS C-6.2 DETAILS WF-1.0 WATER FEATURE PLAN LAYOUT WF-2.0 WATER FEATURE MECHANICAL DETAILS WR-3.0 WATER FEATURE PUMP SYSTEM DETAILS SPECIFICATIONSSPECIFICATIONSSPECIFICATIONSSPECIFICATIONS 13-1313 WATER FEATURE MECHANICAL SYSTEM 31-2000 DEMOLITION, CLEARING & GRUBBING 31-2500 SEDIMENT AND EROSION CONTROL 31-5001 EXCAVATION, EARTHWORK, FILLING & GRADING 32-1000 BITUMINOUS CONCRETE PAVEMENT 32-1300 CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE PAVING 32-9200 SEEDING & SODDING 33-1000 WATER UTILITIES 33-3000 SANITARY SEWERAGE 33-4000 STORMWATER UTILITIES SECTION 00-2100 INVITATION TO BID Olander Drive Extension │ March 11, 2020 Page 1 of 16 SECTION 00-2100 INVITATION TO BID INVITATION TO BID March March March March 11111111, 2020, 2020, 2020, 2020 INVITATION TO BIDINVITATION TO BIDINVITATION TO BIDINVITATION TO BID FOR FOR FOR FOR OLANDER DRIVE EXTENSIONOLANDER DRIVE EXTENSIONOLANDER DRIVE EXTENSIONOLANDER DRIVE EXTENSION The City of Northampton, pursuant to Mass. G.L. c. 30, sec. 39M, hereby requests sealed bids from proponents, in accordance with the Invitation to Bid, for the construction of approximately 300 linear feet of a new roadway extending Olander Drive and for the construction of Memorial Park & fountain both located at Village Hill in Northampton, MA entitled: OLANDER DRIVE EXTENSION – Invitation to Bid NORTHAMPTON MA 01060 in accordance with the Contract Documents prepared by: BERKSHIRE DESIGN GROUP 4 Allen Place Northampton, MA 01060 hereinafter called the LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT, will be received by: CITY OF NORTHAMPTON, OFFICE OF PLANNING AND SUSTAINABILITY Attn: Wayne Feiden 210 Main Street Northampton, MA 01060 tel. (413) 587-1266 hereinafter called the OWNER, at the: CITY OF NORTHAMPTON, OFFICE OF PLANNING AND SUSTAINABILITY 210 Main Street Northampton, MA 01060 Attn: Olander Drive Extension – Invitation to Bid Response Bids shall be received at the above place until the following times: 2:002:002:002:00 PM, PM, PM, PM, April 1April 1April 1April 1, 2020, 2020, 2020, 2020 The estimated project value is $$$$818181810000,000,000,000,000. AAAA prepreprepre----bid site visit bid site visit bid site visit bid site visit isisisis scheduledscheduledscheduledscheduled for for for for March 1March 1March 1March 18888,,,, 2020202020202020 at 9:00amat 9:00amat 9:00amat 9:00am at the end of at the end of at the end of at the end of Olander DriveOlander DriveOlander DriveOlander Drive SECTION 00-2100 INVITATION TO BID Olander Drive Extension │ March 11, 2020 Page 2 of 16 This project is being funded through a MassWorks Grant and thus all program requirements must be met. All work is subject to the schedule of prevailing wage rates as determined by the Commissioner of the Massachusetts Department of Labor and Workforce Development, Division of Occupational Safety. A copy of the applicable schedule of wages is included in this invitation and made a part hereof. Prevailing wage rates only apply to onsite work. Payroll records must be kept by the successful bidder for all persons employed on the project. A separate Statement of Compliance must be submitted to the Division of Occupational Safety by every employer, including all prime contractors and subcontractors, when its portion of the work is completed. The enclosed form entitled “Weekly Payroll Records Report and Statement of Compliance” clearly details these requirements. All employees to be employed at the worksite will have successfully completed a course in construction safety and health approved by the United States Occupational Safety and Health Administration that is at least 10 hours in duration at the time the employee begins work and who shall furnish documentation of successful completion of said course with the first certified payroll report for each employee. All parties responding to the Invitation to Bid must submit one proposal containing all proposal information. Proposals shall be submitted in a sealed envelope addressed to the City of Northampton, Office of Planning & Sustainability, Wayne Feiden, 210 Main Street, Northampton, MA 01060. Each envelope shall be marked ““““Olander Drive ExtensionOlander Drive ExtensionOlander Drive ExtensionOlander Drive Extension –––– Invitation to Bid ResponseInvitation to Bid ResponseInvitation to Bid ResponseInvitation to Bid Response””””. All parties responding to the Invitation to Bid must acknowledge all Addenda issued by the City of All parties responding to the Invitation to Bid must acknowledge all Addenda issued by the City of All parties responding to the Invitation to Bid must acknowledge all Addenda issued by the City of All parties responding to the Invitation to Bid must acknowledge all Addenda issued by the City of Northampton at the end of the proposalNorthampton at the end of the proposalNorthampton at the end of the proposalNorthampton at the end of the proposal. Failure to do so will result in the bid submission being rejected.. Failure to do so will result in the bid submission being rejected.. Failure to do so will result in the bid submission being rejected.. Failure to do so will result in the bid submission being rejected. Each response to the Invitation to Bid must be accompanied by a certified check, bid bond, treasurers or certified check insured by a responsible bank or trust company for 5% of the total bid payable to the City of Northampton. The winning bidder or Contractor must furnish a payment bond and a performance bond from a surety company in the amount of 100% of the contract price to guarantee payment to materials suppliers and/or subcontractors. The City of Northampton reserves the right to reject any and all bids. Proposals will remain in effect for 90 90 90 90 calendar dayscalendar dayscalendar dayscalendar days after the receipt of proposals. All proposals will be opened publicly. Bid Forms and Contract Documents will be available Bid Forms and Contract Documents will be available Bid Forms and Contract Documents will be available Bid Forms and Contract Documents will be available after after after after March March March March 11111111, 2020, 2020, 2020, 2020 at at at at www.BidDocsOnline.comwww.BidDocsOnline.comwww.BidDocsOnline.comwww.BidDocsOnline.com (may be viewed electronically or a hardcopy can be requested). There is a plan deposit of $50.00 per set (may be viewed electronically or a hardcopy can be requested). There is a plan deposit of $50.00 per set (may be viewed electronically or a hardcopy can be requested). There is a plan deposit of $50.00 per set (may be viewed electronically or a hardcopy can be requested). There is a plan deposit of $50.00 per set (maximum (maximum (maximum (maximum of 2 sets) payable to the BidDocs Online Inc.of 2 sets) payable to the BidDocs Online Inc.of 2 sets) payable to the BidDocs Online Inc.of 2 sets) payable to the BidDocs Online Inc. Bid forms and documents may also be viewed at Bid forms and documents may also be viewed at Bid forms and documents may also be viewed at Bid forms and documents may also be viewed at the City’s Office of Planning and Sustainability.the City’s Office of Planning and Sustainability.the City’s Office of Planning and Sustainability.the City’s Office of Planning and Sustainability. The Proposed Project Schedule Is: The Proposed Project Schedule Is: The Proposed Project Schedule Is: The Proposed Project Schedule Is: Project NoticeProject NoticeProject NoticeProject Notice---- Central RegisterCentral RegisterCentral RegisterCentral Register March March March March 11111111, 2020, 2020, 2020, 2020 Project NoticeProject NoticeProject NoticeProject Notice---- Daily Daily Daily Daily Hampshire GazetteHampshire GazetteHampshire GazetteHampshire Gazette March March March March 11111111----12121212, 2020, 2020, 2020, 2020 Bid DateBid DateBid DateBid Date April 1April 1April 1April 1, 2020 2:00 p.m., 2020 2:00 p.m., 2020 2:00 p.m., 2020 2:00 p.m. Estimated Award and ContractEstimated Award and ContractEstimated Award and ContractEstimated Award and Contract April 30April 30April 30April 30, 2020, 2020, 2020, 2020 Substantial Completion of WorkSubstantial Completion of WorkSubstantial Completion of WorkSubstantial Completion of Work 120 Calendar Days120 Calendar Days120 Calendar Days120 Calendar Days SECTION 00-2100 INVITATION TO BID Olander Drive Extension │ March 11, 2020 Page 3 of 16 INTRODUCTIONINTRODUCTIONINTRODUCTIONINTRODUCTION Pursuant to M.G.L. c. 30, Section 39M, the City of Northampton, the Awarding Authority, invites competitive sealed bid proposals for the construction of the Olander Drive Extension and Memorial Park projects in Northampton, MA. The scope of work includes clearing and grubbing, grading, utilities, paving, and all services required to complete construction of the project with any EXCEPTIONS noted below under the Scope of Work. This request for bids fully details the process and the requirements of each bid proposal. Those submitting proposals shall comply with the provisions hereof. The City of Northampton shall issue in the form of Addenda to this request for bid, any changes or additions and any documents referred to herein or attached hereto that are made by the City of Northampton subsequent to the date of this invitation to each person who receives a copy of this request. The City of Northampton is soliciting competitive bid proposals pursuant to a determination that such a process best serves the interests of the City of Northampton and the general public. The City of Northampton reserves the right to accept or reject any and all proposals. Required Required Required Required Bid Bid Bid Bid DocumentsDocumentsDocumentsDocuments---- To be considered responsible and responsive and eligible to submit a proposal for consideration of having the most advantageous bid proposal, bidders shall submit the attached Bid Form: enclosed herewith as Appendix A. The Bid Form shall also be accompanied by a reference list that includes the following: 1.1.1.1. A list, with reference information, of minimum of three (3) paving projects similar in scope and scale completed by the Contractor in the past five (5) years. 2.2.2.2. Qualification statement which shall include the following: a. Resumes of key personnel to be assigned to the project b. Demonstrated ability to meet and/or beat construction schedule c. Experience with publicly funded projects d. Demonstrated experience with Section 3 and MBE/WBE/DBE hiring and a commitment to achieving these hiring goals (a written plan of action on meeting hiring goals will be required and compliance benchmarks will be established) Other Other Other Other Required Required Required Required DocumentsDocumentsDocumentsDocuments---- Included with the bid proposal, Contractors shall submit the following as required: 1.1.1.1. A fully executed Certificate of Non-Collusion (Appendix B). 2.2.2.2. A fully executed Certificate of Tax Compliance (Appendix C). 3.3.3.3. A fully executed Conflict of Interest Certification (Appendix D). 4.4.4.4. A fully executed Certificate of Corporate Proposer (Appendix E). 5.5.5.5. A fully executed Certificate of Compliance with M.G.L. c. 151B (Appendix F). 6.6.6.6. A fully executed Certificate of Non-Debarment (Appendix G). SECTION 00-2100 INVITATION TO BID Olander Drive Extension │ March 11, 2020 Page 4 of 16 7.7.7.7. MBE/WBE Section 3 Participation (Appendix H). 8.8.8.8. A current Certificate of Insurance. 9.9.9.9. A technical work plan and a timeline for accomplishing the tasks described in the scope of work shall be provided. SCOPE OF WORK ANDSCOPE OF WORK ANDSCOPE OF WORK ANDSCOPE OF WORK AND PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONSPERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONSPERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONSPERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS This project generally consists of the construction of approximately 300 linear feet of roadway including clearing and grading, utilities, road construction up to binder, granite curb and sidewalk and a retaining wall. Work also includes a trail connection on the west side of the site and the proposed Memorial Park located on the east side of Olander Drive. Work for the park includes clearing, grubbing and construction of a concrete walk and asphalt path as well as the installation of the historical fountain that is currently being restored. The plumbing subcontractor for this project is also responsible for installing the fountain feature plumbing at the restoration facility in Easton, MA. The contractor is then responsible for installing the fountain feature which will be delivered to the site. Work pursuant to this Request for Proposals shall be completed and be ready and substantially complete Work pursuant to this Request for Proposals shall be completed and be ready and substantially complete Work pursuant to this Request for Proposals shall be completed and be ready and substantially complete Work pursuant to this Request for Proposals shall be completed and be ready and substantially complete within within within within 120 days120 days120 days120 days of the Notice to Proceed.of the Notice to Proceed.of the Notice to Proceed.of the Notice to Proceed. The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining all required permits and approvals, including but not limited to a Northampton Trench Permit. The costs for such permits shall be waived for all City of Northampton issued permits. The Contractor shall furnish all materials, labor, tools, equipment, machinery, and other equipment required to properly execute and complete the work according to plans and specifications submitted. The Contractor shall properly store all materials which are required to be stored on site and protect the same from weather damage. The City of Northampton will designate construction storage areas. No areas shall be used without such designation. The Contractor shall provide site safety measures that comply with federal, state and local codes and standards so that the site is safe for workers and so that the general public is protected. Such measures will include, but not be limited to, fencing and barricades, lighting and signage. Barricades and fencing shall be erected so as to allow safe, public passage along trails outside the work area at all times. Construction must not interfere with any City of Northampton operations. The Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the City of Northampton from all losses, costs, claims, demands and damages, and from all fees of attorneys and other experts incurred by the City of Northampton in connection therewith as a result of or arising from any violation of applicable environmental rules, regulations or laws caused or precipitated by the Contractor. The Contractor shall keep the premises and surrounding area free of waste materials, debris or rubbish caused by or arising from the performance of work under the contract on a daily basis. At the end of the contract the Contractor shall remove from and about the premises all waste materials, rubbish, the Contractor’s tools and equipment, machinery and construction debris. SECTION 00-2100 INVITATION TO BID Olander Drive Extension │ March 11, 2020 Page 5 of 16 The Contractor shall be responsible for the remediation of any damage to fencing, parking lots, roadways, landscaping or facilities caused by their work on this contract. The general Scope of Work shall consist of: Installation and maintenance of erosion control measures. Clearing, grubbing and grading as required. Installation of water, sanitary and storm sewer pipe, stubs, and structures as shown on the plans. Road construction up to binder course. Granite curb, concrete sidewalk, guardrail, and retaining wall construction. Gravel trail connection construction. Utility service connections, concrete and asphalt walk construction associated with Memorial Park. Repair of the existing fountain basin and installation of the restored iron fountain elements. Installing final plumbing inside the fountain feature at the facility in Easton, MA. Installation of the fountain feature at the site (fountain feature will be delivered to the site). Construction of all fountain infrastructure including reservoirs, tanks, dry well, pumps and piping. Installation of utility services for the fountain including water and electrical. All repairs and corrective work required by applicable warranties. WarrantiWarrantiWarrantiWarrantieseseses The Contractor shall provide to the City two copies of a written warranty stating that all work executed under the contract with the City is free from defects regarding materials and workmanship for a period of one (1) year from substantial completion/occupancy. Defects shall be remedied within this period upon written notice by the City at no additional costs. RULE FOR AWARDRULE FOR AWARDRULE FOR AWARDRULE FOR AWARD The City of Northampton will determine the most advantageous proposal from a responsible and qualified proposer, taking into consideration price and other criteria set forth in the Invitation to Bid. SECTION 00-2100 INVITATION TO BID Olander Drive Extension │ March 11, 2020 Page 6 of 16 APPENDIX AAPPENDIX AAPPENDIX AAPPENDIX A---- BID FORMBID FORMBID FORMBID FORM To the Awarding Authority: A. The undersigned proposes to furnish all labor and materials required for the Olander Drive ExtensionOlander Drive ExtensionOlander Drive ExtensionOlander Drive Extension in accordance with the accompanying plans and specifications prepared by Berkshire Design Group, 4 Allen Place, Northampton, Massachusetts 01060, for the contract price specified below, subject to additions and deductions according to the terms of the specifications. B. This bid includes addenda numbered C. A Proposal Bid Guarantee in the amount of $ (5% of “D”) is submitted herewith. D. LUMP SUM BASE BID For all work associated with the construction of the Olander Drive ExtensionOlander Drive ExtensionOlander Drive ExtensionOlander Drive Extension, the west side trail connection and Memorial ParkMemorial ParkMemorial ParkMemorial Park; said work includes but is not limited to: erosion control, tree protection, site clearing, excavation, utility installation, trenching, backfill, root pruning, grading, seeding, asphalt paving, granite curbing, concrete sidewalk, retaining wall and installation of the Memorial Park fountain –as specified hereafter; the Lump Sum of: $___________________________________________ In Numbers ____________________________________________________________________________ In Words E. ALTERNATES Add Alternate #1: Add Alternate #1: Add Alternate #1: Add Alternate #1: UV Filter at fountainUV Filter at fountainUV Filter at fountainUV Filter at fountain _________________________________________________________________ DOLLARS Amount written out in words ($ ) Amount written out in numbers SECTION 00-2100 INVITATION TO BID Olander Drive Extension │ March 11, 2020 Page 7 of 16 Add Alternate #Add Alternate #Add Alternate #Add Alternate #2222: : : : Install the metal guardrail fencing along the retaining wallInstall the metal guardrail fencing along the retaining wallInstall the metal guardrail fencing along the retaining wallInstall the metal guardrail fencing along the retaining wall _________________________________________________________________ DOLLARS Amount written out in words ($ ) Amount written out in numbers Add Alternate #Add Alternate #Add Alternate #Add Alternate #3333: : : : Provide airProvide airProvide airProvide air----spading of tree roots adjacent to the retaining wallspading of tree roots adjacent to the retaining wallspading of tree roots adjacent to the retaining wallspading of tree roots adjacent to the retaining wall _________________________________________________________________ DOLLARS Amount written out in words ($ ) Amount written out in numbers F. UNIT PRICES FOR ADDITIONAL WORK & CHANGE ORDERS G. The undersigned agrees that, if they are selected as general contractor, they will within five days, Saturdays, Sundays and legal holidays excluded, after presentation thereof by the awarding authority, execute a contract in accordance with the terms of this bid and furnish a performance bond and also a labor and materials or payment bond, each of a surety company qualified to do business under the laws of the Commonwealth and satisfactory to the awarding authority and each in the sum of the contract price, the premium for which shall be paid by the general contractor and are included in the contract price. The undersigned hereby certifies that they are able to furnish labor that can work in harmony with all other elements of labor employed or to be employed on the work and that they will comply fully with all laws and regulations applicable to awards made subject to Section 44A. ItemItemItemItem UnitUnitUnitUnit $/unit$/unit$/unit$/unit Furnish and install new 2.5”-3” caliper tree planting. Each Trench rock excavation CY SECTION 00-2100 INVITATION TO BID Olander Drive Extension │ March 11, 2020 Page 8 of 16 The undersigned hereby certifies that he is able to furnish labor that can work in harmony with all other elements of labor employed or to be employed on the work; that all employees to be employed at the worksite will have successfully completed a course in construction safety and health approved by the United States Occupational Safety and Health Administration that is at least 10 hours in duration at the time the employee begins work and who shall furnish documentation of successful completion of said course with the first certified payroll report for each employee; and that he will comply fully with all laws and regulations applicable to awards made subject to section 44A. The undersigned further certifies under the penalties of perjury that this bid is in all respects bona fide, fair and made without collusion or fraud with any other person. As used in the subsection the word "person" shall mean any natural person, joint venture, partnership, corporation or other business or legal entity. The undersigned further certifies under penalties of perjury that the said undersigned is not presently debarred from doing public construction work in the Commonwealth under the provisions of Chapter 29, Section 29F, or any other applicable debarment provisions of any other chapter of the General Laws or any rule or regulation promulgated thereunder. Pursuant to M.G.L. Ch. 62C, sec. 49A, I certify under the penalties of perjury that I, to my best knowledge and belief, have filed all state tax returns and paid all state taxes required under law. Date: ____________________________ ___________________________________________________________________ (NAME OF GENERAL BIDDER) ___________________________________________________________________ (SIGNATURE OF PERSON SIGNING AND TITLE) ___________________________________________________________________ (BUSINESS ADDRESS) SECTION 00-2100 INVITATION TO BID Olander Drive Extension │ March 11, 2020 Page 9 of 16 APPENDIX BAPPENDIX BAPPENDIX BAPPENDIX B---- CERTIFICATE OF NONCERTIFICATE OF NONCERTIFICATE OF NONCERTIFICATE OF NON----COLLUSIONCOLLUSIONCOLLUSIONCOLLUSION NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT OF PRIME BIDDER STATE OF____________________ COUNTY OF_____________________ M _________________________________________________________being first duly sworn deposes: (1) He is the of the Bidder that has submitted the attached bid: (2) He is fully informed respecting the preparation and contents of the attached bid and all of pertinent circumstances respecting such bid; (3) Such bid is genuine and is not a collusive or sham Bid; (4) Neither the said Bidder nor any of its officers, partners, owners, agents, representatives, employees or parties in interest, including this affiant, has in any way colluded, conspired, connived, or agreed, directly or indirectly with any other Bidder, firm or person to submit a collusive or sham Bid in connection with the Contract for which the attached Bid has been submitted or to refrain from bidding in connection with such Contract, or has in any manner directly or indirectly, sought by agreement or collusion or communication or conference with any other Bidder, firm or person to fix the price or prices in the attached Bid of any other Bidder, or to fix any overhead, profit or cost element of the Bid price or the Bid price of any other Bidder , or to secure through any collusion, conspiracy, connivance or unlawful agreement any advantage against the City of Northampton, Massachusetts or any persons interested in the proposed Contract; and (5) The price or prices quoted in the attached Bid are fair and proper and are not tainted by any collusion, conspiracy, connivance, or unlawful agreement on the part of the Bidder or any of its agents, representatives, owners, employees, or parties in interest, including this affiant. Subscribed and sworn to before me this______ day of ___________ Title: ___________________________________________________ My Commission Expires: ____________________________________ Signed: __________________________________________________ SECTION 00-2100 INVITATION TO BID Olander Drive Extension │ March 11, 2020 Page 10 of 16 APPENDIX CAPPENDIX CAPPENDIX CAPPENDIX C---- CERTIFICATE OF TAX COMPLIANCECERTIFICATE OF TAX COMPLIANCECERTIFICATE OF TAX COMPLIANCECERTIFICATE OF TAX COMPLIANCE REQUIRED CERTIFICATIONS Certification that State Taxes are Filed and Paid Pursuant to M.G.L Chapter 62C, Section 49A, I certify under the penalties of perjury that I have, to my best knowledge and belief, complied with the laws of the Commonwealth relating to taxes, reporting of employees and contractors, and withholding and remitting child support. My Social Security number (voluntary) or Federal Identification number is: _________________________________ BY: _________________________________________________ Signature of Individual/Corporate Name (Mandatory) Corporate Officer (Mandatory, if applicable) DATE: _____________________________ Approval of a contract or other agreement will not be granted unless this certification clause is signed by the applicant(s). Your Socia`l Security Number will be furnished to the Massachusetts Department of Revenue to determine whether you have met tax filing or tax payment obligations. Providers who fail to correct their non-filing or delinquency will not have a contract or other agreement issued, renewed, or extended. SECTION 00-2100 INVITATION TO BID Olander Drive Extension │ March 11, 2020 Page 11 of 16 APPENDIX DAPPENDIX DAPPENDIX DAPPENDIX D---- CONFLICT OF INTEREST CERTIFICATIONCONFLICT OF INTEREST CERTIFICATIONCONFLICT OF INTEREST CERTIFICATIONCONFLICT OF INTEREST CERTIFICATION Certification of Non-Conflict Of Interest: The undersigned certifies under penalties of perjury that no official or employee of the governmental body for which the attached solicitation is proposed is peculiarly interested in this proposal or bid or in the contract which it offers to execute or in expected profits to arise there from; and further that no official or employee of said governmental body will receive any commission, discount, bonus, gift, contribution, or reward from or share in the profits of any person making or performing such contract. As used in this certification, the word "person" shall mean any natural person, business, partnership, corporation, union, committee, club, or other organization, entity, or group of individuals. Signed: __________________________________________ Date: ______________________ Name of person signing bid or proposal. Typed: ____________________________________________ Name of Business SECTION 00-2100 INVITATION TO BID Olander Drive Extension │ March 11, 2020 Page 12 of 16 APPENDIX EAPPENDIX EAPPENDIX EAPPENDIX E---- CERTIFICATE OF CORPORATE CERTIFICATE OF CORPORATE CERTIFICATE OF CORPORATE CERTIFICATE OF CORPORATE PROPOSERPROPOSERPROPOSERPROPOSER CERTIFICATE OF CORPORATE PROPOSER I, _______________________, certify that I am the Clerk of the Corporation named as Proposer in the attached Proposal Form; that __________________, who signed said Proposal on behalf of the Proposer was then _____________________ of said Corporation and was duly authorized to sign said Proposal Form; and that I know his/her signature thereto is genuine. (Corporate Seal) _____________________________ Name of Proposer _____________________________ Address of Proposer _____________________________ _____________________________ Telephone Number_____________ By: _________________________ (Signature) _________________________ Printed Name _________________________ Printed Title _________________________ Date This Certificate shall be completed where Proposer is a Corporation and shall be so completed by its Clerk. In the event that the Clerk is the person signing the Proposal on behalf of the Corporation, this certificate shall be completed by another officer of the Corporation. SECTION 00-2100 INVITATION TO BID Olander Drive Extension │ March 11, 2020 Page 13 of 16 APPENDIX FAPPENDIX FAPPENDIX FAPPENDIX F---- CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCECERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCECERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCECERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE WITH M.G.L. c. 151B The Proposer hereby certifies that it is in compliance with and shall remain in compliance with Massachusetts General Laws (M.G.L.) Chapter 151B and shall not discriminate on any prohibited basis outlined therein. The Proposer also hereby certifies that it shall comply with any and all applicable Supplier Diversity Office (SDO) thresholds that have been established in conjunction with this Request for Proposals. _____________________________ Name of Proposer _____________________________ Address of Proposer _____________________________ _____________________________ Telephone Number______________ By: _________________________ (Signature) _____________________________ Printed Name _________________________ Printed Title _________________________ Date SECTION 00-2100 INVITATION TO BID Olander Drive Extension │ March 11, 2020 Page 14 of 16 APPENDIX GAPPENDIX GAPPENDIX GAPPENDIX G---- CERTIFICATE OF NONCERTIFICATE OF NONCERTIFICATE OF NONCERTIFICATE OF NON----DEBARMENTDEBARMENTDEBARMENTDEBARMENT CERTIFICATE OF NON-DEBARMENT The Proposer hereby certifies that it is presently not debarred, suspended, or otherwise prohibited from practice by any federal, state, or local agency, and that, should any proceeding arise in which it is debarred, suspended, or otherwise prohibited from practice by any federal, state, or local agency, the Proposer shall inform the District within one (1) business day of such debarment, suspension, or prohibition from practice. _____________________________ Name of Proposer _____________________________ Address of Proposer _____________________________ _____________________________ Telephone Number_____________ By: _________________________ (Signature) _________________________ Printed Name _________________________ Printed Title _________________________ Date SECTION 00-2100 INVITATION TO BID Olander Drive Extension │ March 11, 2020 Page 15 of 16 APPENDIAPPENDIAPPENDIAPPENDIX H X H X H X H ---- MBE / WBE / Section 3 OutreachMBE / WBE / Section 3 OutreachMBE / WBE / Section 3 OutreachMBE / WBE / Section 3 Outreach Minority Participation COMMITMENT TO MINORITY, WOMEN & LOCAL RESIDENT (SECTION 3) PARTICIPATION, BUSINESS & WORKFORCE UTILIZATION Introduction The MBE, WBE, Section 3 and minority workforce utilization goals for the Olander Extension project are goals that (the “Owner”) expect contractors working on the project to meet. These goals are to be set based upon the competitive bid process as outlined by the selected contractor. The contractor should propose the following percentages as part of their bid, to be approved by the Owners. These percentages will be tracked and monitored by the Owners to ensure goals are being met: o ___% of the value of the construction contract(s) for the development project to be awarded to minority, women and/or Section 3 owned businesses. o ___% of new hires added to the construction workforce to be comprised of local low-income workers, women and/or minorities. Half, or ___%, of new hires added to the construction workforce are to be comprised of local low-income workers. o ___% of the worker hours to be performed by local low-income workers, women, minorities and/or members of a socially disadvantaged group. MBE, WBE, Section 3 and Socially Disadvantaged Business Enterprises Contracting The contractor will be required to ensure that all subcontractors(s) advertise to Section 3 and MBE/WBE contractors and socially disadvantaged business enterprises registered as such with the City of Northampton, MA and the Commonwealth of Massachusetts. Letters of commitment or intent must accompany bid packages for all MBE/WBE firms listed as subcontractors in the bid. The contractor and all subcontractor(s) must also outline the percentage of contract work to be self-performed. Please also complete the MBE/WBE/Section 3 prior utilization form in the bid package as evidence of your experience meeting utilization goals for projects you have completed. If you have not participated in projects with MBE/WBE/ socially disadvantaged groups/Section 3 requirements, then it is important that your proposal clearly address how you will meet the goals outlined in this section for this project. Section 3, Socially Disadvantaged Groups and Minority Workforce Utilization The contractor will be required to develop and implement a hiring plan intended to ensure that historically disadvantaged groups will participate in the construction of the Project. The Owner’s goal is that 30% of all worker hours be performed by socially disadvantaged groups and other minority, women and/or Section 3 residents, and that half of those hours be performed by socially disadvantaged groups. For these purposes, the phrase “Section 3 Workers” shall refer to workers who are residents of public housing or low-income persons. A low-income person is one who is a member of a family whose household income does not exceed 80% of the area median income for the applicable family size as determined by the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development. The applicable maximum household income for such workers is shown in the second row of the following chart: SECTION 00-2100 INVITATION TO BID Olander Drive Extension │ March 11, 2020 Page 16 of 16 Adjusted Average Median Income (AMI) for [Insert City and State] Household Size (Persons) 1 2 3 4 5 6 AMI $ $ $ $ $ $ 80% AMI $ $ $ $ $ $ Each bid package must include a detailed description of the contractor’s Section 3 and minority workforce utilization implementation plan, and the plan will be incorporated into the terms of the contract. Hiring priority shall be given to qualified persons in the following order: (1) relocated former residents, (2) public housing residents of Northampton, MA, (3) participants in programs that provide education, counseling and job skills to unemployed young American adults (4) low income residents of neighboring towns The contractor will conduct an assessment of the applicants before hiring workers within the applicable trade, based on an initial skill assessment. Reasons for applicants failing the contractor assessment will be documented by the contractor and made available to the Owner and The Community Builders. Compliance For compliance purposes, the contract documents will include or incorporate: 1. The socially disadvantaged, MBE, WBE, Section 3, women and minority workforce goals described above. 2. The contractor’s acceptance of these goals and an agreement to cooperate with efforts to place qualified residents in construction employment on this project. 3. A completed utilization plan describing steps for achieving these goals, the proposed form of which is attached hereto.* 4. A requirement to submit certified payrolls reports including the race, gender and Section 3 classification of all employees, as well as regular updates on utilization and participation. END OF SECTION SECTION 00SECTION 00SECTION 00SECTION 00----4355435543554355 CONTRACT AND FORMSCONTRACT AND FORMSCONTRACT AND FORMSCONTRACT AND FORMS Olander Drive Extension│ March 11, 2020 Page 1 of 5 SECTION 00-4355 CONTRACT AND FORMSCONTRACT AND FORMSCONTRACT AND FORMSCONTRACT AND FORMS CITY OF NORTHAMPTON MASSACHUSETTS CONTRACT FOR Olander Drive ExtensionOlander Drive ExtensionOlander Drive ExtensionOlander Drive Extension THIS AGREEMENT, executed this day of 20___ by and between ___________________________________________________________________________________ hereinafter called "Contractor" and the City of Northampton, a municipal corporation in the County of Hampshire, Commonwealth of Massachusetts, party of the second part hereinafter called "Owner". WITNESSETH, that for the consideration hereinafter mentioned, the Owner and the Contractor shall agree to the terms and conditions contained in this contract, enumerated as follows: The Owner- Contractor Agreement, Bidding Documents, Contract Forms, Specifications contained in the attached quote and all addenda issued prior to and all Modifications issued after execution of the Contract. THE OWNER shall pay the Contractor for the performance of this contract in the sum of (amount in dollars) in accordance with the terms of this contract. This contract shall not be altered in any particular without the consent of all parties to this contract. All alterations to this contract must be in writing and authorized as such by the Mayor and a Majority vote of the Board, Agency, or Committee signing this contract. The Contractor shall not delegate, assign or transfer any of its duties delineated in the scope of services without prior written consent from the CITY. In the event the Contractor is a corporation a certificate that the person executing this contract is duly authorized to sign, must accompany this contract. Notwithstanding anything in the Contract documents to the contrary, any and all payments which the City is required to make under this Contract shall be subject to appropriation or other availability of funds as certified by the City Auditor. Obligations for payments beyond the current fiscal year are subject to appropriation and this Contract shall be canceled in the event of non-appropriation. Final payment on this contract shall release and discharge the Owner from any and all claims against the Owner on account of any work performed hereunder, or any alteration hereto. The Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless, the CITY and all of its officers, agents, and employees against all suits, claims or liabilities of every nature, arising out of, or in consequence of, the acts or omissions of the Contractor, its employees, agents, or sub-contractors in connection with their rendering of services or goods under this AGREEMENT and will, at the Contractor’s own cost and expense, defend any and all such suits and actions SECTION 00SECTION 00SECTION 00SECTION 00----4355435543554355 CONTRACT AND FORMSCONTRACT AND FORMSCONTRACT AND FORMSCONTRACT AND FORMS Olander Drive Extension│ March 11, 2020 Page 2 of 5 By signing this contract the Contractor agrees to subject any dispute to mediation, at the option of the City, prior to filing suit in any forum. This contract shall be deemed to be a Massachusetts contract and its interpretation and construction shall be governed by the laws of Massachusetts and the Charter and Ordinances of the Owner. The provisions of this contract are severable. If any provision of this contract shall be held unconstitutional by any court of competent jurisdiction, the decision of such court shall not affect any other provisions of this contract. The City of Northampton is not bound by this contract until approved by the Mayor of Northampton. The Contractor certifies that a) neither it nor any of its subcontractors have been subject to a federal or state criminal or civil judgment, administrative citation, final administrative determination, order or debarment resulting from a violation of G.L. c. 149, c. 151, or the Fair Labor Standards Act within three (3) years prior to the date of the Contract, or b) that if it or any of its subcontractors have been subject to a federal or state criminal or civil judgment, administrative citation, final administrative determination, order or debarment resulting from a violation of G.L. c. 149, c. 151, or the Fair Labor Standards Act within three (3) years prior to the date of the Contract, the Contractor has provided copies of any such judgment, citation, determination or order to the City prior to the date of the Contract and has procured a wage bond or insurance. The Contractor certifies that while the Contract is in effect, it will report any instance of the above to the City within five (5) days of Contractor's receipt. Pursuant to M.G.L. Chapter 62C, Section 49A, I certify under the penalties of perjury that I have, to my best knowledge and belief, complied with the law of the Commonwealth relating to taxes, reporting of employees and contractors, and withholding and remitting child support. I further authorize the City of Northampton to deduct from the amounts due under this contract, any overdue taxes, real or personal, or any other fees due to the City of Northampton from the Contractor which become due and payable by the Contractor or its officers, Architects or agents during the term of this contract or until the final amounts due under this contract are paid in full. Check one: The Contractor does not have a Northampton office. IN WITNESS WHEREOF the Owner caused these presents to be signed in triplicate and approved by David IN WITNESS WHEREOF the Owner caused these presents to be signed in triplicate and approved by David IN WITNESS WHEREOF the Owner caused these presents to be signed in triplicate and approved by David IN WITNESS WHEREOF the Owner caused these presents to be signed in triplicate and approved by David Narkewicz its Mayor and the said Contractor has caused these presents to be signed in triplicate and its Narkewicz its Mayor and the said Contractor has caused these presents to be signed in triplicate and its Narkewicz its Mayor and the said Contractor has caused these presents to be signed in triplicate and its Narkewicz its Mayor and the said Contractor has caused these presents to be signed in triplicate and its official seal to be hereto affixed by its officer oofficial seal to be hereto affixed by its officer oofficial seal to be hereto affixed by its officer oofficial seal to be hereto affixed by its officer or agent thereunto duly authorized (by the attached r agent thereunto duly authorized (by the attached r agent thereunto duly authorized (by the attached r agent thereunto duly authorized (by the attached corporate resolution). This instrument shall take effect as a sealed instrument.corporate resolution). This instrument shall take effect as a sealed instrument.corporate resolution). This instrument shall take effect as a sealed instrument.corporate resolution). This instrument shall take effect as a sealed instrument. Contractor: Contractor it's Authorized Signatory Title Date SECTION 00SECTION 00SECTION 00SECTION 00----4355435543554355 CONTRACT AND FORMSCONTRACT AND FORMSCONTRACT AND FORMSCONTRACT AND FORMS Olander Drive Extension│ March 11, 2020 Page 3 of 5 FoFoFoForeign Corporation Certificationreign Corporation Certificationreign Corporation Certificationreign Corporation Certification AFFIDAVIT OF COMPLIANCE Form AF-4A 1/78 EXECUTIVE OFFICE FOR ADMINISTRATION AND FINANCE The Commonwealth of Massachusetts MASSACHUSETTS BUSINESS CORPORATION NON-PROFIT CORPORATION FOREIGN (non-Massachusetts) Corporation 1. ________President Clerk of ___________whose principal office is (Name of Corporation) located ____________________________________________________________________________ (Address of Corporation) do hereby certify that the above named Corporation has filed with the State Secretary all certificates and annual reports required by Chapter 156B, Section 109 (Business Corporation), by Chapter 181, Section 4 (Foreign Corporation), or by Chapter 180, Section 26A (non-profit Corporation) of the Massachusetts General Laws. SIGNED UNDER THE PENALTIES OF PERJURY THIS day of , 19 . Signature of responsible Corporate Officer A TRUE COPY, ATTEST: (Clerk) Place of Business Date of this Contract SECTION 00SECTION 00SECTION 00SECTION 00----4355435543554355 CONTRACT AND FORMSCONTRACT AND FORMSCONTRACT AND FORMSCONTRACT AND FORMS Olander Drive Extension│ March 11, 2020 Page 4 of 5 CITY OF NORTHAMPTON:CITY OF NORTHAMPTON:CITY OF NORTHAMPTON:CITY OF NORTHAMPTON: __________________________ Date ________________ Director of Planning and Sustainability Date Chief Proc. Officer, approved as to form and c. 30B compliance Date City Auditor, approved as to appropriation. Date Mayor David Narkewicz SECTION 00SECTION 00SECTION 00SECTION 00----4355435543554355 CONTRACT AND FORMSCONTRACT AND FORMSCONTRACT AND FORMSCONTRACT AND FORMS Olander Drive Extension│ March 11, 2020 Page 5 of 5 Certificate by Corporation to Sign ContractCertificate by Corporation to Sign ContractCertificate by Corporation to Sign ContractCertificate by Corporation to Sign Contract At a duly authorized meeting of the Board of Architects of the held on (Name of Corporation) (Date) At which all the Architects were present or waived notice, it was voted that, ________________________________ __________________________________________ (Name) (Officer) of this company, be and he hereby is authorized to execute contracts and bonds in the name and behalf of said company, and affix its Corporate Seal thereto, and such execution of any contract or obligation in this company's name on its behalf by such under seal of the company, _________________________________________ __________________________________________________ (Officer) shall be valid and binding upon this company, A TRUE COPY, ATTEST: ______ (Clerk) Place of Business Date of this Contract I hereby certify that I am the clerk of the that is the duly elected of said company, and the above vote has not been amended or rescinded and remains in full force and effect as of the date of this contract. ____________________________ (Clerk) (Corporate Seal) END OF SECTION GENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONS Olander Drive Extension │ March 11, 2020 Page 1 of 44 GENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONS GENERAL CONDITIONS TABLE OF CONTENTSGENERAL CONDITIONS TABLE OF CONTENTSGENERAL CONDITIONS TABLE OF CONTENTSGENERAL CONDITIONS TABLE OF CONTENTS ARTICLE 1 - CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 1.1 Definitions A. The Contract Documents B. The Contract C. The Work D. The Project 1.2 Execution, Correlation and Intent 1.3 Ownership and Use of Documents ARTICLE 2 – ARCHITECT 2.1. Definition 2.2 Administration of the Contract ARTICLE 3 - OWNER 3.1 Definition 3.2 Information and Services Required of the Owner 3.3 Owner's Right To Stop The Work 3.4 Owner's Right To Carry Out the Work 3.5 Partial Occupancy ARTICLE 4 - CONTRACTOR 4.1 Definition 4.2 Review of Contract Documents 4.3 Supervision and Construction Procedures 4.4 Labor and Materials 4.5 Warranty 4.6 Taxes 4.7 Permits, Fees and Notices 4.8 Allowances (intentionally deleted) 4.9 Superintendent 4.10 Progress Schedule 4.11 Documents and Samples at the Site 4.12 Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples 4.13 Use of Site 4.14 Cutting and Patching of Work 4.15 Cleaning Up 4.16 Indemnification ARTICLE 5 - SUBCONTRACTORS 5.1 Definition 5.2 Award of Subcontracts and Other Contracts For Portions of the Work 5.3 Subcontractural Relations GENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONS Olander Drive Extension │ March 11, 2020 Page 2 of 44 ARTICLE 6 - (INTENTIONALLY DELETED) ARTICLE 7 - MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 7.1 Governing Law 7.2 Successors and Assigns 7.3 Written Notice 7.4 Claims For Damages 7.5 Performance Bond and Labor And Material Payment Bond 7.6 Rights And Remedies 7.7 Tests 7.8 Interest 7.9 Disputes 7.10 Record Keeping and Management Controls ARTICLE 8 - TIME 8.1 Definitions 8.2 Progress and Completion 8.3 Delays and Extension of Time ARTICLE 9 - PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION 9.1 Contract Sum 9.2 Schedule of Values 9.3 Application for Payment 9.4 Certificates For Payment 9.5 Progress Payments 9.6 Payments Withheld 9.7 Failure of Payment 9.8 Substantial Completion 9.9 Final Completion and Final Payment ARTICLE 10 - PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY 10.1. Safety Precautions and Programs 10.2. Safety of Persons and Property 10.3. Emergencies ARTICLE 11 - INSURANCE 11.1. Contractor's Liability Insurance 11.2. Owner's Liability Insurance 11.3. Property Insurance 11.4. Loss of Use Insurance ARTICLE 12 - CHANGES IN THE WORK 12.1. Change Orders 12.2. Concealed Conditions 12.3. Claims for Additional Cost 12.4. Minor Changes in the Work ARTICLE 13 - UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK GENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONS Olander Drive Extension │ March 11, 2020 Page 3 of 44 13.1 Uncovering of Work 13.2 Correction of Work 13.3 Acceptance of Defective or Non-Conforming Work 13.4 Special Guarantees And Warranties ARTICLE 14 - TERMINATION OF THE CONTRACT 14.1 Termination By the Contractor 14.2 Termination By The Owner ARTICLE 15 - LABOR REQUIREMENTS OF THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS 15.1 Labor Laws 15.2 Executive Orders GENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONS Olander Drive Extension │ March 11, 2020 Page 4 of 44 SECTION 01SECTION 01SECTION 01SECTION 01----1000 1000 1000 1000 GENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONS GENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONS ARTICLE 1 - CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 1.1 Definitions 1.1.1 The Contract Documents The Contract documents consist of the Owner-Contractor Agreement, Advertisement, Bidding Documents, Contract Forms, Conditions of the Contract, Specifications, Drawings, and all addenda issued prior to and all Modifications issued after execution of the Contract. A Modification is (1) a written amendment to the contract signed by both parties, (2) a Change Order, (3) a written interpretation issued by the Architect pursuant to Subparagraph 2.2.8, or (4) a written order for a minor change in the work issued by the Architect pursuant to Paragraph 12.4. 1.1.2 The Contract The Contract Documents form the Contract for Construction. This Contract represents the entire and integrated agreement between the parties hereto and supersedes all prior negotiations, representations, or agreements, either written or oral. The Contract may be amended or modified only by a Modification as defined in Subparagraph 1.1.1. The Contract Documents shall not be construed to create any contractual relationship of any kind between the Architect and the Contractor, but the Architect shall be entitled to performance of obligations intended for his benefit, and to enforcement thereof. Nothing contained in the Contract Documents shall create any contractual relationship between the Owner or the Architect and any Subcontractor or Sub-subcontractor. 1.1.3 The Work The Work comprises the completed construction required by the Contract Documents and includes all labor necessary to produce such construction, and all materials and equipment incorporated or to be incorporated in such construction. 1.1.4 The Project 1.1.1.1 The project is the total construction of which the Work performed under the Contract Documents may be the whole or a part. GENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONS Olander Drive Extension │ March 11, 2020 Page 5 of 44 1.2 Execution Correlation and Intent 1.1.2 The Contract Documents shall be signed in not less than triplicate by the Owner and Contractor. If either the Owner or the Contractor or both do not sign the Conditions of the Contract, Drawings, Specifications, or any of the other Contract Documents, the Architect shall identify such Documents. 1.1.3 By executing the Contract, the Contractor represents that he has visited the site, familiarized himself with the local conditions under which the work is to be performed, and correlated his observations with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 1.1.4 The intent of the Contract Documents is to include all items necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Work. The Contract Documents are complementary, and what is required by any one shall be as binding as if required by all. Work not covered in the Contract Documents will not be required unless it is consistent therewith and is reasonably inferable therefrom as being necessary to produce the intended results. Words and abbreviations which have well-known technical or trade meanings are used in the Contract Documents in accordance with such recognized meanings. In case of inconsistent requirements in the Contract Documents the requirements for the greater quantity or higher quality shall take precedence and shall be the Contract requirement. 1.1.5 The organization of the specifications into divisions, sections and articles, and the arrangement of Drawings shall not control the Contractor in dividing the work among Subcontractors or in establishing the extent of Work to be performed by any trade. 1.1.6 Where used in conjunction with the Architect`s or Engineer`s response to submittals, requests, applications, inquiries, reports and claims by the Contractor, the meaning of the term "approved" will be held to the limitations of the Architect`s responsibilities and duties as specified in the General and Supplementary Conditions. In no case will "approval" by the Architect be interpreted as an assurance to the Contractor that the requirements of the Contract Documents have been fulfilled. 1.1.7 Where reference is made to standards or trade association publications, it shall mean to refer to the latest edition and revision thereof, if any, in effect on the date of the contract Documents. 1.1.8 Except as otherwise defined in context, the following words, terms, and phrases shall mean as follows: 1.1.1.1 "as shown," "as indicated," "as detailed," or "as noted" shall mean "as shown (indicated, etc.) on drawings or any other diagrammatic or written reference on the Drawings." 1.1.1.2 "Provide" shall mean "furnish and install, complete and ready for intended use." 1.1.1.3 "Directed," "required," "permitted," "ordered," "designed," "prescribed," and similar words shall mean the "direction (requirement, permission, order, designation, or prescription) of the Architect." GENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONS Olander Drive Extension │ March 11, 2020 Page 6 of 44 1.1.1.4 "Approved," "acceptable," "satisfactory," and similar words shall mean "approved by (acceptable or satisfactory to) the Architect". 1.1.1.5 "Necessary," "responsible," "proper," "correct," and similar words shall mean "necessary (reasonable, proper, or correct) in the judgment of the Architect." 1.1.1.6 Words in the singular shall also mean and include the plural, wherever the context so indicates, and words in the plural shall mean the singular, wherever the context so indicates. 1.3 Ownership and Use of Documents 1.1.1 All Drawings, Specifications and copies thereof furnished by the Architect are and shall remain his property. They are to be used only with respect to his project and are not to be used any other project. With the exception of one contract set for each party to the Contract, such documents are to be returned or suitably accounted for to the Architect on request at the completion of the Work. Submission or distribution to meet official regulatory requirements or for other purposes in connection with the Project is not to be construed as publication in derogation of the Architect's common law copyright or other reserved rights. ARTICLE 2 - ARCHITECT 2.1 Definition 1.1.1 The duly authorized representative of the Owner that is responsible for the satisfactory completion of the project. 2.2 Administration of the Contract 1.1.1 The Architect will provide administration of the Contract as hereinafter described. 1.1.2 The Architect will be the Owner's representative during construction and until final payment is due. The Architect will advise and consult with the Owner. The Owner's instructions to the Contractor shall be forwarded through the Architect. The Architect will have authority to act on behalf of the Owner only to the extent provided in the Contract Documents, unless otherwise modified by written instrument in accordance with Subparagraph 2.2.18. 1.1.3 The Architect will visit the site at intervals appropriate to the stage of construction to familiarize himself generally with the progress and quality of the Work and to determine in general if the Work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents. However, the Architect will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous on-site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Work. On the basis of his on-site observations as an Architect, he will keep the Owner informed of the progress of the work, and will endeavor to guard the Owner against defects and deficiencies in the Work of the Contractor. The Architect will not be responsible for and will not have control or charge of construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures, or for safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work, and he will not be GENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONS Olander Drive Extension │ March 11, 2020 Page 7 of 44 responsible for the Contractor's failure to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. The Architect will not be responsible for or have control or charge over the acts or omissions of the Contractor, Subcontractors, or any of their agents or employees, or any other persons performing any of the Work. 1.1.4 The Architect shall at all times have access to the Work wherever it is in preparation and progress. The Contractor shall provide facilities for such access so the Architect may perform his functions under the Contract Documents. 1.1.5 Based on the Architects observations and an evaluation of the Contractor's Applications for Payment, the Architect will determine the amounts owing to the Contractor and will issue Certificates for Payment in such amounts, as provided in Paragraph 9.4. 1.1.6 The Architect will be the interpreter of the requirements of the Contract Documents and the judge of the performance thereunder by both the Owner and Contractor. 1.1.7 The Architect will render interpretations necessary for the proper execution or progress of the Work, with reasonable promptness and within thirty (30) days of request for interpretation, in accordance with Subparagraph 3.2.8. Either party to the Contract may make written request to the Architect for such interpretations. 1.1.8 Claims, disputes and other matters in question between the Contractor and the Owner relating to the execution or progress of the Work or the interpretation of the Contract Documents shall be referred initially to the Architect for decision which will render in writing within thirty (30) days. 1.1.9 All interpretations and decisions of the Architect shall be consistent with the intent of and reasonably inferable from the Contract Documents and will be in writing or in the form of drawings. In his capacity as interpreter and judge, he will endeavor to secure faithful performance by both the Owner and the Contractor, will not show partiality to either, and will not be liable for the result of any interpretation or decision rendered in good faith in such capacity. 1.1.10 The Architect's decisions in matters relating to artistic effect will be final if consistent with the intent of the Contract Documents. 1.1.11 The Architect's decision shall be subject to the Contractor's right of appeal to the Administrator, as set forth in Subparagraph 7.9. 1.1.12 The Architect will have authority to reject Work which does not conform to the Contract Documents. Whenever, in his opinion, he considers it necessary or advisable for the implementation of the intent of the Contract Documents, he will have authority to require special inspection or testing of the Work in accordance with Subparagraph 7.7.2 whether or not such Work be then fabricated, installed or completed. However, neither the Architect's authority to act under this Subparagraph 2.2.13, nor any decision made by him in good faith either to exercise or not to exercise such authority, shall give rise to any duty or responsibility of the Architect to the Contractor, any Subcontractor, any of their agents or employees, or any other person performing any of the Work. GENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONS Olander Drive Extension │ March 11, 2020 Page 8 of 44 1.1.13 The Architect will review and approve or take other appropriate action upon Contractor's submittals such as Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples, but only for conformance with the design concept of the Work and with the information given in the Contract Documents. Such action shall be taken with reasonable promptness so as to cause no delay. The Architect's approval of a specific item shall not indicate approval of an assembly of which the item is a component. 1.1.14 The Architect will prepare Change Orders in accordance with Article 12, and will have authority to order minor changes in the Work as provided in Subparagraph 12.4.1. 1.1.15 The Architect will conduct inspections to determine the dates of Substantial Completion and final completion, will receive and forward to the Owner for the Owner's review written warranties and related documents required by the Contract and assembled by the Contractor, and will issue a final Certificate for Payment upon compliance with the requirements of Paragraph 9.9. 1.1.16 If the Owner and Architect agree, the Architect will provide one or more Project Representatives to assist the Architect in carrying out his responsibilities at the site. The duties, responsibilities and limitations of authority of any such Project Representative shall be as explained by the Architect at a pre-construction meeting. 1.1.17 The duties, responsibilities and limitations of authority of the Architect as the Owner's representative during construction as set forth in the Contract Documents will not be modified or extended without written consent of the Owner, the Contractor and the Architect. 1.1.18 In case of the termination of the employment of the Architect, the Owner shall appoint an Architect whose status under the Contract Documents shall be that of the former Architect. ARTICLE 3 - OWNER 3.1 Definition 1.1.1 The term “Owner” sometimes also referred to as the "Awarding Authority" or "Authority" means the City of Northampton identified in the Owner-Contractor Agreement, a public body, politic and corporate, organized and existing under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts. No member of the City shall in any way, directly or indirectly be personally liable under any of the provisions of this Contract. 1.1.2 The term "Administrator" means the Architect as defined in Article 2.0. 1.1.3 The City and its authorized representatives and agents shall at all times have access to, and be permitted to observe and review all Work, materials, payrolls, records of personnel, conditions of employment, invoices of materials, and other relevant data and records. 1.1.4 All communications, except for protests or disputes, of the Contractor to the Department and its representatives and agents must be forwarded through the Architect. They shall GENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONS Olander Drive Extension │ March 11, 2020 Page 9 of 44 be in writing, addressed to the Department and be considered given if delivered to the office of Architect either by hand or if in a sealed, postage prepaid envelope, addressed to the Department c/o the Architect: or if delivered prepaid to a telegraph office for transmission to the Architect's office. 1.1.5 Items requiring the Administrator's countersignature as per sub-paragraph 3.1.8 shall be valid only with the signature of the Administrator or with the signature of those designated to act in his/her stead. 1.1.6 Items requiring the Administrator's countersignature to be valid shall include but not be limited to the following: 1.1.1.1 Approval, substitutions, and final selection of Sub- Bidders pursuant to M.G.L. Section 44F of Chapter 149. 1.1.1.2 Change Orders, whether or not they affect a change in the Contract Sum or in the Contract Time. 1.1.1.3 Written orders, notices, and approvals given by the Owner pursuant to the Contract Documents or pursuant to any Laws applicable to this Contract. 1.1.1.4 Stop Work order. 1.1.1.5 Certificate of Substantial Completion. 1.1.1.6 Final payment. 1.1.1.7 Termination of Contract. 1.1.7 In any instance needing clarification as to whose signature is required, the Contractor shall seek clarification in writing from the Architect. 1.1.8 Work undertaken by the Contractor or a Subcontractor at the Owner's or any other person's order without the Administrator's countersignature prior to the start of such work shall be considered unauthorized work shall not be considered cause for any extra payment on account of the Contract, and the Contractor or Subcontractor shall be responsible for performing, at their own expense any corrective measures required by the Administrator. 3.2 Information and Services Required of the Owner 1.1.1 The Owner shall, at the request of the Contractor, at the time of execution of the Owner- Contractor Agreement, furnish to the Contractor reasonable evidence that he has made financial arrangements to fulfill his obligations under the Contract. Unless such reasonable evidence is furnished, the Contractor is not required to execute the Owner- Contractor Agreement or to commence the Work. GENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONS Olander Drive Extension │ March 11, 2020 Page 10 of 44 1.1.2 The Owner shall furnish all surveys describing the physical characteristics, legal limitations and utility locations for the site of the Project, and a legal description of the site. 1.1.3 Except as provided in Subparagraph 4.7.1, the Owner shall secure and pay for necessary approvals, easements, assessments and charges required for the construction, use or occupancy of permanent structures or for permanent changes in existing facilities. 1.1.4 Information or services under the Owner's control shall be furnished by the Owner with reasonable promptness to avoid delay in the orderly progress of the Work. 1.1.5 The Owner will furnish to the Contractor, free of charge, all copies of Contract Documents reasonably necessary for the execution of the Work, including one set for record purposes. In addition, the Owner, through the Architect, will furnish to the Contractor a reproducible transparency and one black line print of details and clarification drawings issued after the Contract has been awarded. The Contractor, at his own expense, shall provide and distribute such number of prints of these transparencies as required for his own and his Subcontractors' use. 1.1.6 The Owner shall forward all instructions to the Contractor through the Architect. Communications shall be in writing and be considered given if delivered at the office of the Contractor; or if in a sealed, postage-prepaid envelope addressed to the Contractor's office and deposited in the United States mail; or if delivered prepaid to a telegraph office for transmission to the Contractor's office. 1.1.7 The foregoing are in addition to other duties and responsibilities of the Owner enumerated herein and especially those in respect to Work by Owner or by Separate Contractors, Payments and Completion, and insurance in Articles 6,9 and 11 respectively. 1.1.8 Pursuant to Chapter 30 of the General Laws, the following Section 39 P is included herein in its entirety. 1.1.9 Every contract subject to Section 39 M of this Chapter or Section 44 A of Chapter 149 which requires the City, any official, its Architect or engineer to make a decision on interpretation of the specifications, approval of equipment, material or any other approval, or progress of the work, shall require that the decision be made promptly and, in any event, no later than thirty days after the written submission for decision: but if such decision requires extended investigation and study, the awarding authority, the official, Architect or engineer shall, within thirty days after the receipt of the submission, give the party making the submission written notice of the reasons why the decision cannot be made within the thirty-day period and the date by which the decision will be made. 3.3 Owner’s Right to Stop the Work 1.1.1 If the Contractor fails to correct defective Work as required by Paragraph 13.2 or persistently fails to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, the Owner, by a written order signed personally or by an agent specifically so empowered by the Owner in writing, may order the Contractor to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, GENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONS Olander Drive Extension │ March 11, 2020 Page 11 of 44 until the cause for such order has been eliminated; however, this right of the Owner to stop the Work shall not give rise to any duty on the part of the Owner to exercise this right for the benefit of the Contractor or any other person or entity, except to the extent required by Subparagraph 6.1.3. 1.1.2 Pursuant to Chapter 30 of the General Laws, the following provisions (a) and (b) of Section 39 O are included herein in their entirety: 1.1.1.1 The Awarding Authority may order the General Contractor in writing to suspend, delay, or interrupt all or any part of the Work for such period of time as it may determine to be appropriate for the convenience of the Awarding Authority; provided, however, that if there is a suspension, delay or interruption for fifteen days or more due to a failure of the Awarding Authority to act within the time specified in this contract, the Awarding Authority shall make an adjustment in the Contract price for any increase in the cost of performance of this Contract, but shall not include any profit to the General Contractor on such increase; and provided further, that the Awarding Authority shall not make any adjustment in the Contract Price under this provision for any suspension, delays, interruption or failure to act to the extent that such is due to any cause for which this Contract provides for an equitable adjustment of the Contract Price under any other provisions. 1.1.1.2 The general contractor must submit the amount of a claim under provision (a) to the awarding authority in writing as soon as practicable after the end of the suspension, delay, interruption or failure to act and, in any event, not later than the date of final payment under this contract and, except for costs due to a suspension order, the awarding authority shall not approve any costs in the claim incurred more than twenty days before the general contractor notified the awarding authority in writing of the act or failure to act involved in the claim. 3.4 Owner’s Right to Carry Out the Work 1.1.1 If the Contractor defaults or neglects to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents and fails within seven days after receipt of written notice from the Owner to commence and continue correction of such default or neglect with diligence and promptness, the Owner may, after seven days following receipt by the Contractor of an additional written notice and without prejudice to any other remedy he may have, make good such deficiencies. In such case an appropriate Change Order shall be issued deducting from the payments then or thereafter due the Contractor the cost of correcting such deficiencies, including compensation for the Architect's additional services made necessary by such default, neglect or failure. Such action by the Owner and the amount charged to the Contractor are both subject to the prior approval of the Architect. If the payments then or thereafter due the Contractor are not sufficient to cover such amount, the Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner. ARTICLE 4 - CONTRACTOR 4.1 Definition GENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONS Olander Drive Extension │ March 11, 2020 Page 12 of 44 1.1.1 The "Contractor" sometimes referred to as the "General Contractor", is the person or entity identified as such in the Owner-Contractor Agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number and masculine in gender. The term Contractor means the Contractor or his authorized representative. 4.2 Review of Contract Documents 1.1.1 The Contractor shall carefully study and compare the Contract Documents and shall at once report to the Architect any error, inconsistency or omission he may discover. The Contractor shall not be liable to the Owner or the Architect for any damage resulting from any such errors, inconsistencies or omissions in the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall perform no portion of the Work at any time without Contract Documents or, where required, approved Shop Drawings, Product Data or Samples for such portion of the Work. 1.1.2 The Contractor shall compare all grades, lines, levels, and dimensions shown on the Drawings with actual site conditions, and before commencing work he shall promptly report to, and await for the reply from the Architect, any inconsistencies he may discover. The Architect shall reply within five working days. 4.3 Supervision and Construction Procedures 1.1.1 The Contractor shall supervise and direct the Work, using his best skill and attention. To this end, he shall employ a superintendent who shall be on the site all times work is in progress. He shall be solely responsible for all construction means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures and for coordinating all portions of the Work under the Contract. 1.1.2 The Contractor shall be responsible to the Owner for the acts and omissions of his employees, Subcontractors and their agents and employees, and other persons performing any of the Work under a contract with the Contractor. 1.1.3 The Contractor shall not be relieved from his obligations to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents either by the activities or duties of the Architect in his administration of the Contract, or by inspections, tests or approvals required or performed under Paragraph 7.7 by persons other than the Contractor. 1.1.4 The Contractor, at his own expense, shall do all engineering required for establishing grades, lines, levels, dimensions, layouts, and reference points for all trades; shall be responsible for maintaining bench marks and other survey marks; and shall replace as directed any bench marks or survey marks which have been disturbed or destroyed. 1.1.5 Unless otherwise required under the Contract Documents, or directed in writing by the Architect, all Work shall be done during regular working hours. However, if the Contractor desires to carry on the Work outside of regular working hours or Saturdays, Sundays, or Massachusetts holidays he shall allow ample time to enable satisfactory arrangements to be made for inspecting work in progress and shall bear all cost with respect thereto. The Owner shall bill the Contractor directly for such costs. GENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONS Olander Drive Extension │ March 11, 2020 Page 13 of 44 1.1.6 Work done outside of regular working hours without the consent or knowledge of the Architect shall be subject to additional inspection and testing directed by the Architect. The cost of this testing shall be paid by the Contractor whether the Work is found to be acceptable or not. 4.4 Labor and Materials 1.1.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall provide and pay for all labor, materials, equipment, tools, construction equipment and machinery, water, heat, utilities, transportation, and other facilities and services necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Work, whether temporary or permanent and whether or not incorporated or to be incorporated in the Work. 1.1.2 The Contractor shall at all times enforce strict discipline and good order among his employees and shall not employ on the Work any unfit person or anyone not skilled in the task assigned to him. 1.1.3 Except where otherwise specifically provided to the contrary, the words "or equal" are hereby inserted immediately following the naming or describing of each article, assembly, system, or any component part thereof, in any of the Contract Documents. 1.1.4 In accordance with Section 39M of Chapter 30 of the General Laws "an item shall be considered equal to the item so named or described if (1) it is at least equal in quality, durability, appearance, strength, and design, (2) it will perform at least equally the function imposed by the general design for the public work being contracted for or the material being purchased, and (3) it conforms substantially, even with deviations, to the detailed requirements for the item in the said specifications". 1.1.5 However, the Contractor and the Subcontractors are required to submit to the Architect for consideration as to its equality, a written notice containing the name and full particulars pertaining to any items other than the specific or specifics named or described in the Contract Documents. Such submittal shall in no event be made later than 120 calendar days prior to the incorporation of the item into the Work, except in any case in which (1) the period of time specified in the Contract Documents for Substantial completion of the Work is less than 120 calendar days form the time of execution of the Contract. The aforesaid written notice shall be submitted to the Architect immediately following the execution of the Contract. 1.1.6 Upon receipt of such written notice, the Architect shall investigate whether the item in question shall be considered equal to the item named or described in the Contract Documents. Upon conclusion of the investigation, the Architect shall, in writing, promptly advise the Contractor that the item in question is, or is not, considered the equal of the item named or described as aforesaid, and that said item may, or may not, be furnished on the Work accordingly. Such notice must have the concurrence of the Department to be valid. 1.1.7 In no case may an item be furnished on the Work other than the item named or described, unless the Architect shall consider the item equal to the item so named or described, as provided by law. GENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONS Olander Drive Extension │ March 11, 2020 Page 14 of 44 1.1.8 The equality of items offered as "equal" to the items named or described shall be proved to the satisfaction of the Architect at the expense of the Contractor or Subcontractor submitting the substitution. 1.1.9 The Contractor or Subcontractor, as the case may be, shall assume full responsibility for the prior performance of any item submitted as "equal" to the specific or specifics named and assume the costs of any changes in his own Work or in the Work of other trades which may be due to such substitution. 4.5 Warranty 1.1.1 The Contractor warrants to the Owner and the Architect that all materials and equipment furnished under this Contract will be new unless otherwise specified, and that all Work will be of good quality, free from faults and defects and in conformance with the Contract Documents. All Work not conforming to these requirements, including substitutions not properly approved and authorized, may be considered defective. If required by the Architect, the Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of materials and equipment. This warranty is not limited by the provisions of Paragraph 13.2. 4.6 Taxes 1.1.1 The Contractor shall pay all sales, consumer, use and other similar taxes for the Work or portions thereof provided by the Contractor which are legally enacted at the time bids are received, whether or not yet effective. 1.1.2 The Owner is exempt from payment of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts Sales Tax. 4.7 Permits, Fees and Notices 1.1.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall secure and pay for the building permit and for all other permits and governmental fees, licenses and inspections necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Work, which are customarily secured after execution of the Contract and which are legally required at the time the bids are received. 1.1.2 The Contractor shall give all notices and comply with all laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and lawful orders of any public authority bearing on the performance of the Work. 1.1.3 It is not the responsibility of the Contractor to make certain that the Contract Documents are in accordance with applicable laws, statutes, building codes and regulations. If the Contractor observes that any of the Contract Documents are at variance therewith in any respect, he shall promptly notify the Architect in writing, and any necessary changes shall be accomplished by appropriate Modification. 1.1.4 If the Contractor performs any Work knowing it to be contrary to such laws, ordinances, rules and regulations, and without such notice to the Architect, he shall assume full responsibility therefor and shall bear all costs attributable thereto. GENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONS Olander Drive Extension │ March 11, 2020 Page 15 of 44 4.8 Allowances (intentionally deleted) 4.9 Superintendent 1.1.1 The Contractor shall employ a competent superintendent and necessary assistants who shall be in attendance at the Project site during the progress of the Work. The superintendent shall represent the Contractor and all communications given to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to the Contractor. Important communications shall be confirmed in writing. Other communications shall be so confirmed on written request in each case. 4.10 Progress Schedule 1.1.1 The Contractor, immediately after being awarded the Contract, shall prepare and submit for the Owner's and Architect's information an estimated progress schedule for the Work. The progress schedule shall be related to the entire Project to the extent required by the Contract Documents, and shall provide for expeditious and practicable execution of the Work. 1.1.2 The progress schedule shall show by bar graph or critical path method, as acceptable to the Architect, in sufficient detail, clearly the interrelationships between the various construction operations and the percentage of completion and the dollar value on the first day of each month for the Work in each Section of the Specifications and also for the entire work. The graph shall also show the date that the Work in each Section commenced. 1.1.3 A copy of the progress schedule shall be kept in the Contractor's field office and be brought up to date each month to show the actual progress of the Work. 4.11 Documents and Samples at the Site 1.1.1 The Contractor shall maintain at the site for the Owner one record copy of all Drawings, Specifications, Addenda, Change Orders and other Modifications, in good order and marked currently to record all changes made during construction, and approved Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples. These shall be available to the Architect and shall be delivered to him for the Owner upon completion of the Work. 4.12 Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples 1.1.1 Shop Drawings are drawings, diagrams, schedules and other data specially prepared for the Work by the Contractor or any Subcontractor, manufacturer, supplier or Distributor to illustrate some portion of the Work. 1.1.2 Product Data are illustrations, standard schedules, performance charts, instructions, brochures, diagrams and other information furnished by the contractor to illustrate a material, product or system for some portion of the Work. 1.1.3 Samples are physical examples which illustrate materials, equipment or workmanship and establish standards by which the Work will be judged. GENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONS Olander Drive Extension │ March 11, 2020 Page 16 of 44 1.1.4 The Contractor shall review, approve and submit, with reasonable promptness and in such sequence as to cause no delay in the Work or in the work of the Owner or any separate contractor, all Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples required by the Contract Documents. 1.1.5 By approving and submitting Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples, the Contractor represents that he has determined and verified all materials, field measurements and field construction criteria related thereto, or will do so, and that he has checked and coordinated the information contained within such submittals with the requirements of the Work and of the Contract Documents. 1.1.6 The Contractor shall not be relieved of responsibility for any deviation from the requirements of the Contract Documents by the Architect's approval of Shop Drawings, Product Data or Samples under Subparagraph 2.2.14 unless the Contractor has specifically informed the Architect in writing of such deviation at the time of submission and the Architect has given written approval to the specific deviation. The Contractor shall not be relieved from responsibility for errors or omissions in the Shop Drawings, Product Data or Samples by the Architect's approval thereof. 1.1.7 The Contractor shall direct specific attention, in writing or on resubmitted Shop Drawings, Product Data or Samples, to revisions other than those requested by the Architect on previous submittals. 1.1.8 No portion of the Work requiring submission of a Shop Drawing, Product Data or Sample shall be commenced until the submittal has been approved by the Architect as provided in Subparagraph 2.2.14. All such portions of the Work shall be in accordance with approved submittals. 4.13 Use of Site 1.1.1 The Contractor shall confine operations at the site to areas permitted by law, ordinances, permits and the Contract Documents and shall not unreasonably encumber the site with any materials or equipment. 4.14 Cutting and Patching of Work 1.1.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for all cutting, fitting or patching that may be required to complete the Work or to make its several parts fit together properly. 1.1.2 The Contractor shall not damage or endanger any portion of the Work or the work of the Owner or any separate contractors by cutting, patching or otherwise altering any work, or by excavation. The Contractor shall not cut or otherwise alter the work of the Owner or any separate contractor except with the written consent of the Owner and of such separate contractor. The Contractor shall not unreasonably withhold from the Owner or any separate contractor his consent to cutting or otherwise altering the Work. 4.15 Cleaning Up GENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONS Olander Drive Extension │ March 11, 2020 Page 17 of 44 1.1.1 The Contractor at all times shall keep the premises free from accumulation of waste materials or rubbish caused by his operations. At the completion of the Work he shall remove all his waste materials and rubbish from and about the Project as well as all his tools, construction equipment, machinery and surplus materials. 1.1.2 If the Contractor fails to clean up at the completion of the Work, the Owner may do so as provided in Paragraph 3.4 and the cost thereof shall be charged to the Contractor. 4.16 Indemnification 1.1.1 To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner and the Architect and their agents and employees from and against all claims, damages, losses and expenses, including but not limited to attorneys' fees, arising out of or resulting from the performance of the Work, provided that any such claim, damage, loss or expense (1) is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the Work itself) including the loss of use resulting therefrom, and (2) is caused in whole or in part by any negligent act or omission of the Contractor, any Subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, regardless of whether or not it is caused in part by a party indemnified hereunder. Such obligation shall not be construed to negate, abridge, or otherwise reduce any other right or obligation of indemnity which would otherwise exist as to any party or person described in this Paragraph 4.18. 1.1.2 In any and all claims against the Owner or the Architect or any of their agents or employees by any employee of the Contractor, any Subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, the indemnification obligation under this Paragraph 4.18 shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for the Contractor or any Subcontractor under worker's or workmen's compensation acts, disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts. 1.1.3 The obligations of the Contractor under this Paragraph 4.18 shall not extend to the liability of the Architect, his agents or employees arising out of (1) the preparation or approval of maps, drawings, opinions, reports, surveys, change orders, designs or specifications, or (2) the giving of or the failure to give directions or instructions by the Architect, his agents or employees provided such giving or failure to give is the primary cause of the injury or damage. ARTICLE 5 - SUBCONTRACTORS 5.1 Definition 1.1.1 A Subcontractor is a person or entity who has a direct contract with the Contractor to perform any of the Work at the site. The term Subcontractor is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number and masculine in gender and means a Subcontractor or his authorized representative. The term Subcontractor does not include any separate contractor or his subcontractors. GENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONS Olander Drive Extension │ March 11, 2020 Page 18 of 44 1.1.2 A Sub-subcontractor is a person or entity who has a direct or indirect contract with a Subcontractor to perform any of the Work at the site. The term Sub-subcontractor is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number and masculine in gender and means a Sub-subcontractor or an authorized representative thereof. 5.2 Award of Subcontracts and Other Contracts for Portions of the Work 1.1.1 Unless otherwise required by the Contract Documents or the Bidding Documents, the Contractor, as soon as practicable after the award of the Contract, shall furnish to the Owner and the Architect in writing the names of the persons or entities (including those who are to furnish materials or equipment fabricated to a special design) proposed for each of the principal portions of the Work. The Architect will promptly reply to the Contractor in writing stating whether or not the Owner or the Architect, after due investigation, has reasonable objection to any such proposed person or entity. Failure of the Owner or Architect to reply promptly shall constitute notice of no reasonable objection. 1.1.2 The Contractor shall not contract with any such proposed person or entity to whom the Owner or the Architect has made reasonable objection under the provisions of Subparagraph 5.2.1. The Contractor shall not be required to contract with anyone to whom he has a reasonable objection. 1.1.3 If the Owner or the Architect has reasonable objection to any such proposed person or entity, the Contractor shall submit a substitute to whom the Owner or the Architect has no reasonable objection, and the Contract Sum shall be increased or decreased by the difference in cost occasioned by such substitution and an appropriate Change Order shall be issued; however, no increase in the Contract Sum shall be allowed for any such substitution unless the Contractor has acted promptly and responsively in submitting names as required by Subparagraph 5.2.1. 1.1.4 The Contractor shall make no substitution for any Subcontractor, person or entity previously selected if the Owner or Architect makes reasonable objection to such substitution. 1.1.5 Paragraphs 5.2.1. through 5.2.4 apply to any sub-trade included in Item 1 of the Form for General Bid. 1.1.6 The award of subcontracts for any sub-trade included in Item 2 of the Form for General Bid shall be in accordance with Chapter 149, Sections 44A to 44H, M.G.L. 5.3 Subcontractural Relations 1.1.1 By an appropriate agreement, written where legally required for validity, the Contractor shall require each Subcontractor, to the extent of the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor, to be bound to the Contractor by the terms of the Contract Documents, and to assume toward the Contractor all the obligations and responsibilities which the Contractor, by these Documents, assumes toward the Owner and the Architect. Said agreement shall preserve and protect the rights of the Owner and the Architect under the Contract Documents with respect to the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor GENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONS Olander Drive Extension │ March 11, 2020 Page 19 of 44 so that the subcontracting thereof will not prejudice such rights, and shall allow to the Subcontractor, unless specifically provided otherwise in the Contractor-Subcontractor agreement, the benefit of all rights, remedies and redress against the Contractor that the Contractor, by these Documents, has against the Owner. Where appropriate, the Contractor shall require each Subcontractor to enter into similar agreements with his Subsubcontractors. The Contractor shall make available to each proposed Subcontractor, prior to the execution of the Subcontract, copies of the Contract Documents to which the Subcontractor will be bound by this Paragraph 5.3, and identify to the Subcontractor any terms and conditions of the proposed Subcontract which may be at variance with the Contract Documents. Each Subcontractor shall similarly make copies of such documents available to his Sub-subcontractors. 1.1.2 Paragraph 5.3.1 applies to Subcontractors for sub-trades included in Item 1 of the Form for General Bid. 1.1.3 The Contractor and each Subcontractor for a sub-trade listed in Item 2 of the form for General Bid shall execute a Subcontract in accordance with M.G.L. Chapter 149, Section 44F. ARTICLE 6 - INTENTIONALLY DELETED ARTICLE 7 - MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 7.1 Governing Law 1.1.1 The Contract shall be governed by the law of the place where the Project is located. 7.2 Successors and Assigns 1.1.1 The Owner and the Contractor each binds himself, his partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives to the other party hereto and to the partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives of such other party in respect to all covenants, agreements and obligations contained in the Contract Documents. Neither party to the Contract shall assign the Contract or sublet it as a whole without the written consent of the other, nor shall the Contractor assign any moneys due or to become due to him hereunder, without the previous written consent of the Owner. 7.3 Written Notice 1.1.1 Written notice shall be deemed to have been duly served if delivered in person to the individual or member of the firm or entity or to an officer of the corporation for whom it was intended, or if delivered at or sent by registered or certified mail to the last business address known to him who gives the notice. 7.4 Claims for Damages 1.1.1 Should either party to the Contract suffer injury or damage to person or property because of any act or omission of the other party or of any of his employees, agents or GENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONS Olander Drive Extension │ March 11, 2020 Page 20 of 44 others for whose acts he is legally liable, claim shall be made in writing to such other party within a reasonable time after the first observance of such injury or damage. 7.5 Performance Bond and Labor and Material Payment Bond 1.1.1 The Owner shall have the right to require the Contractor to furnish bonds covering the faithful performance of the Contract and the payment of all obligations arising thereunder if and as required in the Bidding Documents or in the Contract Documents. 7.6 Rights and Remedies 1.1.1 The duties and obligations imposed by the Contract Documents and the rights and remedies available thereunder shall be in addition to and not a limitation of any duties, obligations, rights and remedies otherwise imposed or available by law. 1.1.2 No action or failure to act by the Owner, Architect or Contractor shall constitute a waiver of any right or duty afforded any of them under the Contract, nor shall any such action or failure to act constitute an approval of or acquiescence in any breach thereunder, except as may be specifically agreed in writing. 7.7 Tests 1.1.1 If the Contract Documents, laws, ordinances, rules, regulations or orders of any public authority having jurisdiction require any portion of the Work to be inspected, tested, or approved, the Contractor shall give the Architect timely notice of its readiness so the Architect may observe such inspection, testing or approval. The Contractor shall bear all costs of such inspections, tests or approvals conducted by public authorities. Unless otherwise provided, the Owner shall bear all costs of other inspections, tests or approvals. 1.1.2 If the Architect determines that any Work requires special inspection, testing or approval which Subparagraph 7.7.1 does not include, he will, upon written authorization from the Owner, instruct the Contractor to order such special inspection, testing or approval, and the Contractor shall give notice as provided in Subparagraph 7.7.1. If such special inspection or testing reveals a failure of the Work to comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall bear all costs thereof, including compensation for the Architect's additional services made necessary by such failure; otherwise the Owner shall bear such costs, and an appropriate Change Order shall be issued. 1.1.3 Required certificates of inspection, testing or approval shall be secured by the Contractor and promptly delivered by him to the Architect. 1.1.4 If the Architect is to observe the inspections, tests or approvals required by the Contract Documents, he will do so promptly and, where practicable, at the source of supply. 7.8 Interest GENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONS Olander Drive Extension │ March 11, 2020 Page 21 of 44 1.1.1 Payments due and unpaid under the Contract Documents shall bear interest from the date payment is due at such rate as the parties may agree upon in writing or, in the absence thereof, at the legal rate prevailing at the place of the Project. 7.9 Disputes 1.1.1 Claims, disputes, and other matters in question between the Contractor and the Owner arising out of, or relating to, the Contract Documents or the breach thereof, except as provided in Subparagraph 2.2.11 with respect to the Architect's decisions on matters relating to artistic effect, and except for claims which have been waived by the making or acceptance of final payment as provided by Subparagraph 9.9.4 and 9.9.5. shall be decided by the Architect subject to the right of appeal to the City Solicitor. If the Architect fails to render a decision within thirty calendar days after receiving written notice of claim, either party may request a written decision from the City Solicitor. 1.1.2 Appeal of a Architect's decision must be made directly to the City Solicitor by certified mail (copy to the Architect and Owner) within twenty-one calendar days after the date on which the party making the appeal receives the Architect's written decision. Failure to appeal within this period will result in the Architect's decision becoming final and binding upon the Owner and the Contractor. 1.1.3 Appeal procedures shall be in conformance with M.G.L. Chapter 30, Section 39Q which provides as follows: 1.1.1.1 Dispute regarding changes in and interpretations of the terms or scope of the Contract and denials of or failures to act upon claims for payment for extra work or materials shall be resolved according to the following procedures, which shall constitute the exclusive method for resolving such disputes. Written notice of the matter in dispute shall be submitted promptly by the claimant to the chief executive official of the state agency which awarded the contract or his/her designee. No person or business entity having a contract with a state agency shall delay, suspend, or curtail performance under that contract as a result of any dispute subject to this section. Any disputed order, decision, or action by the agency or its authorized representative shall be fully performed or complied with pending resolution of the dispute. 1.1.1.2 Within thirty days of submission of the dispute to the chief executive official of the state agency or his/her designee, s/he shall issue a written decision stating the reasons therefor, and shall notify the parties of their right of appeal under this section. If the official or his/her designee is unable to issue a decision within thirty days, s/he shall notify the parties to the dispute in writing of the reasons why a decision cannot be issued within thirty days and of the date by which the decision shall issue. Failure to issue a decision within the thirty-day period of within the additional time period specified in such written notice shall be deemed to constitute a denial of the claim and shall authorize resort to the appeal procedure described below. The decision of the chief executive official or his/her designee shall be final and conclusive unless an appeal is taken as provided below. GENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONS Olander Drive Extension │ March 11, 2020 Page 22 of 44 1.1.1.3 Within twenty-one calendar days of the receipt of a written decision or of the failure to issue a decision as stated in the preceding subparagraph, any aggrieved party may file a notice of claim for an adjudicatory hearing with the division of hearing officers or if the amount in controversy exceeds ten thousand dollars in lieu of appealing the decision of the chief executive official, the aggrieved party may file an action directly in a court of competent jurisdiction and shall serve copies thereof upon all other parties in the form and manner prescribed by the rules governing the conduct of adjudicatory proceedings of the division of hearing officers. The appeal shall be referred to a hearing officer experienced in construction law and shall be prosecuted in accordance with the formal rules of procedure for the conduct of adjudicatory hearings of the division of hearing officers, except as provided below. The hearing officer shall issue a final decision as expeditiously as possible, but in no event more than one hundred and twenty calendar days after conclusion of the adjudicatory hearings, unless the decision is delayed by a request for extension of time for filing post-hearing briefs or other submissions assented to by all parties. Whenever, because an extension of time has been granted, the hearing officer is unable to issue a decision within one hundred and twenty days, s/he shall notify all parties of the reasons for the delay and the date when the decision will issue. Failure to issue a decision with in the one hundred and twenty-day period or within the additional period specified in such written notice shall give the petitioner the right to pursue any legal remedies available to him/her without further delay. 1.1.1.4 When the amount in dispute is less then ten thousand dollars, a contractor who is party to the dispute may elect to submit the appeal to a hearing officer experienced in construction law for expedited hearing in accordance with the informal rules of practice and procedure of the division of hearing officers. An expedited hearing under this subparagraph shall be available at the sole option of the contractor. The hearing officer shall issue a decision no later than sixty days following the conclusion of any hearing conducted pursuant to this subparagraph. The hearing officer's decision shall be final and conclusive, and shall not be set aside except in cases of fraud. 1.1.4 The Contractor shall proceed with the disputed Work as directed by the Architect. Notice must be given to the Project Representative by the Contractor's superintendent every day that disputed Work is to be performed. Accurate records of the nature and extent of the disputed Work and of the time spent and equipment used on the disputed Work shall be maintained by the superintendent and verified daily by the Project Representative. 7.10 Record Keeping and Management Controls 1.1.1 The Contractor shall make and retain for at least six years after final payment records which reflect the transactions and dispositions of the firm in accordance with the requirements of M.G.L. Chapter 30, Section 39R (b). 1.1.2 These records and the subcontractor's records pertaining to this Contract shall be available for examination by the Owner, Department, Division of Capital Planning and Operations, and Inspector General for six years after final payment. GENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONS Olander Drive Extension │ March 11, 2020 Page 23 of 44 1.1.3 Prior to execution of the Contract the Contractor shall submit a statement of management on internal accounting controls to the Owner in conformance with M.G.L. Chapter 30, Section 39R (c). The system of controls must reasonably assure that: 1.1.1.1 transactions are executed in accordance with management's general and specific authorization: 1.1.1.2 the transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles and to maintain accountability for asset: 1.1.1.3 access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management's authorization: and 1.1.1.4 the recorded accountability for assets is compared with existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action was taken with respect to any difference. 1.1.4 The statement of management on internal accounting controls must have been reviewed by an independent certified public accountant (CPA), and that CPA shall file a statement with the Owner in conformance with the requirements of M.G.L. Chapter 30, Section 39R (c). The CPA's statements must: 1.1.1.1 state that the internal accounting controls statement was examined: 1.1.1.2 express an opinion as to whether management's statement of internal accounting controls is consistent with management's evaluation of the system of internal accounting controls; and 1.1.1.3 express an opinion as to whether the statement is reasonable with respect to transactions and assets of material amounts in the context of the firm's overall financial picture. 1.1.5 The Contractor shall submit to the Owner annually during the term of the Contract a financial statement prepared by an independent CPA. This statement shall be based on an audit of the firm's records in accordance with the requirements of M.G.L. Chapter 30, Section 39R (a) (5). The financial statement shall be accompanied by an accountant's report in accordance with the requirements of M.G.L. Chapter 30, Section 39R (a) (6) stating: 1.1.1.1 the scope of the audit made by the CPA and 1.1.1.2 the CPA's opinion of the financial statement as a whole and exceptions and qualifications to that opinion or 1.1.1.3 The CPA's statement, with reasons, that an overall opinion cannot be expressed. 1.1.1.4 The accountant's report shall include a signed statement by the responsible corporate officer attesting that all material facts were disclosed to the CPA and GENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONS Olander Drive Extension │ March 11, 2020 Page 24 of 44 that the financial statement is a true and complete statement of financial condition. 1.1.1.5 Changes in the method of record keeping which materially affect any of the statements required by Subparagraph 7.10.3 through 7.10.5 shall be reported to the Owner. State the change, the reason for it, and the date of the change. Include a statement from the CPA approving or commenting on the change in conformance with M.G.L. Chapter 30, Section 39R (b) (3). 1.1.1.6 Subparagraph 7.10.3 through 7.10.6 shall apply only to filed subcontractors and general contractors whose contracts exceed $100,000. ARTICLE 8 - TIME 8.1 Definitions 1.1.1 Unless otherwise provided, the Contract Time is the period of time allotted in the Contract Documents for Substantial Completion of the Work as defined in Subparagraph 8.1.3., including authorized adjustments thereto. The Contract Time for this project is sixty (60) calendar days. 1.1.2 The date of commencement of the Work is the date established in a notice to proceed. If there is no notice to proceed, it shall be the date of the Owner-Contractor Agreement or such other date as may be established therein. 1.1.3 The Date of Substantial Completion of the Work or designated portion thereof is the Date certified by the Architect when construction is sufficiently complete, in accordance with the Contract Documents, so the Owner can occupy or utilize the Work or designated portion thereof for the use for which it is intended. 1.1.4 The term day as used in the Contract Documents shall mean calendar day unless otherwise specifically designated. 8.2 Progress and Completion 1.1.1 All time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Contract. 1.1.2 The Contractor shall begin the Work on the date of commencement as defined in Subparagraph 8.1.2. He shall carry the Work forward expeditiously with adequate forces and shall achieve Substantial Completion within the Contract Time. 8.3 Delays and Extension of Time 1.1.1 If the Contractor is delayed at any time in the progress of the Work by any act or neglect of the Owner or the Architect, or by any employee of either, or by any separate contractor employed by the Owner, or by changes ordered in the Work, or by labor disputes, fire unusual delay in transportation, adverse weather conditions not reasonably anticipatable, unavoidable casualties, or any causes beyond the Contractor's control, or by delay authorized by the Owner pending appeal to and decision by the Administrator", GENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONS Olander Drive Extension │ March 11, 2020 Page 25 of 44 or by any other cause which the Architect determines may justify the delay, then the Contract Time shall be extended by Change Order for such reasonable time as the Architect may determine. 1.1.2 Any claim for extension of time shall be made in writing to the Architect not more than twenty days after the commencement of the delay; otherwise it shall be waived. In the case of a continuing delay only one claim is necessary. The Contractor shall provide an estimate of the probable effect of such delay on the progress of the Work. 1.1.3 If no agreement is made stating the dates upon which interpretations as provided in Subparagraph 2.2.8 shall be furnished, then no claim for delay shall be allowed on account of failure to furnish such interpretations until fifteen days after written request is made for them, and not then unless such claim is reasonable. 1.1.4 This Paragraph 8.3 does not exclude the recovery of damages for delay by either party under other provisions of the Contract Documents. 1.1.5 The Contractor and the Surety of the Contractor's performance bond shall be jointly and severally liable for, and shall pay to the Owner the expenses for inspection of Work performed after the time stipulated in the Owner-Contractor Agreement for Substantial Completion. Such inspection costs shall include fees paid to the Architect as extra services at the rate stipulated in the Contract for Architectural Services between the Owner and the Architect, the costs of the Project Representative at the current salary rate and any other direct expenses due to inspection. In no case, however, shall the total amount of inspection costs exceed an aggregate total computed at the rate of two hundred dollars per day. The Owner may retain from monies otherwise due the Contractor whatever sums accrue to the Owner pursuant to this provision. The Contractor shall not be liable for inspection costs for delay in performance as provided hereunder for any period for which an extension of the Contract Time has been granted pursuant to the provisions of Subparagraph 8.3.1. ARTICLE 9 - PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION 9.1 Contract Sum 1.1.1 The Contract Sum is stated in the Owner-Contract Agreement and, including authorized adjustments thereto, is the total amount payable by the Owner to the Contractor for the performance of the Work under the Contract Documents. 9.2 Schedule of Values 1.1.1 Before the first Application for Payment, the Contractor shall submit to the Architect a schedule of values allocated to the various portions of the Work, prepared in such form and supported by such data to substantiate its accuracy as the Architect may require. This schedule, unless objected to by the Architect, shall be used only as a basis for the Contractor's Applications for Payment. GENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONS Olander Drive Extension │ March 11, 2020 Page 26 of 44 1.1.2 The Schedule of Values shall contain a separate item for each Section of these Specifications broken down in such form as the Architect may require. Each item in the schedule of values shall include its proper share of overhead and profit. 9.3 Application for Payment 1.1.1 Once each month, on a date established at the beginning of the Work, the Contractor shall deliver to the Architect by hand or by registered or certified mail with return receipt an itemized Application for Payment, supported by such data substantiating the Contractor's right to payment as the Architect may require, and reflecting retainage as provided in Paragraph 9.5 as supplemented. Such Application for Payment shall be submitted on a form supplied by the Architect. The form shall show separately: 1.1.1.1 The value of Labor and materials incorporated in the Work. 1.1.1.2 The value, kind, and quantity of each item of material or equipment not incorporated in the Work but delivered and suitably stored at some other location agreed upon in writing. 1.1.1.3 The value, kind, and quantity of each item of material or equipment not incorporated in the Work but suitably stored at some other location agreed upon in writing. 1.1.1.4 All Change Orders approved up to the date of the Application for Payment. 1.1.2 In no event may materials or equipment be deemed delivered and suitably stored at the site (or at some other location agreed upon in writing), unless the following requirements are met: 1.1.1.1 The materials or equipment are ready for an actually scheduled for prompt use, as so-called stockpiling is expressly forbidden, except as otherwise specified or permitted by the Architect. 1.1.1.2 The materials or equipment meet the requirements of the Contract Documents and required submittals have been approved by the Architect. 1.1.1.3 The Contractor can and will adequately protect the materials or equipment until they are incorporated in the Work. 1.1.1.4 The Contractor will pay storage charges and related expenses if materials or equipment are stored at some other location agreed upon in writing. 9.4 Certificates for Payment 1.1.1 The Architect will, within seven days after the receipts of the Contractor's Application for Payment, either issue a Certificate for Payment to the Owner, with a copy to the Contractor, for such amount as the Architect determines is properly due, or notify the Contractor in writing his reasons for withholding a Certificate as provided in Subparagraph 9.6.1. GENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONS Olander Drive Extension │ March 11, 2020 Page 27 of 44 1.1.2 The issuance of a Certificate for Payment will constitute a representation by the Architect to the Owner, based on his observations at the site as provided in Sub-paragraph 2.2.3 and the data comprising the Application for Payment, that the Work has progressed to the point indicated; that, to the best of his knowledge, information and belief, the quality of the Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents (subject to an evaluation of the Work for conformance with the Contract Documents upon Substantial Completion, to the results of any subsequent tests required by or performed under the Contract Documents, to minor deviations from the Contract Documents, correctable prior to completion, and to any specific qualifications stated in his Certificate); and that the contractor is entitled to payment in the amount certified. However, by issuing a Certificate for Payment, the Architect shall not thereby; be deemed to represent that he has made exhaustive or continuous on-site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Work or that he has reviewed the construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures, or that he has made any examination to ascertain how or for what purpose the Contractor has used the moneys previously paid on account of the Contract Sum. 9.5 Progress Payments 1.1.1 After the Architect has issued a Certificate for Payment, the Owner shall make payment in the manner and within the time provided in the Contract Documents. 1.1.2 The Contractor shall promptly pay each Subcontractor, upon receipt of payment from the Owner, out of the amount paid to the Contractor on account of such Subcontractor's Work, the amount to which said Subcontractor is entitled, reflecting the percentage actually retained, if any, from payments to the Contractor on account of such Subcontractor's Work. The Contractor shall, by an appropriate agreement with each Subcontractor, require each Subcontractor to make payments to his Sub-subcontractors in similar manner. 1.1.3 The Architect may, on request and at his discretion, furnish to any Subcontractor, if practicable, information regarding the percentages of completion or the amounts applied for by the Contractor and the action taken thereon by the Architect on account of Work done by such Subcontractor. 1.1.4 Neither the Owner nor the Architect shall have any obligation to pay or to see to the payment of any moneys to any Subcontractor except as may otherwise be required by law. 1.1.5 No Certificate for a progress payment, nor any progress payment, nor any partial or entire use or occupancy of the Project by the Owner, shall constitute an acceptance of any Work not in accordance with the Contract Documents. 1.1.6 After the Architect has issued a Certificate for Payment the Owner shall make payment to the Contractor in accordance with Section 39K of Chapter 30 of the General Laws which provides as follows: 1.1.7 Within 15 days after receipt from the Contractor, at the place designated by the awarding authority if such a place is so designated, of a periodic estimate requesting GENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONS Olander Drive Extension │ March 11, 2020 Page 28 of 44 payment of the amount due for the preceding month, the City will make a periodic payment to the Contractor for the Work performed during the preceding month and for the materials not incorporated in the Work but delivered and suitably stored at the site (or at some location agreed upon in writing) to which the Contractor has title or to which a subcontractor has title and has authorized the Contractor to transfer title to the awarding Authority, less (1) a retention based on its estimate of the fair value of its claims against the Contractor and less (2) a retention for direct payments to Subcontractors based on demands for same in accordance with the provisions of Section 39 F. and less (3) a retention not exceeding ten percent (10%) of the approved amount of the periodic payment. After the receipt of a periodic estimate requesting final payment and within 65 days after (a) the Contractor fully completes the Work or substantially completes the work so that the value of the work remaining to be done is, in the estimate of the City, less than one percent (1%) of the original Contract price, or (b) the Contractor substantially completes the Work and the City takes possession for occupancy, whichever occurs first, the City shall pay the Contractor the entire balance due on the Contract less, (1) a retention based on its estimate of the fair value of its claims against the Contractor and of the cost of completing the incomplete and unsatisfactory items of Work less (2) a retention for direct payments to Subcontractors based on demands for same in accordance with the provisions of Section 39 F, or based on the record of payments by the Contractor to the Subcontractors under this Contract if such record of payment indicates that the Contractor has not paid Subcontractors as provided in Section 39 F. If the City fails to make payment as herein provided, there shall be added to each such payment daily interest at the rate of three percentage points above the rediscount rate than charged by the Federal Reserve Bank of Boston commencing on the first day after said payment is due and continuing until the payment is delivered or mailed to the Contractor; provided, that no interest shall be due, in any event, on the amount due on a periodic estimate for final payment until fifteen days after receipt of such a periodic estimate form the Contractor, at the place designated by the City if such a place is so designated. The Contractor agrees to pay to each Subcontractor a portion of any such interest paid in accordance with the amount due each Subcontractor. 1.1.8 The Contractor shall make payments to filed Subcontractors and to other Subcontractors as defined in following Subparagraph 9.5.8 in accordance with Section 39F of Chapter 30 of the General Laws which provides as follows: 1.1.1.1 Forthwith after the Contractor receives payment on account of a periodic estimate, the Contractor shall pay to each Subcontractor the amount paid for the labor performed and the materials furnished by the Subcontractor, less any amount specified in any court proceedings barring such payment and also less any amount claimed due from the Subcontractor by the Contractor. 1.1.1.2 Not later than the 65th day after each Subcontractor substantially completes his Work in accordance with the plans and specifications, the entire balance due under the subcontract less amounts retained by the City as the estimated costs of completing the incomplete and unsatisfactory items of Work, shall be due the Subcontractor; and the City shall pay that amount to the Contractor. The Contractor shall forthwith pay to the Subcontractor the full amount received from the City less any amount specified in any court proceedings barring such GENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONS Olander Drive Extension │ March 11, 2020 Page 29 of 44 payment and also less any amount claimed due from the Subcontractor by the Contractor. 1.1.1.3 Each payment made by the City to the Contractor pursuant to subparagraphs (a) and (b) of this paragraph for the labor performed and the materials furnished by a subcontractor shall be made to the Contractor for the account of that Subcontractor; and the City shall take reasonable steps to compel the Contractor to make each such payment to each such Subcontractor. If the City has received a demand for direct payment from a Subcontractor for any amount which has already been included in a payment to the Contractor or which is to be included in a payment to the Contractor for payment to the Subcontractor as provided in subparagraphs (a) and (b), the City shall act upon the demand as provided in this section. 1.1.1.4 If, within 70 days after the Subcontractor has substantially completed the Subcontract Work, the Subcontractor has not received from the Contractor the balance due under the Subcontract including any amount due for extra labor and materials furnished to the Contractor, less any amount retained by the City as the estimated costs of completing the incomplete and unsatisfactory items of Work, the Subcontractor may demand direct payment of that balance from the City. The demand shall be by a sworn statement delivered to or sent by certified mail to the City, and a copy be valid even if delivered or mailed prior to the seventieth day after the Subcontractor has substantially completed the Subcontract Work. Within ten days after the Subcontractor has delivered or so mailed a copy to the Contractor, the Contractor may reply to the demand. The reply shall be by a sworn statement delivered to or sent by certified mail to the City and a copy shall be delivered to or sent by certified mail to the Subcontractor at the same time. The reply shall contain a detailed breakdown of the balance due under the Subcontract including any amount due for extra labor and materials furnished to the Contractor and of the amount due for extra labor and materials furnished to the Contractor and of the amount due for each claim made by the Contractor against the Subcontractor. 1.1.1.5 Within 15 days after receipt of the demand by the City, but in no event prior to the 70th day after substantial completion of the Subcontract Work, the City shall make direct payment to the Subcontractor of the balance due under the Subcontract including any amount due for extra labor and materials furnished to the Contractor, less any amount (i) retained by the City as the estimated cost of completing the incomplete or unsatisfactory items of Work, (ii) specified in any court proceedings barring such payment, or (iii) disputed by the Contractor in the sworn reply; provided, that the City shall not deduct from a direct payment any amount as provided in part (iii) if the reply is not sworn to, or for which the sworn reply does not contain the detailed breakdown required by subparagraph (d). The City shall make further direct payments to the Subcontractor forthwith after the removal of the basis for deductions from direct payments made as provided in part (i) and (ii) of this subparagraph. GENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONS Olander Drive Extension │ March 11, 2020 Page 30 of 44 1.1.1.6 The City shall forthwith deposit the amount deducted from a direct payment as provided in part (iii) of subparagraph (e) in an interest-bearing joint account in the names of the Contractor and the Subcontractor in a bank in Massachusetts selected by the City or agreed upon by the contractor and the Subcontractor and shall notify the Contractor and the Subcontractor of the date of the deposit and the bank receiving the deposit. The bank shall pay the amount in the account, including accrued interest, as provided in an agreement between the Contractor and the Subcontractor or as determined by decree of a court of competent jurisdiction. 1.1.1.7 All direct payments and all deductions from demands for direct payments deposited in an interest-bearing account or accounts in a bank pursuant to subparagraph (f) shall be made out of amounts payable to the general Contractor at the time of receipt of a demand for direct payment from a Subcontractor and out of amounts which later become payable to the Contractor and in order of receipt of such demands from Subcontractors. All direct payments shall discharge the obligation of the City to the Contractor to the extent of such payment. 1.1.1.8 The City shall deduct from payments to the Contractor amounts which, together with the deposits in interest-bearing accounts pursuant to subparagraph (f), are sufficient to satisfy all unpaid balances of demands for direct payment received from Subcontractors. All such amounts shall be earmarked for such direct payments, and the Subcontractors shall have a right to such deductions prior to any claims against such amounts by creditors of the Contractor. 1.1.1.9 If the Subcontractor does not receive payment as provided in subparagraph (a) or if the Contractor does not submit a periodic estimate for the value of the labor and materials performed or furnished by the Subcontractor and the Subcontractor does not receive payment for same when due less the deductions provided for in subparagraph (a), the Subcontractor may demand direct payment by following the procedure in subparagraph (d) and the Contractor may file a sworn reply as provided in that same subparagraph. A demand made after the first day of the month following that for which the Subcontractor performed or furnished the labor and materials for which the Subcontractor seeks payment shall be valid even if delivered or mailed prior to the time payment was due on a periodic estimate from the Contractor. Thereafter the City shall proceed as provided in subparagraph (e), (f), (g), and (h). 1.1.9 Pursuant to section 39F of Chapter 30 of the Laws, the term "Subcontractor" as used in preceding Subparagraph 9.5.7 shall mean a person who files a sub-bid and receives a Subcontract as a result of that filed sub-bid or who is approved by the City in writing as a person performing labor or both performing labor and furnishing materials pursuant to a contract with the Contractor. 9.6 Payments Withheld GENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONS Olander Drive Extension │ March 11, 2020 Page 31 of 44 1.1.1 The Architect may decline to certify payment and may withhold his Certificate in whole or in part, to the extent necessary reasonably to protect the Owner, if in his opinion he is unable to make representations to the Owner as provided in Subparagraph 9.4.2. If the Architect is unable to make representations to the Owner as provided in Subparagraph 9.4.2 and to certify payment in the amount of the Application, he will notify the Contractor as provided in Subparagraph 9.4.1. If the Contractor and the Architect cannot agree on a revised amount, the Architect will promptly issue a Certificate for Payment for the amount for which he is able to make such representations to the Owner. Subject to the provisions of Subparagraph 9.6.3 herein below, the Architect may also decline to certify payment or, because of subsequently discovered evidence or subsequent observations, he may nullify the whole or any part of any Certificate for Payment previously issued to such extent as may be necessary in his opinion to protect the Owner from loss because of: 1.1.1.1 defective Work not remedied 1.1.1.2 third party claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating probable filing of such claims, 1.1.1.3 failure of the contractor to make payments properly to Subcontractors or for labor, materials or equipment, reasonable evidence that the Work cannot be completed for the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum, damage to the Owner or another contractor, reasonable evidence that the Work will not be completed within the Contract Time, or persistent failure to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 1.1.2 When the above grounds in Subparagraph 9.6.1 are removed, payment shall be made for amounts withheld because of them. 1.1.3 The City may make changes in any periodic estimate submitted by the Contractor in accordance with Section 39K of Chapter 30 of the General Laws, and the payment due on said periodic estimate shall be computed in accordance with the changes so made. The provisions of said Section 39K shall govern payments pursuant to periodic estimates on which the City has made changes. The Architect shall mark the date of receipt on the estimate. 9.7 Failure of Payment 1.1.1 If the Owner fails to make payments as set forth in Section 39K of Chapter 30, the Contractor shall be compensated as set forth in said Section. 9.8 Substantial Completion 1.1.1 When the Contractor considers that the Work, or a designated portion thereof which is acceptable to the Owner, is substantially complete as defined in Subparagraph 8.1.3, the Contractor shall prepare for submission to the Architect a list of items to be completed or corrected. The failure to include any items on such list does not alter the responsibility of the Contractor to complete all Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. When the Architect on the basis of an inspection determines that the Work or designated GENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONS Olander Drive Extension │ March 11, 2020 Page 32 of 44 portion therefor is substantially complete, he will then prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion which shall establish the Date of Substantial Completion, shall state the responsibilities of the Owner and the Contractor for security, maintenance, heat, utilities, damage to the Work, and insurance, and shall fix the time within which the Contractor shall complete the items listed therein. Warranties required by the Contract Documents shall commence on the Date of Substantial Completion of the Work or designated portion thereof unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Substantial Completion. The Certificate of Substantial Completion shall be submitted to the Owner and the Contractor for their written acceptance of the responsibilities assigned to them in such Certificate. 1.1.2 Upon substantial Completion of the Work or designated portion thereof and upon application by the Contractor and certification by the Architect, the Owner shall make payment, reflecting adjustment in retainage, if any, for such Work or portion thereof, as provided in the Contract Documents. 9.9 Final Completion and Final Payment 1.1.1 Upon receipt of written notice that the work is ready for final inspection and acceptance and upon receipt of a final Application for Payment, the Architect will promptly make such inspection and, when he finds the Work acceptable under the Contract Documents and the Contract fully performed, he will promptly issue a final Certificate for Payment stating that to the best of his knowledge, information and belief, and on the basis of his observations and inspections, the Work has been completed in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents and that the entire balance found to be due the Contractor, and noted in said final Certificate, is due and payable. The Architect's final Certificate for Payment will constitute a further representation that the conditions precedent to the Contractor's being entitled to final payment as set forth in Subparagraph 9.9.2 have been fulfilled. Final payment shall be made in accordance with section 39K of Chapter 30, quoted in Subparagraph 9.5.6 hereinabove, which Section takes precedence over any contradictory provisions of Paragraph 9.9. 1.1.2 Neither the final payment nor the remaining retained percentage shall become due until the Contractor submits to the Architect (1) an affidavit that all payrolls, bills for materials and equipment, and other indebtedness connected with the Work for which the Owner or his property might in any way be responsible, have been paid or otherwise satisfied, (2) consent of surety, if any, to final payment and (3), if required by the Owner, other data establishing payment or satisfaction of all such obligations, such as receipts, releases and waivers of liens arising out of the Contract, to the extent and in such form as may be designated by the Owner. If any Subcontractor refuses to furnish a release or waiver required by the Owner, the Contractor may furnish a bond satisfactory to the Owner to indemnify him against any such lien. If any such lien remains unsatisfied after all payments are made, the Contractor shall refund to the Owner all moneys that the latter may be compelled to pay in discharging such lien, including all costs and reasonable attorneys' fees. The affidavit and consent of surety shall be submitted on AIA forms G706 "Contractor's Affidavit of Payment of Debts and Claims" and G707 "Consent of Surety Company to Final Payment". GENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONS Olander Drive Extension │ March 11, 2020 Page 33 of 44 1.1.3 If, after Substantial Completion of the Work, final completion thereof is materially delayed through no fault of the Contractor or by the issuance of Change Orders affecting final completion, and the Architect so confirms, the Owner shall, upon application by the Contractor and certification by the Architect, and without terminating the Contract, make payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. If the remaining balance for Work not fully completed or corrected is less than the retainage stipulated in the Contract Documents, and if bonds have been furnished as provided in Paragraph 7.5, the written consent of the surety to the payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by the Contractor to the Architect prior to certification of such payment. Such payment shall be made under the terms and conditions governing final payment, except that it shall not constitute a waiver of claims. 1.1.4 The making of final payment shall constitute a waiver of all claims by the Owner except those arising from: 1.1.1.1 unsettled liens, 1.1.1.2 faulty or defective Work appearing after Substantial Completion, 1.1.1.3 failure of the Work to comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents, or terms of any special warranties required by the Contract Documents. 1.1.5 The acceptance of final payment shall constitute a waiver of all claims by the Contractor except those previously made in writing and identified by the Contractor as unsettled at the time of the final Application for Payment. ARTICLE 10 - PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY 10.1 Safety Precautions and Programs 1.1.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. 10.2 Safety of Persons and Property 1.1.1 The Contractor shall take all reasonable precautions for the safety of, and shall provide all reasonable protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to: 1.1.1.1 all employees on the Work and all other persons who may be affected thereby; 1.1.1.2 all the Work and all materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the site, under the care, custody or control of the Contractor or any of his Subcontractors or Sub-subcontractors; and other property at the site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures and utilities not designated for removal, relocation or replacement in the course of construction. GENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONS Olander Drive Extension │ March 11, 2020 Page 34 of 44 1.1.2 The Contractor shall give all notices and comply with all applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and lawful orders of any public authority bearing on the safety of persons or property or their protection from damage, injury or loss. 1.1.3 The Contractor shall erect and maintain, as required by existing conditions and progress of the Work, all reasonable safeguards for safety and protection, including posting danger signs and other warnings against hazards, promulgating safety regulations and notifying owners and users of adjacent utilities. 1.1.4 When the use or storage of explosives or other hazardous materials or equipment is necessary for the execution of the Work, the Contractor shall exercise the utmost care and shall carry on such activities under the supervision of properly qualified personnel. 1.1.5 The Contractor shall promptly remedy all damage or loss (other than damage or loss insured under Paragraph 11.3) to any property referred to in Clauses 10.2.1.2 and 10.2.1.3 caused in whole or in part by the Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Sub- subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable and for which the Contractor is responsible under Clauses 10.2.1.2 and 10.2.1.3 except damage or loss attributable to the acts or omissions of the Owner or Architect or anyone directly or indirectly employed by either of them, or by anyone for whose acts either of them may be liable, and not attributable to the fault or negligence of the Contractor. The foregoing obligations of the Contractor are in addition to his obligations under Paragraph 4.18. 1.1.6 The Contractor shall designate a responsible member of his organization at the site whose duty shall be the prevention of accidents. This person shall be the Contractor's superintendent unless otherwise designated by the Contractor in writing to the Owner and the Architect. 1.1.7 The Contractor shall not load or permit any part of the Work to be loaded so as to endanger its safety. 10.3 Emergencies 1.1.1 In any emergency affecting the safety of persons or property, the Contractor shall act, at his discretion, to prevent threatened damage, injury or loss. Any additional compensation or extension of time claimed by the Contractor on account of emergency work shall be determined as provided in Article 12 for Changes in the Work. ARTICLE 11 - INSURANCE 11.1 Contractor’s Liability Insurance 1.1.1 The Contractor shall purchase and maintain such insurance as will protect him from claims set forth below which may arise out of or result from the Contractor's operations under the Contract, whether such operations be by himself or by any Subcontractor or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable: GENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONS Olander Drive Extension │ March 11, 2020 Page 35 of 44 1.1.1.1 claims under workers' or workmen's compensation, disability benefit and other similar employee benefit acts; 1.1.1.2 claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of his employees; 1.1.1.3 claims for damages because of bodily injury, sickness or disease, or death of any person other than his employees; 1.1.1.4 claims for damages insured by usual personal injury liability coverage which are sustained (1) by any person as a result of an offense directly or indirectly related to the employment of such person by the Contractor, or (2) by any other person; 1.1.1.5 claims for damages, other than to the Work itself, because of injury to or destruction of tangible property, including loss of use resulting therefrom; and claims for damages because of bodily injury or death of any person or property damage arising out of the ownership, maintenance or use of any motor vehicle. 1.1.2 The insurance required by Subparagraph 11.1.1 shall be taken out in a company or companies authorized to do such business in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts and satisfactory to the Owner and Department and shall be written for not less than any limits of liability specified herein below, or required by law, whichever is greater. 1.1.1.1 Workmen’s Compensation and other benefits as required under Chapter 152 of the Laws, as amended, and Section 34A of Chapter 149 of the General Laws. 1.1.1.2 Employer's liability with a limit of at least $300,000 each accident. 1.1.1.3 Comprehensive Public Liability including Contractor's Liability as applicable to the Contractor's obligations under Paragraph 4.18; Elevators (if any on the Work): Completed Operations and Products Liability: all on the occurrence basis with Personal Injury coverage and Broad Form Property Damage. Remove the XCU exclusions relating to Explosion, Collapse, and Underground Property Damage. Completed Operations Liability shall be kept in force for at least two years after the date of final completion. 1.1.1.4 Personal Injury and Accidental Death - General Liability a. Each person/aggregate $1,000,000/$2,000,000 1.1.1.5 Property Damage - General Liability a. Each Occurrence/aggregate $1,000,000/$2,000,000 1.1.1.6 Personal Injury - Automobile Liability a. Each person/aggregate $1,000,000/$2,000,000 1.1.1.7 Property Damage - Automobile Liability GENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONS Olander Drive Extension │ March 11, 2020 Page 36 of 44 a. Each Occurrence/aggregate $1,000,000/$2,000,000 b. The insurance required by Subparagraph 11.1.1 shall include contractual liability insurance applicable to the Contractor's obligations under Paragraph 4.18. 1.1.3 Certificates of Insurance acceptable to the Owner shall be submitted to the Owner simultaneously with the execution of the Contract. Certificates shall indicate that Contractual Liability coverage is in force, as well as deletions of the XCU exclusions. These Certificates shall contain a provision that the insurance company will notify the Owner by registered mail at least 30 days in advance of any cancellation, change, or expiration of the policies. 11.2 Owner’s Liability Insurance 1.1.1 The Owner shall be named as an additional insured on the Contractor's Liability Insurance Policies. 11.3 Property Insurance 1.1.1 The Contractor shall purchase and maintain property insurance upon the entire Work at the site to the full insurable value thereof. This insurance shall be taken out in a company or companies against which the Owner has no reasonable objection and shall include the interests of the Owner, the Contractor, Subcontractors and Sub Subcontractors and shall insure against the perils of fire and extended coverage and shall include "all risks" insurance for physical loss or damage including, without duplication, theft, vandalism and malicious mischief. The insurance shall also cover portions of the Work stored off the site or in transit which are included in an Application for Payment under Subparagraph 9.3.2. If this insurance is written with stipulated amounts deductible, the Owner shall not be responsible for any difference between the payments made by the insurance carrier and the claim. 1.1.2 The Contractor shall purchase and maintain such boiler and machinery insurance as may be required by the Contract Documents or by law. This insurance shall include the interests of the Owner, the Contract, Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors in the Work. 1.1.3 Any loss insured under Subparagraph 11.3.1 is to be adjusted with the Owner and made payable to the Owner as trustee for the insureds, as their interests may appear, subject to the requirements of any applicable mortgagee clause and of Subparagraph 11.3.8. The Contractor shall pay each Subcontractor a just share of any insurance moneys received by the Contractor, and by appropriate agreement, written where legally required for validity, shall required each Subcontractor to make payments to his Sub- subcontractors in similar manner. 1.1.4 The Contractor shall file the original and one certified copy of all policies with the Owner before exposure to loss may occur. If the Owner is damaged by the failure of the Contractor to maintain such insurance and to so notify the Owner, then the Contractor shall bear all reasonable costs properly attributable thereto. GENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONS Olander Drive Extension │ March 11, 2020 Page 37 of 44 1.1.5 (intentionally deleted) 1.1.6 The Owner and Contractor waive all rights against (1) each other and the Subcontractors, Sub-subcontractors, agents and employees each of the other, and (2) the Architect and separate contractors, if any, and their subcontractors, sub-subcontractors, agents and employees, for damages caused by fire or other perils to the extent covered by insurance obtained pursuant to this Paragraph 11.3 or any other property insurance applicable to the Work, except such rights as they may have to the proceeds of such insurance held by the Owner as trustee. The foregoing waiver afforded the Architect, his agents and employees shall not extend to the liability imposed by Subparagraph 4.18.3. The Owner or the Contractor, as appropriate, shall require of the Architect, separate contractors, Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors by appropriate agreements, written where legally required for validity, similar waivers each in favor of all other parties enumerated in this Subparagraph 11.3.6. 1.1.7 If required in writing by any party in interest, the Owner as trustee shall, upon the occurrence of an insured loss, give bond for the proper performance of his duties. He shall deposit in a separate account any money so received, and he shall distribute it in accordance with such agreement as the parties in interest may reach, or in accordance with an award by arbitration in which case the procedure shall be as provided in Paragraph 7.9. If after such loss no other special agreement is made, replacement of damaged work shall be covered by an appropriate Change Order. 1.1.8 The Owner as trustee shall have power to adjust and settle any loss with the insurers unless one the of parties in interest shall object in writing within five days after the occurrence of loss to the Owner's exercise of this power, and if such objection be made, arbitrators shall be chosen as provided in Paragraph 7.9. The Owner as trustee shall, in that case, make settlement with the insurers in accordance with the directions of such arbitrators. If distribution of the insurance proceeds by arbitration is required, the arbitrators will direct such distribution. 1.1.9 If the Owner finds it necessary to occupy or use a portion or portions of the Work prior to Substantial Completion thereof, such occupancy or use shall not commence prior to a time mutually agreed to by the Owner and Contractor and to which the insurance company or companies providing the property insurance have consented by endorsement to the policy or policies. This insurance shall not be cancelled or lapsed on account of such partial occupancy or use. Consent of the Contractor and of the insurance company or companies to such occupancy or use shall not be unreasonably withheld. 11.4 Loss of Use Insurance 1.1.1 The Owner, at his option, may purchase and maintain such insurance as will insure him against loss of use of his property due to fire or other hazards, however caused. The Owner waives all rights of action against the Contractor for loss of use of his property, including consequential losses due to fire or other hazards however caused, to the extent covered by insurance under this Paragraph 11.4. ARTICLE 12 - CHANGES IN THE WORK GENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONS Olander Drive Extension │ March 11, 2020 Page 38 of 44 12.1 Change Orders 1.1.1 A Change Order is a written order to the Contractor signed by the Owner and the Architect, issued after execution of the Contract, authorizing a change in the Work or an adjustment in the Contract Sum or the Contract Time. The Contract Sum and the Contract Time may be changed only by Change Order. A Change Order signed by the Contractor indicates his agreement therewith, including the adjustment in the Contract Sum or the Contract Time. All Change Orders must be countersigned by the Administrator in accordance with Paragraph 3.1 as supplemented. 1.1.2 The Owner, without invalidating the Contract, may order changes in the Work within the general scope of the Contract consisting of additions, deletions or other revisions, the Contract Sum and the Contract Time being adjusted accordingly. All such changes in the Work shall be authorized by Change Order, and shall be performed under the applicable conditions of the Contract Documents. 1.1.3 The cost or credit to the Owner resulting from a change in the Work shall be determined in one or more of the following ways: 1.1.1.1 by mutual acceptance of a lump sum properly itemized and supported by sufficient substantiating data to permit evaluation; 1.1.1.2 by unit prices stated in the Contract Documents or subsequently agreed upon; 1.1.1.3 by cost to be determined in a manner agreed upon by the parties and a mutually acceptable fixed or percentage fee, or 1.1.1.4 by the method provided in Subparagraph 12.1.4. 1.1.4 If none of the methods set forth in Clauses 12.1.3.1, 12.1.3.2 or 12.1.3.3 is agreed upon, the Contractor, provided he receives a written order signed by the Owner, shall promptly proceed with the Work involved. The cost of such Work shall then be determined by the Architect on the basis of the reasonable expenditures and savings of those performing the Work attributable to the change, including, in the case of an increase in the Contract Sum, a reasonable allowance for overhead and profit. In such case, and also under Clauses 12.1.3.3 and 12.1.3.4 above, the Contractor shall keep and present, in such form as the Architect may prescribe, an itemized accounting together with appropriate supporting data for inclusion in a Change Order. 1.1.1.1 Cost of materials entering permanently in the Work, including cost of delivery: 1.1.1.2 Cost of labor at the rates found elsewhere in this document including foremen: 1.1.1.3 Rental value at fair market rental rates of equipment and machinery employed directly on the Work (hand tools and minor equipment excluded): 1.1.1.4 A percentage amount of 25% of item 2 above to cover Workman's Compensation, F.I.C.A., and unemployment contributions. GENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONS Olander Drive Extension │ March 11, 2020 Page 39 of 44 1.1.5 For Work performed by the Contractor with his own forces there shall be added a percentage fee for the Contractor equal to 15% of the total of Items 1,2,3 hereinabove. 1.1.6 For Work performed by a filed or non-filed Subcontractor there shall be added a percentage fee for the Subcontractor equal to 15% of the total of Items 1,2,3 hereinabove. To this total amount of the Subcontractor's price there may be added an additional percentage fee of 10% for the Contractor. 1.1.7 The percentage fee shall be compensation to cover the cost of supervision, layout, overhead, bonds, profit, and all other expenses which are not included in the cost of the Work as defined above. 1.1.8 Pending final determination of cost to the Owner, payments on account shall be made on the Architect's Certificate for Payment. The amount of credit to be allowed by the Contractor to the Owner for any deletion or change which results in a net decrease in the Contract Sum will be the amount of the actual net cost as confirmed by the Architect. When both additions and credits covering related Work or substitutions are involved in any one change, the allowance for overhead and profit shall be figured on the basis of the net increase, if any, with respect to that change. 1.1.9 If unit prices are stated in the Contract Documents or subsequently agreed upon, and if the quantities originally contemplated are so changed in a proposed Change Order that application of the agreed unit prices to the quantities of Work proposed will cause substantial inequity to the Owner or the Contractor, the applicable unit prices shall be equitably adjusted. 12.2 Concealed Conditions 1.1.1 Pursuant to Section 39N of Chapter 30 of the Laws, the following shall apply to differing concealed conditions: 1.1.2 If, during the progress of the Work, the Contractor or the City discovers that the actual subsurface or latent physical conditions encountered at the site differ substantially or materially from those shown on the plans or indicated in the Contract Documents either the Contractor or the City may request an equitable adjustment in the Contract Price applying to Work affected by the differing site conditions. A request for such an adjustment shall be in writing and shall be delivered by the party making such claim to the other party as soon as possible after such conditions are discovered. Upon receipt of such a claim from the Contractor, or upon its own initiative, the City shall make an investigation of such physical conditions, and, if they differ substantially or materially from those indicated in the Contract Documents or from those ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character provided for in the Contract Documents and are of such a nature as to cause an increase or decrease in the cost of the Work, the contracting Authority shall make an equitable adjustment in the Contract Price and the Contract shall be modified in writing accordingly. 12.3 Claims for Additional Cost GENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONS Olander Drive Extension │ March 11, 2020 Page 40 of 44 1.1.1 If the Contractor wishes to make a claim for an increase in the Contract Sum, he shall give the Architect written notice thereof within twenty days after the occurrence of the event giving rise to such claim. This notice shall be given by the Contractor before proceeding to execute the Work, except in an emergency endangering life or property in which case the Contractor shall proceed in accordance with Paragraph 10.3. No such claim shall be valid unless so made. If the Owner and the Contractor cannot agree on the amount of the adjustment in the Contract Sum, it shall be determined by the Architect. Any change in the Contract Sum resulting from such claim shall be authorized by Change Order. 1.1.2 If the Contractor claims that additional cost is involved because of, but not limited to, (1) any written interpretation pursuant to Subparagraph 2.2.8, (2) any order by the Owner to stop the Work pursuant to Paragraph 3.3 where the Contractor was not at fault, (3) any written order for a minor change in the Work issued pursuant to Paragraph 12.4, or (4) failure of payment by the Owner pursuant to Paragraph 9.7, the Contractor shall make such claims as provided in Subparagraph 12.3.1, except as set forth in Subparagraph 3.3.2 of the Supplementary Conditions. 12.4 Minor Changes in the Work 1.1.1 The Architect will have authority to order minor changes in the Work not involving an adjustment in the Contract Sum or an extension of the Contract Time and not consistent with the intent of the Contract Documents. Such changes shall be effected by written order, and shall be binding on the Owner and the Contractor. The Contractor shall carry out such written orders promptly. ARTICLE 13 - UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK 13.1 Uncovering of Work 1.1.1 If any portion of the Work should be covered contrary to the request of the Architect or to requirements specifically expressed in the Contract Documents, it must, if required in writing by the Architect, be uncovered for his observation and shall be replaced at the Contractor's expense. 1.1.2 If any other portion of the Work has been covered which the Architect has not specifically requested to observe prior to being covered, the Architect may request to see such Work and it shall be uncovered by the Contractor. If such Work be found in accordance with the Contract Documents, the cost of uncovering and replacement shall, by appropriate Change Order, be charged to the Owner. If such Work be found not in accordance with the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall pay such costs unless it be found that this condition was caused by the Owner or a separate contractor as provided in Article 6, in which event the Owner shall be responsible for the payment of such costs. 13.2 Correction of Work 1.1.1 The Contractor shall promptly correct all Work rejected by the Architect as defective or as failing to conform to the Contract Documents whether observed before or after Substantial Completion and whether or not fabricated, installed or completed. The GENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONS Olander Drive Extension │ March 11, 2020 Page 41 of 44 Contractor shall bear all costs of correcting such rejected Work, including compensation for the Architect's additional services made necessary thereby. 1.1.2 If, within one year after the Date of Substantial Completion of the Work or designated portion thereof or within one year after acceptance by the Owner of designated equipment or within such longer period of time as may be prescribed by law or by the terms of any applicable special warranty required by the Contract Documents, any of the Work is found to be defective or not in accordance with the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall correct it promptly after receipt of a written notice from the Owner to do so unless the Owner has previously given the Contractor a written acceptance of such condition. This obligation shall survive termination of the Contract. The Owner shall give such notice promptly after discovery of the condition. 1.1.3 The Contractor shall remove from the site all portions of the Work which are defective or non-conforming and which have not been corrected under Subparagraphs 4.5.1, 13.2.1 and 13.2.2, unless removal is waived by the Owner. 1.1.4 If the Contractor fails to correct defective or nonconforming Work as provided in Subparagraphs 4.5.1, 13.2.1 and 13.2.2, the Owner may correct it in accordance with Paragraph 3.4. 1.1.5 If the Contractor does not proceed with the correction of such defective or non- conforming Work within a reasonable time fixed by written notice from the Architect, the Owner may remove it and may store the materials or equipment at the expense of the Contractor. If the Contractor does not pay the cost of such removal and storage within ten days thereafter, the Owner may upon ten additional days' written notice sell such Work at auction or at private sale and shall account for the net proceeds thereof, after deducting all the costs that should have been borne by the Contractor, including compensation for the Architect's additional services made necessary thereby. If such proceeds of sale do not cover all costs which the Contractor should have borne, the difference shall be charged to the Contractor and an appropriate Change Order shall be issued. If the payments then or thereafter due the Contractor are not sufficient to cover such amount, the Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner. 1.1.6 The Contractor shall bear the cost of making good all work of the Owner or separate contractors destroyed or damaged by such correction or removal. 1.1.7 Nothing contained in this Paragraph 13.2 shall be construed to establish a period of limitation with respect to any other obligation which the Contractor might have under the Contract Documents, including Paragraph 4.5 hereof. The establishment of the time period of one year after the Date of Substantial Completion or such longer period of time as may be prescribed by law or by the terms of any warranty required by the Contract Documents relates only to the specific obligation of the Contractor to correct the Work, and has no relationship to the time within which his obligation to comply with the Contract Documents may be sought to be enforced, nor to the time within which proceedings may be commenced to establish the Contractor's liability with respect to his obligations other than specifically to correct the Work. 13.3 Acceptance of Defective or Non-Conforming Work GENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONS Olander Drive Extension │ March 11, 2020 Page 42 of 44 1.1.1 If the Owner prefers to accept defective or nonconforming Work, he may do so instead of requiring its removal and correction, in which case a Change Order will be issued to reflect a reduction in the Contract Sum where appropriate and equitable. Such adjustment shall be effected whether or not final payment has been made. 13.4 Special Guarantees and Warranties 1.1.1 All guarantees and warranties required in the various Sections of the Specifications which originate with a Subcontractor or manufacturer must be delivered to the Architect before final payment to the Contractor may be made for the amount of that subtrade or for the phase of Work to which the guarantee or warranty relates. 1.1.2 The failure to deliver a required guarantee or warranty shall be held to constitute a failure of the Subcontractor to fully complete his Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 1.1.3 The Contractor's obligation to correct Work as set forth in Paragraph 13.2 is in addition to, and not in substitution of, such guarantees or warranties as may be required in the various Sections of the Specifications. ARTICLE 14 - TERMINATION OF THE CONTRACT 14.1 Termination by the Contractor 1.1.1 If the Work is stopped for a period of 30 days under any order of any court or other public Authority having jurisdiction or as a result of an act of government, such as a declaration of a national emergency make materials unavailable, through no act or fault of the Contractor or a Subcontractor, or their agents or employees, or any other person performing any of the Work under a contract with the Contractor, then the Contractor may, upon seven additional days' written notice to the Owner and Architect, terminate the Contract and recover from the Owner payment for all Work executed and for any proven loss sustained upon any materials, equipment, tools, construction equipment and machinery, including reasonable profit and damages. 14.2 Termination by the Owner 1.1.1 If the Contractor is adjudged a bankrupt, or if he makes a general assignment for the benefit of his creditors, or if a receiver is appointed on account of his insolvency, or if he persistently or repeatedly refuses or fails, except in cases for which extension of time is provided, to supply enough properly skilled workmen or proper materials, or if he fails to make prompt payment to Subcontractors or for materials or labor, or persistently disregards laws, ordinances, rules, regulations or orders of any public authority having jurisdiction, or otherwise is guilty of a substantial violation of a provision of the Contract Documents, then the Owner, upon certification by the Architect that sufficient cause exists to justify such action may, without prejudice to any right or remedy and after giving the Contractor and his surety, if any, seven days' written notice, terminate the employment of the Contractor and take possession of the site and of all materials, equipment, tools, construction equipment and machinery thereon owned by the Contractor and may finish the Work by whatever method he may deem expedient. In GENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONS Olander Drive Extension │ March 11, 2020 Page 43 of 44 such case the Contractor shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the Work is finished. 1.1.2 If the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum exceeds the costs of finishing the Work, including compensation for the Architect's additional services made necessary thereby, such excess shall be paid to the Contractor. If such costs exceed the unpaid balance, the Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner. The amount to be paid to the Contractor or to the Owner, as the case may be, shall be certified by the Architect, upon application, in the manner provided in Paragraph 9.4, and this obligation for payment shall survive the termination of the Contract. 1.1.3 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS PART 2 - ADDITIONAL CONDITIONS Articles set forth under Part 2 of this section are additional conditions not covered in the A.I.A. General Conditions. ARTICLE 15 - LABOR REQUIREMENTS OF THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS 15.1 Labor Laws 1.1.1 The Contractor and the Subcontractors shall conform to applicable provisions of M.G.L. Chapter 149, as amended. 1.1.2 No laborer, workman, mechanic, foreman or inspector working in the employment of the Contractor, Subcontractor or other person doing or contracting to do the whole or part of the Work contemplated by this Contract, shall be required or permitted to work any more than eight hours in any one day, or more than 48 hours in any one week, or more than six days in any one week, except in cases of emergency. 1.1.3 Every employee on the Work shall lodge, board, and trade where and with whom he elects, and the Contractor and any Subcontractor shall not directly or indirectly require, as a condition of employment in said Work, that an employee lodge, board, or trade at a particular place or with a particular person. 1.1.4 The Contractor and each Subcontractor shall give preference in employment of mechanics, apprentices, teamsters, chauffeurs and laborers, first to citizens of the Commonwealth who have been residents of the Commonwealth for at least six months at the commencement of their employment and who are veterans as defined in clause 43 of Section 7 of Chapter 4 of the General Laws, and who are qualified to perform the Work to which the employment relates; and secondly, to citizens of the Commonwealth generally, and if they cannot be obtained in sufficient numbers, then to citizens of the United States. 15.2 Executive Orders GENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONSGENERAL CONDITIONS Olander Drive Extension │ March 11, 2020 Page 44 of 44 1.1.1 The Contractor shall comply with the provisions of M.G.L. Chapter 151B; Executive Order No. 227, Governor's Code of Fair Practices, amending and Revising Executive Orders No. 116 and 117; Executive Order No. 237 pertaining to minority and women business development; Executive Order No. 246 pertaining to the handicapped and all regulations promulgated pursuant thereto. The aforementioned law, Executive Orders, and regulations are incorporated herein by reference and made a part of this Contract. END OF SECTION THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS DEPARTMENT OF LABOR STANDARDS As determined by the Director under the provisions of the Massachusetts General Laws, Chapter 149, Sections 26 to 27H EXECUTIVE OFFICE OF LABOR AND WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT Prevailing Wage Rates CHARLES D. BAKER ROSALIN ACOSTA SecretaryGovernor MICHAEL FLANAGAN Construction of approximately 300 linear feet of new roadway and associated curb, sidewalk, guard rail, retaining wall and utilities and construction of walkways and fountain works at Memorial Park. Interim Director Awarding Authority:City of Northampton City/Town:Contract Number:NORTHAMPTON Description of Work: Job Location:Village Hill, Northampton, MA Wage Request Number: 20200204-013Issue Date:02/04/2020 Information about Prevailing Wage Schedules for Awarding Authorities and Contractors •This wage schedule applies only to the specific project referenced at the top of this page and uniquely identified by the “Wage Request Number” on all pages of this schedule. •An Awarding Authority must request an updated wage schedule from the Department of Labor Standards (“DLS”) if it has not opened bids or selected a contractor within 90 days of the date of issuance of the wage schedule. For CM AT RISK projects (bid pursuant to G.L. c.149A), the earlier of: (a) the execution date of the GMP Amendment, or (b) the bid for the first construction scope of work must be within 90-days of the wage schedule issuance date. •The wage schedule shall be incorporated in any advertisement or call for bids for the project as required by M.G.L. c. 149, § 27. The wage schedule shall be made a part of the contract awarded for the project. The wage schedule must be posted in a conspicuous place at the work site for the life of the project in accordance with M.G.L. c. 149 § 27. The wages listed on the wage schedule must be paid to employees performing construction work on the project whether they are employed by the prime contractor, a filed sub-bidder, or any sub-contractor. •All apprentices working on the project are required to be registered with the Massachusetts Department of Labor Standards, Division of Apprentice Standards (DLS/DAS). Apprentice must keep his/her apprentice identification card on his/her person during all work hours on the project. An apprentice registered with DAS may be paid the lower apprentice wage rate at the applicable step as provided on the prevailing wage schedule. Any apprentice not registered with DLS/DAS regardless of whether or not they are registered with any other federal, state, local, or private agency must be paid the journeyworker's rate for the trade. •The wage rates will remain in effect for the duration of the project, except in the case of multi-year public construction projects. For construction projects lasting longer than one year, awarding authorities must request an updated wage schedule. Awarding authorities are required to request these updates no later than two weeks before the anniversary of the date the contract was executed by the awarding authority and the general contractor. For multi-year CM AT RISK projects, awarding authority must request an annual update no later than two weeks before the anniversary date, determined as the earlier of: (a) the execution date of the GMP Amendment, or (b) the execution date of the first amendment to permit procurement of construction services. Contractors are required to obtain the wage schedules from awarding authorities, and to pay no less than these rates to covered workers. The annual update requirement is not applicable to 27F “rental of equipment” contracts. •Every contractor or subcontractor which performs construction work on the project is required to submit weekly payroll reports and a Statement of Compliance directly to the awarding authority by mail or email and keep them on file for three years. Each weekly payroll report must contain: the employee’s name, address, occupational classification, hours worked, and wages paid. Do not submit weekly payroll reports to DLS. A sample of a payroll reporting form may be obtained at http://www.mass.gov/dols/pw. •Contractors with questions about the wage rates or classifications included on the wage schedule have an affirmative obligation to inquire with DLS at (617) 626-6953. •Employees not receiving the prevailing wage rate set forth on the wage schedule may report the violation to the Fair Labor Division of the office of the Attorney General at (617) 727-3465. •Failure of a contractor or subcontractor to pay the prevailing wage rates listed on the wage schedule to all employees who perform construction work on the project is a violation of the law and subjects the contractor or subcontractor to civil and criminal penalties. KARYN E. POLITO Lt. Governor Classification Total RateBase Wage Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentEffective Date Construction (2 AXLE) DRIVER - EQUIPMENT TEAMSTERS JOINT COUNCIL NO. 10 ZONE B $60.38 12/01/2019 $12.41 $0.00 $34.25 $13.72 $61.28 06/01/2020 $12.41 $0.00 $35.15 $13.72 $61.78 08/01/2020 $12.91 $0.00 $35.15 $13.72 $62.88 12/01/2020 $12.91 $0.00 $35.15 $14.82 $63.68 06/01/2021 $12.91 $0.00 $35.95 $14.82 $64.18 08/01/2021 $13.41 $0.00 $35.95 $14.82 $65.37 12/01/2021 $13.41 $0.00 $35.95 $16.01 (3 AXLE) DRIVER - EQUIPMENT TEAMSTERS JOINT COUNCIL NO. 10 ZONE B $60.45 12/01/2019 $12.41 $0.00 $34.32 $13.72 $61.35 06/01/2020 $12.41 $0.00 $35.22 $13.72 $61.85 08/01/2020 $12.91 $0.00 $35.22 $13.72 $62.95 12/01/2020 $12.91 $0.00 $35.22 $14.82 $63.75 06/01/2021 $12.91 $0.00 $36.02 $14.82 $64.25 08/01/2021 $13.41 $0.00 $36.02 $14.82 $65.44 12/01/2021 $13.41 $0.00 $36.02 $16.01 (4 & 5 AXLE) DRIVER - EQUIPMENT TEAMSTERS JOINT COUNCIL NO. 10 ZONE B $60.57 12/01/2019 $12.41 $0.00 $34.44 $13.72 $61.47 06/01/2020 $12.41 $0.00 $35.34 $13.72 $61.97 08/01/2020 $12.91 $0.00 $35.34 $13.72 $63.07 12/01/2020 $12.91 $0.00 $35.34 $14.82 $63.87 06/01/2021 $12.91 $0.00 $36.14 $14.82 $64.37 08/01/2021 $13.41 $0.00 $36.14 $14.82 $65.56 12/01/2021 $13.41 $0.00 $36.14 $16.01 ADS/SUBMERSIBLE PILOT PILE DRIVER LOCAL 56 (ZONE 3) $133.83 08/01/2019 $9.90 $0.00 $102.78 $21.15 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- PILE DRIVER" AIR TRACK OPERATOR LABORERS - ZONE 3 (BUILDING & SITE) $55.13 12/02/2019 $8.10 $0.00 $32.25 $14.78 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER" AIR TRACK OPERATOR (HEAVY & HIGHWAY) LABORERS - ZONE 3 (HEAVY & HIGHWAY) $53.07 12/01/2019 $8.10 $0.00 $32.25 $12.72 $53.88 06/01/2020 $8.10 $0.00 $33.06 $12.72 $54.69 12/01/2020 $8.10 $0.00 $33.87 $12.72 $55.53 06/01/2021 $8.10 $0.00 $34.71 $12.72 $56.36 12/01/2021 $8.10 $0.00 $35.54 $12.72 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER (Heavy and Highway) ASBESTOS WORKER (PIPES & TANKS) HEAT & FROST INSULATORS LOCAL 6 (SPRINGFIELD) $54.15 12/01/2019 $12.50 $0.00 $33.30 $8.35 $55.05 06/01/2020 $12.50 $0.00 $34.20 $8.35 $55.95 12/01/2020 $12.50 $0.00 $35.10 $8.35 ASPHALT RAKER LABORERS - ZONE 3 (BUILDING & SITE) $54.63 12/02/2019 $8.10 $0.00 $31.75 $14.78 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER" ASPHALT RAKER (HEAVY & HIGHWAY) LABORERS - ZONE 3 (HEAVY & HIGHWAY) $52.57 12/01/2019 $8.10 $0.00 $31.75 $12.72 $53.38 06/01/2020 $8.10 $0.00 $32.56 $12.72 $54.19 12/01/2020 $8.10 $0.00 $33.37 $12.72 $55.03 06/01/2021 $8.10 $0.00 $34.21 $12.72 $55.86 12/01/2021 $8.10 $0.00 $35.04 $12.72 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER (Heavy and Highway) Issue Date:Wage Request Number:02/04/2020 Page 2 of 3320200204-013 Classification Total RateBase Wage Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentEffective Date AUTOMATIC GRADER-EXCAVATOR (RECLAIMER) OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 98 $61.69 12/01/2019 $11.94 $0.00 $35.40 $14.35 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- OPERATING ENGINEERS" BACKHOE/FRONT-END LOADER OPERATOR OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 98 $61.69 12/01/2019 $11.94 $0.00 $35.40 $14.35 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- OPERATING ENGINEERS" BARCO-TYPE JUMPING TAMPER LABORERS - ZONE 3 (BUILDING & SITE) $54.63 12/02/2019 $8.10 $0.00 $31.75 $14.78 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER" BATCH/CEMENT PLANT - ON SITE OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 98 $61.16 12/01/2019 $11.94 $0.00 $34.87 $14.35 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- OPERATING ENGINEERS" BLOCK PAVER, RAMMER / CURB SETTER LABORERS - ZONE 3 (BUILDING & SITE) $55.13 12/02/2019 $8.10 $0.00 $32.25 $14.78 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER" BLOCK PAVER, RAMMER / CURB SETTER (HEAVY & HIGHWAY) LABORERS - ZONE 3 (HEAVY & HIGHWAY) $53.07 12/01/2019 $8.10 $0.00 $32.25 $12.72 $53.88 06/01/2020 $8.10 $0.00 $33.06 $12.72 $54.69 12/01/2020 $8.10 $0.00 $33.87 $12.72 $55.53 06/01/2021 $8.10 $0.00 $34.71 $12.72 $56.36 12/01/2021 $8.10 $0.00 $35.54 $12.72 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER (Heavy and Highway) BOILER MAKER BOILERMAKERS LOCAL 29 $71.15 01/01/2020 $7.07 $0.00 $46.10 $17.98 BOILERMAKER - Local 29Apprentice - 01/01/2020 Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent Effective Date - 1 $29.97 $7.07 $11.69 $0.00 $48.73 65 2 $29.97 $7.07 $11.69 $0.00 $48.73 65 3 $32.27 $7.07 $12.59 $0.00 $51.93 70 4 $34.58 $7.07 $13.49 $0.00 $55.14 75 5 $36.88 $7.07 $14.38 $0.00 $58.33 80 6 $39.19 $7.07 $15.29 $0.00 $61.55 85 7 $41.49 $7.07 $16.18 $0.00 $64.74 90 8 $43.80 $7.07 $17.09 $0.00 $67.96 95 Notes: Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:4 BRICK/STONE/ARTIFICIAL MASONRY (INCL. MASONRY WATERPROOFING) BRICKLAYERS LOCAL 3 (SPRINGFIELD/PITTSFIELD) $73.52 02/01/2020 $10.75 $0.00 $42.81 $19.96 $75.02 08/01/2020 $10.75 $0.00 $44.16 $20.11 $75.57 02/01/2021 $10.75 $0.00 $44.71 $20.11 $77.13 08/01/2021 $10.75 $0.00 $46.11 $20.27 $77.66 02/01/2022 $10.75 $0.00 $46.64 $20.27 Issue Date:Wage Request Number:02/04/2020 Page 3 of 3320200204-013 Classification Total RateBase Wage Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentEffective Date BRICK/PLASTER/CEMENT MASON - Local 3 Springfield/PittsfieldApprentice - 02/01/2020 Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent Effective Date - 1 $21.41 $10.75 $19.96 $0.00 $52.12 50 2 $25.69 $10.75 $19.96 $0.00 $56.40 60 3 $29.97 $10.75 $19.96 $0.00 $60.68 70 4 $34.25 $10.75 $19.96 $0.00 $64.96 80 5 $38.53 $10.75 $19.96 $0.00 $69.24 90 08/01/2020 Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent Effective Date - 1 $22.08 $10.75 $20.11 $0.00 $52.94 50 2 $26.50 $10.75 $20.11 $0.00 $57.36 60 3 $30.91 $10.75 $20.11 $0.00 $61.77 70 4 $35.33 $10.75 $20.11 $0.00 $66.19 80 5 $39.74 $10.75 $20.11 $0.00 $70.60 90 Notes: Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:5 BULLDOZER/POWER SHOVEL/TREE SHREDDER /CLAM SHELL OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 98 $61.69 12/01/2019 $11.94 $0.00 $35.40 $14.35 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- OPERATING ENGINEERS" CAISSON & UNDERPINNING BOTTOM MAN LABORERS - FOUNDATION AND MARINE $65.15 12/01/2019 $8.10 $0.00 $40.25 $16.80 $66.14 06/01/2020 $8.10 $0.00 $41.24 $16.80 $67.12 12/01/2020 $8.10 $0.00 $42.22 $16.80 $68.14 06/01/2021 $8.10 $0.00 $43.24 $16.80 $69.15 12/01/2021 $8.10 $0.00 $44.25 $16.80 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER" CAISSON & UNDERPINNING LABORER LABORERS - FOUNDATION AND MARINE $64.00 12/01/2019 $8.10 $0.00 $39.10 $16.80 $64.99 06/01/2020 $8.10 $0.00 $40.09 $16.80 $65.97 12/01/2020 $8.10 $0.00 $41.07 $16.80 $66.99 06/01/2021 $8.10 $0.00 $42.09 $16.80 $68.00 12/01/2021 $8.10 $0.00 $43.10 $16.80 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER" CAISSON & UNDERPINNING TOP MAN LABORERS - FOUNDATION AND MARINE $64.00 12/01/2019 $8.10 $0.00 $39.10 $16.80 $64.99 06/01/2020 $8.10 $0.00 $40.09 $16.80 $65.97 12/01/2020 $8.10 $0.00 $41.07 $16.80 $66.99 06/01/2021 $8.10 $0.00 $42.09 $16.80 $68.00 12/01/2021 $8.10 $0.00 $43.10 $16.80 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER" CARBIDE CORE DRILL OPERATOR LABORERS - ZONE 3 (BUILDING & SITE) $54.63 12/02/2019 $8.10 $0.00 $31.75 $14.78 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER" Issue Date:Wage Request Number:02/04/2020 Page 4 of 3320200204-013 Classification Total RateBase Wage Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentEffective Date CARPENTER CARPENTERS LOCAL 336 - HAMPDEN HAMPSHIRE FRANKLIN $62.25 09/02/2019 $7.84 $0.00 $37.54 $16.87 $62.75 03/01/2020 $7.84 $0.00 $38.04 $16.87 $63.25 09/01/2020 $7.84 $0.00 $38.54 $16.87 $63.75 03/01/2021 $7.84 $0.00 $39.04 $16.87 $64.25 09/01/2021 $7.84 $0.00 $39.54 $16.87 $64.75 03/01/2022 $7.84 $0.00 $40.04 $16.87 $65.25 09/01/2022 $7.84 $0.00 $40.54 $16.87 $65.75 03/01/2023 $7.84 $0.00 $41.04 $16.87 CARPENTER - Local 336 Hampden Hampshire FranklinApprentice - 09/02/2019 Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent Effective Date - 1 $18.77 $7.84 $1.32 $0.00 $27.93 50 2 $22.52 $7.84 $1.32 $0.00 $31.68 60 3 $26.28 $7.84 $12.91 $0.00 $47.03 70 4 $28.16 $7.84 $12.91 $0.00 $48.91 75 5 $30.03 $7.84 $14.23 $0.00 $52.10 80 6 $30.03 $7.84 $14.23 $0.00 $52.10 80 7 $33.79 $7.84 $15.55 $0.00 $57.18 90 8 $33.79 $7.84 $15.55 $0.00 $57.18 90 03/01/2020 Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent Effective Date - 1 $19.02 $7.84 $1.32 $0.00 $28.18 50 2 $22.82 $7.84 $1.32 $0.00 $31.98 60 3 $26.63 $7.84 $12.91 $0.00 $47.38 70 4 $28.53 $7.84 $12.91 $0.00 $49.28 75 5 $30.43 $7.84 $14.23 $0.00 $52.50 80 6 $30.43 $7.84 $14.23 $0.00 $52.50 80 7 $34.24 $7.84 $15.55 $0.00 $57.63 90 8 $34.24 $7.84 $15.55 $0.00 $57.63 90 Notes: % Indentured After 10/1/17; 45/45/55/55/70/70/80/80 Step 1&2 $26.05/ 3&4 $31.09/ 5&6 $48.35/ 7&8 $53.42 Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:5 CARPENTER WOOD FRAME CARPENTERS LOCAL 336 - HAMPDEN HAMPSHIRE FRANKLIN $38.42 10/01/2019 $7.07 $0.00 $23.49 $7.86 All Aspects of New Wood Frame Work Issue Date:Wage Request Number:02/04/2020 Page 5 of 3320200204-013 Classification Total RateBase Wage Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentEffective Date CARPENTER (Wood Frame) - 336 Hampden HampshireApprentice - 10/01/2019 Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent Effective Date - 1 $14.09 $7.07 $0.00 $0.00 $21.16 60 2 $14.09 $7.07 $0.00 $0.00 $21.16 60 3 $15.27 $7.07 $7.86 $0.00 $30.20 65 4 $16.44 $7.07 $7.86 $0.00 $31.37 70 5 $17.62 $7.07 $7.86 $0.00 $32.55 75 6 $18.79 $7.07 $7.86 $0.00 $33.72 80 7 $19.97 $7.07 $7.86 $0.00 $34.90 85 8 $21.14 $7.07 $7.86 $0.00 $36.07 90 Notes: % Indentured After 10/1/17; 45/45/55/55/70/70/80/80 Step 1&2 $17.64/ 3&4 $24.74/ 5&6 $31.37/ 7&8 $33.72 Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:5 CEMENT MASONRY/PLASTERING BRICKLAYERS LOCAL 3 (SPRINGFIELD/PITTSFIELD) $72.90 01/01/2020 $12.70 $0.62 $41.94 $17.64 CEMENT MASONRY/PLASTERING - Springfield/PittsfieldApprentice - 01/01/2020 Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent Effective Date - 1 $20.97 $12.70 $15.41 $0.00 $49.08 50 2 $25.16 $12.70 $17.64 $0.62 $56.12 60 3 $27.26 $12.70 $17.64 $0.62 $58.22 65 4 $29.36 $12.70 $17.64 $0.62 $60.32 70 5 $31.46 $12.70 $17.64 $0.62 $62.42 75 6 $33.55 $12.70 $17.64 $0.62 $64.51 80 7 $37.75 $12.70 $17.64 $0.62 $68.71 90 Notes: Steps 3,4 are 500 hrs. All other steps are 1,000 hrs. Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:3 CHAIN SAW OPERATOR LABORERS - ZONE 3 (BUILDING & SITE) $54.63 12/02/2019 $8.10 $0.00 $31.75 $14.78 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER" COMPRESSOR OPERATOR OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 98 $61.16 12/01/2019 $11.94 $0.00 $34.87 $14.35 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- OPERATING ENGINEERS" CRANE OPERATOR OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 98 $65.19 12/01/2019 $11.94 $0.00 $38.90 $14.35 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- OPERATING ENGINEERS" DELEADER (BRIDGE) PAINTERS LOCAL 35 - ZONE 3 $81.26 01/01/2020 $8.20 $0.00 $50.96 $22.10 $82.36 07/01/2020 $8.20 $0.00 $52.06 $22.10 $83.46 01/01/2021 $8.20 $0.00 $53.16 $22.10 Issue Date:Wage Request Number:02/04/2020 Page 6 of 3320200204-013 Classification Total RateBase Wage Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentEffective Date PAINTER Local 35 - BRIDGES/TANKSApprentice - 01/01/2020 Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent Effective Date - 1 $25.48 $8.20 $0.00 $0.00 $33.68 50 2 $28.03 $8.20 $5.94 $0.00 $42.17 55 3 $30.58 $8.20 $6.48 $0.00 $45.26 60 4 $33.12 $8.20 $7.02 $0.00 $48.34 65 5 $35.67 $8.20 $18.86 $0.00 $62.73 70 6 $38.22 $8.20 $19.40 $0.00 $65.82 75 7 $40.77 $8.20 $19.94 $0.00 $68.91 80 8 $45.86 $8.20 $21.02 $0.00 $75.08 90 07/01/2020 Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent Effective Date - 1 $26.03 $8.20 $0.00 $0.00 $34.23 50 2 $28.63 $8.20 $5.94 $0.00 $42.77 55 3 $31.24 $8.20 $6.48 $0.00 $45.92 60 4 $33.84 $8.20 $7.02 $0.00 $49.06 65 5 $36.44 $8.20 $18.86 $0.00 $63.50 70 6 $39.05 $8.20 $19.40 $0.00 $66.65 75 7 $41.65 $8.20 $19.94 $0.00 $69.79 80 8 $46.85 $8.20 $21.02 $0.00 $76.07 90 Notes: Steps are 750 hrs. Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:1 DEMO: ADZEMAN LABORERS - ZONE 3 (BUILDING & SITE) $64.00 12/01/2019 $8.10 $0.00 $39.30 $16.60 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER" DEMO: BACKHOE/LOADER/HAMMER OPERATOR LABORERS - ZONE 3 (BUILDING & SITE) $65.00 12/01/2019 $8.10 $0.00 $40.30 $16.60 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER" DEMO: BURNERS LABORERS - ZONE 3 (BUILDING & SITE) $64.75 12/01/2019 $8.10 $0.00 $40.05 $16.60 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER" DEMO: CONCRETE CUTTER/SAWYER LABORERS - ZONE 3 (BUILDING & SITE) $65.00 12/01/2019 $8.10 $0.00 $40.30 $16.60 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER" DEMO: JACKHAMMER OPERATOR LABORERS - ZONE 3 (BUILDING & SITE) $64.75 12/01/2019 $8.10 $0.00 $40.05 $16.60 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER" DEMO: WRECKING LABORER LABORERS - ZONE 3 (BUILDING & SITE) $64.00 12/01/2019 $8.10 $0.00 $39.30 $16.60 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER" DIVER PILE DRIVER LOCAL 56 (ZONE 3) $99.57 08/01/2019 $9.90 $0.00 $68.52 $21.15 Issue Date:Wage Request Number:02/04/2020 Page 7 of 3320200204-013 Classification Total RateBase Wage Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentEffective Date For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- PILE DRIVER" DIVER TENDER PILE DRIVER LOCAL 56 (ZONE 3) $79.99 08/01/2019 $9.90 $0.00 $48.94 $21.15 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- PILE DRIVER" DIVER TENDER (EFFLUENT) PILE DRIVER LOCAL 56 (ZONE 3) $104.46 08/01/2019 $9.90 $0.00 $73.41 $21.15 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- PILE DRIVER" DIVER/SLURRY (EFFLUENT) PILE DRIVER LOCAL 56 (ZONE 3) $133.83 08/01/2019 $9.90 $0.00 $102.78 $21.15 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- PILE DRIVER" ELECTRICIAN (Including Core Drilling) ELECTRICIANS LOCAL 7 $67.01 12/29/2019 $11.00 $0.00 $43.41 $12.60 ELECTRICIAN - Local 7Apprentice - 12/29/2019 Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent Effective Date - 1 $17.36 $6.00 $0.52 $0.00 $23.88 40 2 $19.53 $6.00 $0.59 $0.00 $26.12 45 3 $21.71 $11.00 $6.95 $0.00 $39.66 50 4 $23.88 $11.00 $7.02 $0.00 $41.90 55 5 $28.22 $11.00 $8.15 $0.00 $47.37 65 6 $30.39 $11.00 $9.21 $0.00 $50.60 70 Notes: Steps 1-2 are 1000 hrs; Steps 3-6 are 1500 hrs. Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:2:3**** ELEVATOR CONSTRUCTOR ELEVATOR CONSTRUCTORS LOCAL 41 $88.99 01/01/2020 $15.73 $0.00 $54.85 $18.41 $91.88 01/01/2021 $15.88 $0.00 $56.69 $19.31 $94.86 01/01/2022 $16.03 $0.00 $58.62 $20.21 Issue Date:Wage Request Number:02/04/2020 Page 8 of 3320200204-013 Classification Total RateBase Wage Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentEffective Date ELEVATOR CONSTRUCTOR - Local 41Apprentice - 01/01/2020 Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent Effective Date - 1 $27.43 $15.73 $0.00 $0.00 $43.16 50 2 $30.17 $15.73 $18.41 $0.00 $64.31 55 3 $35.65 $15.73 $18.41 $0.00 $69.79 65 4 $38.40 $15.73 $18.41 $0.00 $72.54 70 5 $43.88 $15.73 $18.41 $0.00 $78.02 80 01/01/2021 Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent Effective Date - 1 $28.35 $15.88 $0.00 $0.00 $44.23 50 2 $31.18 $15.88 $19.31 $0.00 $66.37 55 3 $36.85 $15.88 $19.31 $0.00 $72.04 65 4 $39.68 $15.88 $19.31 $0.00 $74.87 70 5 $45.35 $15.88 $19.31 $0.00 $80.54 80 Notes: Steps 1-2 are 6 mos.; Steps 3-5 are 1 year Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:1 ELEVATOR CONSTRUCTOR HELPER ELEVATOR CONSTRUCTORS LOCAL 41 $72.54 01/01/2020 $15.73 $0.00 $38.40 $18.41 $74.87 01/01/2021 $15.88 $0.00 $39.68 $19.31 $77.27 01/01/2022 $16.03 $0.00 $41.03 $20.21 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice - ELEVATOR CONSTRUCTOR" FENCE & GUARD RAIL ERECTOR (HEAVY & HIGHWAY) LABORERS - ZONE 3 (HEAVY & HIGHWAY) $52.57 12/01/2019 $8.10 $0.00 $31.75 $12.72 $53.38 06/01/2020 $8.10 $0.00 $32.56 $12.72 $54.19 12/01/2020 $8.10 $0.00 $33.37 $12.72 $55.03 06/01/2021 $8.10 $0.00 $34.21 $12.72 $55.86 12/01/2021 $8.10 $0.00 $35.04 $12.72 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER (Heavy and Highway) FIELD ENG.INST/ROD-BLDG,SITE,HVY/HWY OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 98 $27.74 06/01/1999 $4.80 $0.00 $18.84 $4.10 FIELD ENG.PARTY CHIEF:BLDG,SITE,HVY/HWY OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 98 $30.23 06/01/1999 $4.80 $0.00 $21.33 $4.10 FIELD ENG.SURVEY CHIEF-BLDG,SITE,HVY/HWY OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 98 $31.23 06/01/1999 $4.80 $0.00 $22.33 $4.10 FIRE ALARM INSTALLER ELECTRICIANS LOCAL 7 $67.01 12/29/2019 $11.00 $0.00 $43.41 $12.60 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- ELECTRICIAN" FIRE ALARM REPAIR / MAINTENANCE / COMMISSIONING ELECTRICIANS LOCAL 7 $67.01 12/29/2019 $11.00 $0.00 $43.41 $12.60 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- TELECOMMUNICATIONS TECHNICIAN" FIREMAN OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 98 $61.16 12/01/2019 $11.94 $0.00 $34.87 $14.35 Issue Date:Wage Request Number:02/04/2020 Page 9 of 3320200204-013 Classification Total RateBase Wage Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentEffective Date OPERATING ENGINEERS - Local 98 Class 3Apprentice - 12/01/2019 Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent Effective Date - 1 $20.92 $11.94 $14.35 $0.00 $47.21 60 2 $24.41 $11.94 $14.35 $0.00 $50.70 70 3 $27.90 $11.94 $14.35 $0.00 $54.19 80 4 $31.38 $11.94 $14.35 $0.00 $57.67 90 Notes: Steps 1-2 are 1000 hrs.; Steps 3-4 are 2000 hrs. Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:6 FLAGGER & SIGNALER (HEAVY & HIGHWAY) LABORERS - ZONE 3 (HEAVY & HIGHWAY) $44.32 12/01/2019 $8.10 $0.00 $23.50 $12.72 $44.32 06/01/2020 $8.10 $0.00 $23.50 $12.72 $45.32 12/01/2020 $8.10 $0.00 $24.50 $12.72 $45.32 06/01/2021 $8.10 $0.00 $24.50 $12.72 $45.32 12/01/2021 $8.10 $0.00 $24.50 $12.72 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER (Heavy and Highway) FLOORCOVERER FLOORCOVERERS LOCAL 2168 ZONE III $62.15 09/01/2019 $7.84 $0.00 $37.44 $16.87 FLOORCOVERER - Local 2168 Zone IIIApprentice - 09/01/2019 Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent Effective Date - 1 $18.72 $7.84 $1.32 $0.00 $27.88 50 2 $20.59 $7.84 $1.32 $0.00 $29.75 55 3 $22.46 $7.84 $12.91 $0.00 $43.21 60 4 $24.34 $7.84 $12.91 $0.00 $45.09 65 5 $26.21 $7.84 $14.23 $0.00 $48.28 70 6 $28.08 $7.84 $14.23 $0.00 $50.15 75 7 $29.95 $7.84 $15.55 $0.00 $53.34 80 8 $31.82 $7.84 $15.55 $0.00 $55.21 85 Notes: Steps are 750 hrs. % After 09/1/17; 45/45/55/55/70/70/80/80 (1500hr Steps) Step 1&2 $26.01/ 3&4 $31.03/ 5&6 $48.28/ 7&8 $53.34 Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:1 FORK LIFT OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 98 $61.38 12/01/2019 $11.94 $0.00 $35.09 $14.35 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- OPERATING ENGINEERS" GENERATORS/LIGHTING PLANTS OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 98 $57.93 12/01/2019 $11.94 $0.00 $31.64 $14.35 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- OPERATING ENGINEERS" GLAZIER (GLASS PLANK/AIR BARRIER/INTERIOR SYSTEMS) GLAZIERS LOCAL 1333 $58.68 06/01/2019 $10.60 $0.00 $38.18 $9.90 $60.43 06/01/2020 $10.80 $0.00 $39.18 $10.45 Issue Date:Wage Request Number:02/04/2020 Page 10 of 3320200204-013 Classification Total RateBase Wage Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentEffective Date GLAZIER - Local 1333Apprentice - 06/01/2019 Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent Effective Date - 1 $19.09 $10.60 $1.80 $0.00 $31.49 50 2 $21.48 $10.60 $1.80 $0.00 $33.88 56 3 $23.86 $10.60 $2.40 $0.00 $36.86 63 4 $26.25 $10.60 $2.40 $0.00 $39.25 69 5 $28.64 $10.60 $2.90 $0.00 $42.14 75 6 $31.02 $10.60 $2.90 $0.00 $44.52 81 7 $33.41 $10.60 $9.90 $0.00 $53.91 88 8 $35.79 $10.60 $9.90 $0.00 $56.29 94 06/01/2020 Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent Effective Date - 1 $19.59 $10.80 $1.80 $0.00 $32.19 50 2 $22.04 $10.80 $1.80 $0.00 $34.64 56 3 $24.49 $10.80 $2.45 $0.00 $37.74 63 4 $26.94 $10.80 $2.45 $0.00 $40.19 69 5 $29.39 $10.80 $3.15 $0.00 $43.34 75 6 $31.83 $10.80 $3.15 $0.00 $45.78 81 7 $34.28 $10.80 $10.45 $0.00 $55.53 88 8 $36.73 $10.80 $10.45 $0.00 $57.98 94 Notes: Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:3 GRADER/TRENCHING MACHINE/DERRICK OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 98 $61.69 12/01/2019 $11.94 $0.00 $35.40 $14.35 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- OPERATING ENGINEERS" HVAC (DUCTWORK) SHEETMETAL WORKERS LOCAL 63 $65.62 01/01/2020 $10.64 $1.77 $36.99 $16.22 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- SHEET METAL WORKER" HVAC (ELECTRICAL CONTROLS) ELECTRICIANS LOCAL 7 $67.01 12/29/2019 $11.00 $0.00 $43.41 $12.60 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- ELECTRICIAN" HVAC (TESTING AND BALANCING - AIR) SHEETMETAL WORKERS LOCAL 63 $65.62 01/01/2020 $10.64 $1.77 $36.99 $16.22 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- SHEET METAL WORKER" Issue Date:Wage Request Number:02/04/2020 Page 11 of 3320200204-013 Classification Total RateBase Wage Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentEffective Date HVAC (TESTING AND BALANCING -WATER) PLUMBERS & PIPEFITTERS LOCAL 104 $66.31 09/17/2019 $8.75 $0.00 $41.21 $16.35 $67.31 03/17/2020 $8.75 $0.00 $42.21 $16.35 $68.31 09/17/2020 $8.75 $0.00 $43.21 $16.35 $69.31 03/17/2021 $8.75 $0.00 $44.21 $16.35 $70.31 09/17/2021 $8.75 $0.00 $45.21 $16.35 $71.56 03/17/2022 $8.75 $0.00 $46.46 $16.35 $72.56 09/17/2022 $8.75 $0.00 $47.46 $16.35 $73.81 03/17/2023 $8.75 $0.00 $48.71 $16.35 $74.81 09/17/2023 $8.75 $0.00 $49.71 $16.35 $76.06 03/17/2024 $8.75 $0.00 $50.96 $16.35 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- PIPEFITTER" or "PLUMBER/PIPEFITTER" HVAC MECHANIC PLUMBERS & PIPEFITTERS LOCAL 104 $66.31 09/17/2019 $8.75 $0.00 $41.21 $16.35 $67.31 03/17/2020 $8.75 $0.00 $42.21 $16.35 $68.31 09/17/2020 $8.75 $0.00 $43.21 $16.35 $69.31 03/17/2021 $8.75 $0.00 $44.21 $16.35 $70.31 09/17/2021 $8.75 $0.00 $45.21 $16.35 $71.56 03/17/2022 $8.75 $0.00 $46.46 $16.35 $72.56 09/17/2022 $8.75 $0.00 $47.46 $16.35 $73.81 03/17/2023 $8.75 $0.00 $48.71 $16.35 $74.81 09/17/2023 $8.75 $0.00 $49.71 $16.35 $76.06 03/17/2024 $8.75 $0.00 $50.96 $16.35 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- PIPEFITTER" or "PLUMBER/PIPEFITTER" HYDRAULIC DRILLS (HEAVY & HIGHWAY) LABORERS - ZONE 3 (HEAVY & HIGHWAY) $53.07 12/01/2019 $8.10 $0.00 $32.25 $12.72 $53.88 06/01/2020 $8.10 $0.00 $33.06 $12.72 $54.69 12/01/2020 $8.10 $0.00 $33.87 $12.72 $55.53 06/01/2021 $8.10 $0.00 $34.71 $12.72 $56.36 12/01/2021 $8.10 $0.00 $35.54 $12.72 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER (Heavy and Highway) INSULATOR (PIPES & TANKS) HEAT & FROST INSULATORS LOCAL 6 (SPRINGFIELD) $67.95 09/01/2019 $12.80 $0.00 $38.75 $16.40 ASBESTOS INSULATOR (Pipes & Tanks) - Local 6 SpringfieldApprentice - 09/01/2019 Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent Effective Date - 1 $19.38 $12.80 $11.90 $0.00 $44.08 50 2 $23.25 $12.80 $12.80 $0.00 $48.85 60 3 $27.13 $12.80 $13.70 $0.00 $53.63 70 4 $31.00 $12.80 $14.60 $0.00 $58.40 80 Notes: Steps are 1 year Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:4 Issue Date:Wage Request Number:02/04/2020 Page 12 of 3320200204-013 Classification Total RateBase Wage Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentEffective Date IRONWORKER/WELDER IRONWORKERS LOCAL 7 (SPRINGFIELD AREA) $63.85 09/16/2019 $8.00 $0.00 $35.10 $20.75 $64.70 03/16/2020 $8.00 $0.00 $35.95 $20.75 $65.60 09/16/2020 $8.00 $0.00 $36.85 $20.75 $66.45 03/16/2021 $8.00 $0.00 $37.70 $20.75 IRONWORKER - Local 7 SpringfieldApprentice - 09/16/2019 Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent Effective Date - 1 $21.06 $8.00 $20.75 $0.00 $49.81 60 2 $24.57 $8.00 $20.75 $0.00 $53.32 70 3 $26.33 $8.00 $20.75 $0.00 $55.08 75 4 $28.08 $8.00 $20.75 $0.00 $56.83 80 5 $29.84 $8.00 $20.75 $0.00 $58.59 85 6 $31.59 $8.00 $20.75 $0.00 $60.34 90 03/16/2020 Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent Effective Date - 1 $21.57 $8.00 $20.75 $0.00 $50.32 60 2 $25.17 $8.00 $20.75 $0.00 $53.92 70 3 $26.96 $8.00 $20.75 $0.00 $55.71 75 4 $28.76 $8.00 $20.75 $0.00 $57.51 80 5 $30.56 $8.00 $20.75 $0.00 $59.31 85 6 $32.36 $8.00 $20.75 $0.00 $61.11 90 Notes: Structural 1:6; Ornamental 1:4 Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio: JACKHAMMER & PAVING BREAKER OPERATOR LABORERS - ZONE 3 (BUILDING & SITE) $54.63 12/02/2019 $8.10 $0.00 $31.75 $14.78 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER" LABORER LABORERS - ZONE 3 (BUILDING & SITE) $54.38 12/02/2019 $8.10 $0.00 $31.50 $14.78 LABORER - Zone 3 Building & SiteApprentice - 12/02/2019 Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent Effective Date - 1 $18.90 $8.10 $14.78 $0.00 $41.78 60 2 $22.05 $8.10 $14.78 $0.00 $44.93 70 3 $25.20 $8.10 $14.78 $0.00 $48.08 80 4 $28.35 $8.10 $14.78 $0.00 $51.23 90 Notes: Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:5 Issue Date:Wage Request Number:02/04/2020 Page 13 of 3320200204-013 Classification Total RateBase Wage Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentEffective Date LABORER (HEAVY & HIGHWAY) LABORERS - ZONE 3 (HEAVY & HIGHWAY) $52.32 12/01/2019 $8.10 $0.00 $31.50 $12.72 $53.13 06/01/2020 $8.10 $0.00 $32.31 $12.72 $53.94 12/01/2020 $8.10 $0.00 $33.12 $12.72 $54.78 06/01/2021 $8.10 $0.00 $33.96 $12.72 $55.61 12/01/2021 $8.10 $0.00 $34.79 $12.72 LABORER (Heavy & Highway) - Zone 3Apprentice - 12/01/2019 Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent Effective Date - 1 $18.90 $8.10 $12.72 $0.00 $39.72 60 2 $22.05 $8.10 $12.72 $0.00 $42.87 70 3 $25.20 $8.10 $12.72 $0.00 $46.02 80 4 $28.35 $8.10 $12.72 $0.00 $49.17 90 06/01/2020 Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent Effective Date - 1 $19.39 $8.10 $12.72 $0.00 $40.21 60 2 $22.62 $8.10 $12.72 $0.00 $43.44 70 3 $25.85 $8.10 $12.72 $0.00 $46.67 80 4 $29.08 $8.10 $12.72 $0.00 $49.90 90 Notes: Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:5 LABORER: CARPENTER TENDER LABORERS - ZONE 3 (BUILDING & SITE) $54.38 12/02/2019 $8.10 $0.00 $31.50 $14.78 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER" LABORER: CEMENT FINISHER TENDER LABORERS - ZONE 3 (BUILDING & SITE) $54.63 12/02/2019 $8.10 $0.00 $31.75 $14.78 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER" LABORER: HAZARDOUS WASTE/ASBESTOS REMOVER LABORERS - ZONE 3 (BUILDING & SITE) $54.48 12/01/2019 $8.10 $0.00 $31.60 $14.78 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER" LABORER: MASON TENDER LABORERS - ZONE 3 (BUILDING & SITE) $55.38 12/02/2019 $8.10 $0.00 $32.50 $14.78 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER" LABORER: MASON TENDER (HEAVY & HIGHWAY) LABORERS - ZONE 3 (HEAVY & HIGHWAY) $52.57 12/01/2019 $8.10 $0.00 $31.75 $12.72 $53.38 06/01/2020 $8.10 $0.00 $32.56 $12.72 $54.19 12/01/2020 $8.10 $0.00 $33.37 $12.72 $55.03 06/01/2021 $8.10 $0.00 $34.21 $12.72 $55.86 12/01/2021 $8.10 $0.00 $35.04 $12.72 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER (Heavy and Highway) LABORER: MULTI-TRADE TENDER LABORERS - ZONE 3 (BUILDING & SITE) $54.38 12/02/2019 $8.10 $0.00 $31.50 $14.78 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER" LABORER: TREE REMOVER LABORERS - ZONE 3 (BUILDING & SITE) $54.38 12/02/2019 $8.10 $0.00 $31.50 $14.78 Issue Date:Wage Request Number:02/04/2020 Page 14 of 3320200204-013 Classification Total RateBase Wage Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentEffective Date This classification applies to all tree work associated with the removal of standing trees, and trimming and removal of branches and limbs when the work is not done for a utility company for the purpose of operation, maintenance or repair of utility company equipment. For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER" LASER BEAM OPERATOR LABORERS - ZONE 3 (BUILDING & SITE) $54.63 12/02/2019 $8.10 $0.00 $31.75 $14.78 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER" LASER BEAM OPERATOR (HEAVY & HIGHWAY) LABORERS - ZONE 3 (HEAVY & HIGHWAY) $52.57 12/01/2019 $8.10 $0.00 $31.75 $12.72 $53.38 06/01/2020 $8.10 $0.00 $32.56 $12.72 $54.19 12/01/2020 $8.10 $0.00 $33.37 $12.72 $55.03 06/01/2021 $8.10 $0.00 $34.21 $12.72 $55.86 12/01/2021 $8.10 $0.00 $35.04 $12.72 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER (Heavy and Highway) MARBLE & TILE FINISHERS BRICKLAYERS LOCAL 3 (SPR/PITT) - MARBLE & TILE $65.29 02/01/2020 $10.75 $0.00 $35.17 $19.37 $66.41 08/01/2020 $10.75 $0.00 $36.17 $19.49 $66.91 02/01/2021 $10.75 $0.00 $36.67 $19.49 $68.04 08/01/2021 $10.75 $0.00 $37.67 $19.62 $68.49 02/01/2022 $10.75 $0.00 $38.12 $19.62 MARBLE-TILE FINISHER-Local 3 Marble/Tile (Spr/Pitt)Apprentice - 02/01/2020 Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent Effective Date - 1 $17.59 $10.75 $19.37 $0.00 $47.71 50 2 $21.10 $10.75 $19.37 $0.00 $51.22 60 3 $24.62 $10.75 $19.37 $0.00 $54.74 70 4 $28.14 $10.75 $19.37 $0.00 $58.26 80 5 $31.65 $10.75 $19.37 $0.00 $61.77 90 08/01/2020 Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent Effective Date - 1 $18.09 $10.75 $19.49 $0.00 $48.33 50 2 $21.70 $10.75 $19.49 $0.00 $51.94 60 3 $25.32 $10.75 $19.49 $0.00 $55.56 70 4 $28.94 $10.75 $19.49 $0.00 $59.18 80 5 $32.55 $10.75 $19.49 $0.00 $62.79 90 Notes: Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:5 MARBLE MASON/TILE LAYER(SP/PT)SeeBrick BRICKLAYERS LOCAL 3 (SPR/PITT) - MARBLE & TILE See "BRICK/STONE/ARTIFICIAL MASONRY(INCL.MASONRY WATERPROOFING) MECH. SWEEPER OPERATOR (ON CONST. SITES) OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 98 $61.69 12/01/2019 $11.94 $0.00 $35.40 $14.35 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- OPERATING ENGINEERS" MECHANIC/WELDER/BOOM TRUCK OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 98 $61.16 12/01/2019 $11.94 $0.00 $34.87 $14.35 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- OPERATING ENGINEERS" Issue Date:Wage Request Number:02/04/2020 Page 15 of 3320200204-013 Classification Total RateBase Wage Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentEffective Date MILLWRIGHT (Zone 3) MILLWRIGHTS LOCAL 1121 - Zone 3 $65.51 04/01/2019 $9.90 $0.00 $37.11 $18.50 MILLWRIGHT - Local 1121 Zone 3Apprentice - 04/01/2019 Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent Effective Date - 1 $20.41 $9.90 $5.31 $0.00 $35.62 55 2 $24.12 $9.90 $15.13 $0.00 $49.15 65 3 $27.83 $9.90 $16.10 $0.00 $53.83 75 4 $31.54 $9.90 $17.06 $0.00 $58.50 85 Notes: Steps are 2,000 hours Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:5 MORTAR MIXER LABORERS - ZONE 3 (BUILDING & SITE) $54.63 12/02/2019 $8.10 $0.00 $31.75 $14.78 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER" OILER OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 98 $56.85 12/01/2019 $11.94 $0.00 $30.56 $14.35 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- OPERATING ENGINEERS" OTHER POWER DRIVEN EQUIPMENT - CLASS VI OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 98 $54.87 12/01/2019 $11.94 $0.00 $28.58 $14.35 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- OPERATING ENGINEERS" PAINTER (BRIDGES/TANKS) PAINTERS LOCAL 35 - ZONE 3 $81.26 01/01/2020 $8.20 $0.00 $50.96 $22.10 $82.36 07/01/2020 $8.20 $0.00 $52.06 $22.10 $83.46 01/01/2021 $8.20 $0.00 $53.16 $22.10 Issue Date:Wage Request Number:02/04/2020 Page 16 of 3320200204-013 Classification Total RateBase Wage Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentEffective Date PAINTER Local 35 - BRIDGES/TANKSApprentice - 01/01/2020 Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent Effective Date - 1 $25.48 $8.20 $0.00 $0.00 $33.68 50 2 $28.03 $8.20 $5.94 $0.00 $42.17 55 3 $30.58 $8.20 $6.48 $0.00 $45.26 60 4 $33.12 $8.20 $7.02 $0.00 $48.34 65 5 $35.67 $8.20 $18.86 $0.00 $62.73 70 6 $38.22 $8.20 $19.40 $0.00 $65.82 75 7 $40.77 $8.20 $19.94 $0.00 $68.91 80 8 $45.86 $8.20 $21.02 $0.00 $75.08 90 07/01/2020 Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent Effective Date - 1 $26.03 $8.20 $0.00 $0.00 $34.23 50 2 $28.63 $8.20 $5.94 $0.00 $42.77 55 3 $31.24 $8.20 $6.48 $0.00 $45.92 60 4 $33.84 $8.20 $7.02 $0.00 $49.06 65 5 $36.44 $8.20 $18.86 $0.00 $63.50 70 6 $39.05 $8.20 $19.40 $0.00 $66.65 75 7 $41.65 $8.20 $19.94 $0.00 $69.79 80 8 $46.85 $8.20 $21.02 $0.00 $76.07 90 Notes: Steps are 750 hrs. Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:1 PAINTER (SIGN, PICTORIAL & DISPLAY) PAINTERS LOCAL 35 - ZONE 3 $39.93 06/01/2013 $7.07 $0.00 $25.81 $7.05 Issue Date:Wage Request Number:02/04/2020 Page 17 of 3320200204-013 Classification Total RateBase Wage Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentEffective Date PAINTER SIGN - Local 35 Zone 3Apprentice - 06/01/2013 Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent Effective Date - 1 $12.91 $7.07 $0.00 $0.00 $19.98 50 2 $14.20 $7.07 $2.45 $0.00 $23.72 55 3 $15.49 $7.07 $2.45 $0.00 $25.01 60 4 $16.78 $7.07 $2.45 $0.00 $26.30 65 5 $18.07 $7.07 $7.05 $0.00 $32.19 70 6 $19.36 $7.07 $7.05 $0.00 $33.48 75 7 $20.65 $7.07 $7.05 $0.00 $34.77 80 8 $21.94 $7.07 $7.05 $0.00 $36.06 85 9 $23.23 $7.07 $7.05 $0.00 $37.35 90 Notes: Steps are 4 mos. Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:1 PAINTER (SPRAY OR SANDBLAST, NEW) * * If 30% or more of surfaces to be painted are new construction, NEW paint rate shall be used.PAINTERS LOCAL 35 - ZONE 3 $60.73 01/01/2020 $8.20 $0.00 $34.33 $18.20 $61.83 07/01/2020 $8.20 $0.00 $35.43 $18.20 $62.93 01/01/2021 $8.20 $0.00 $36.53 $18.20 Issue Date:Wage Request Number:02/04/2020 Page 18 of 3320200204-013 Classification Total RateBase Wage Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentEffective Date PAINTER Local 35 Zone 3 - Spray/Sandblast - NewApprentice - 01/01/2020 Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent Effective Date - 1 $17.17 $8.20 $0.00 $0.00 $25.37 50 2 $18.88 $8.20 $3.80 $0.00 $30.88 55 3 $20.60 $8.20 $4.14 $0.00 $32.94 60 4 $22.31 $8.20 $4.49 $0.00 $35.00 65 5 $24.03 $8.20 $16.13 $0.00 $48.36 70 6 $25.75 $8.20 $16.48 $0.00 $50.43 75 7 $27.46 $8.20 $16.82 $0.00 $52.48 80 8 $30.90 $8.20 $17.51 $0.00 $56.61 90 07/01/2020 Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent Effective Date - 1 $17.72 $8.20 $0.00 $0.00 $25.92 50 2 $19.49 $8.20 $3.80 $0.00 $31.49 55 3 $21.26 $8.20 $4.14 $0.00 $33.60 60 4 $23.03 $8.20 $4.49 $0.00 $35.72 65 5 $24.80 $8.20 $16.13 $0.00 $49.13 70 6 $26.57 $8.20 $16.48 $0.00 $51.25 75 7 $28.34 $8.20 $16.82 $0.00 $53.36 80 8 $31.89 $8.20 $17.51 $0.00 $57.60 90 Notes: Steps are 750 hrs. Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:1 PAINTER (SPRAY OR SANDBLAST, REPAINT) PAINTERS LOCAL 35 - ZONE 3 $58.05 01/01/2020 $8.20 $0.00 $31.65 $18.20 $59.15 07/01/2020 $8.20 $0.00 $32.75 $18.20 $60.25 01/01/2021 $8.20 $0.00 $33.85 $18.20 Issue Date:Wage Request Number:02/04/2020 Page 19 of 3320200204-013 Classification Total RateBase Wage Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentEffective Date PAINTER Local 35 Zone 3 - Spray/Sandblast - RepaintApprentice - 01/01/2020 Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent Effective Date - 1 $15.83 $8.20 $0.00 $0.00 $24.03 50 2 $17.41 $8.20 $3.80 $0.00 $29.41 55 3 $18.99 $8.20 $4.14 $0.00 $31.33 60 4 $20.57 $8.20 $4.49 $0.00 $33.26 65 5 $22.16 $8.20 $16.13 $0.00 $46.49 70 6 $23.74 $8.20 $16.48 $0.00 $48.42 75 7 $25.32 $8.20 $16.82 $0.00 $50.34 80 8 $28.49 $8.20 $17.51 $0.00 $54.20 90 07/01/2020 Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent Effective Date - 1 $16.38 $8.20 $0.00 $0.00 $24.58 50 2 $18.01 $8.20 $3.80 $0.00 $30.01 55 3 $19.65 $8.20 $4.14 $0.00 $31.99 60 4 $21.29 $8.20 $4.49 $0.00 $33.98 65 5 $22.93 $8.20 $16.13 $0.00 $47.26 70 6 $24.56 $8.20 $16.48 $0.00 $49.24 75 7 $26.20 $8.20 $16.82 $0.00 $51.22 80 8 $29.48 $8.20 $17.51 $0.00 $55.19 90 Notes: Steps are 750 hrs. Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:1 PAINTER / TAPER (BRUSH, NEW) * * If 30% or more of surfaces to be painted are new construction, NEW paint rate shall be used.PAINTERS LOCAL 35 - ZONE 3 $59.33 01/01/2020 $8.20 $0.00 $32.93 $18.20 $60.43 07/01/2020 $8.20 $0.00 $34.03 $18.20 $61.53 01/01/2021 $8.20 $0.00 $35.13 $18.20 Issue Date:Wage Request Number:02/04/2020 Page 20 of 3320200204-013 Classification Total RateBase Wage Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentEffective Date PAINTER - Local 35 Zone 3 - BRUSH NEWApprentice - 01/01/2020 Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent Effective Date - 1 $16.47 $8.20 $0.00 $0.00 $24.67 50 2 $18.11 $8.20 $3.80 $0.00 $30.11 55 3 $19.76 $8.20 $4.14 $0.00 $32.10 60 4 $21.40 $8.20 $4.49 $0.00 $34.09 65 5 $23.05 $8.20 $16.13 $0.00 $47.38 70 6 $24.70 $8.20 $16.48 $0.00 $49.38 75 7 $26.34 $8.20 $16.82 $0.00 $51.36 80 8 $29.64 $8.20 $17.51 $0.00 $55.35 90 07/01/2020 Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent Effective Date - 1 $17.02 $8.20 $0.00 $0.00 $25.22 50 2 $18.72 $8.20 $3.80 $0.00 $30.72 55 3 $20.42 $8.20 $4.14 $0.00 $32.76 60 4 $22.12 $8.20 $4.49 $0.00 $34.81 65 5 $23.82 $8.20 $16.13 $0.00 $48.15 70 6 $25.52 $8.20 $16.48 $0.00 $50.20 75 7 $27.22 $8.20 $16.82 $0.00 $52.24 80 8 $30.63 $8.20 $17.51 $0.00 $56.34 90 Notes: Steps are 750 hrs. Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:1 PAINTER / TAPER (BRUSH, REPAINT) PAINTERS LOCAL 35 - ZONE 3 $56.65 01/01/2020 $8.20 $0.00 $30.25 $18.20 $57.75 07/01/2020 $8.20 $0.00 $31.35 $18.20 $58.85 01/01/2021 $8.20 $0.00 $32.45 $18.20 Issue Date:Wage Request Number:02/04/2020 Page 21 of 3320200204-013 Classification Total RateBase Wage Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentEffective Date PAINTER Local 35 Zone 3 - BRUSH REPAINTApprentice - 01/01/2020 Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent Effective Date - 1 $15.13 $8.20 $0.00 $0.00 $23.33 50 2 $16.64 $8.20 $3.80 $0.00 $28.64 55 3 $18.15 $8.20 $4.14 $0.00 $30.49 60 4 $19.66 $8.20 $4.49 $0.00 $32.35 65 5 $21.18 $8.20 $16.13 $0.00 $45.51 70 6 $22.69 $8.20 $16.48 $0.00 $47.37 75 7 $24.20 $8.20 $16.82 $0.00 $49.22 80 8 $27.23 $8.20 $17.51 $0.00 $52.94 90 07/01/2020 Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent Effective Date - 1 $15.68 $8.20 $0.00 $0.00 $23.88 50 2 $17.24 $8.20 $3.80 $0.00 $29.24 55 3 $18.81 $8.20 $4.14 $0.00 $31.15 60 4 $20.38 $8.20 $4.49 $0.00 $33.07 65 5 $21.95 $8.20 $16.13 $0.00 $46.28 70 6 $23.51 $8.20 $16.48 $0.00 $48.19 75 7 $25.08 $8.20 $16.82 $0.00 $50.10 80 8 $28.22 $8.20 $17.51 $0.00 $53.93 90 Notes: Steps are 750 hrs. Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:1 PAINTER TRAFFIC MARKINGS (HEAVY/HIGHWAY) LABORERS - ZONE 3 (HEAVY & HIGHWAY) $52.32 12/01/2019 $8.10 $0.00 $31.50 $12.72 $53.13 06/01/2020 $8.10 $0.00 $32.31 $12.72 $53.94 12/01/2020 $8.10 $0.00 $33.12 $12.72 $54.78 06/01/2021 $8.10 $0.00 $33.96 $12.72 $55.61 12/01/2021 $8.10 $0.00 $34.79 $12.72 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER (Heavy and Highway) PANEL & PICKUP TRUCKS DRIVER TEAMSTERS JOINT COUNCIL NO. 10 ZONE B $60.21 12/01/2019 $12.41 $0.00 $34.08 $13.72 $61.11 06/01/2020 $12.41 $0.00 $34.98 $13.72 $61.61 08/01/2020 $12.91 $0.00 $34.98 $13.72 $62.71 12/01/2020 $12.91 $0.00 $34.98 $14.82 $63.51 06/01/2021 $12.91 $0.00 $35.78 $14.82 $64.01 08/01/2021 $13.41 $0.00 $35.78 $14.82 $65.20 12/01/2021 $13.41 $0.00 $35.78 $16.01 PIER AND DOCK CONSTRUCTOR (UNDERPINNING AND DECK) PILE DRIVER LOCAL 56 (ZONE 3) $74.84 08/01/2019 $9.90 $0.00 $43.79 $21.15 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- PILE DRIVER" PILE DRIVER PILE DRIVER LOCAL 56 (ZONE 3) $74.84 08/01/2019 $9.90 $0.00 $43.79 $21.15 Issue Date:Wage Request Number:02/04/2020 Page 22 of 3320200204-013 Classification Total RateBase Wage Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentEffective Date PILE DRIVER - Local 56 Zone 3Apprentice - 08/01/2019 Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent Effective Date - 1 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 0 Notes: Apprentice wages shall be no less than the following Steps; (Same as set in Zone 1) 1$54.34/2$58.99/3$63.65/4$65.98/5$68.31/6$68.31/7$72.96/8$72.96 Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:5 PIPELAYER LABORERS - ZONE 3 (BUILDING & SITE) $54.63 12/02/2019 $8.10 $0.00 $31.75 $14.78 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER" PIPELAYER (HEAVY & HIGHWAY) LABORERS - ZONE 3 (HEAVY & HIGHWAY) $52.57 12/01/2019 $8.10 $0.00 $31.75 $12.72 $53.38 06/01/2020 $8.10 $0.00 $32.56 $12.72 $54.19 12/01/2020 $8.10 $0.00 $33.37 $12.72 $55.03 06/01/2021 $8.10 $0.00 $34.21 $12.72 $55.86 12/01/2021 $8.10 $0.00 $35.04 $12.72 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER (Heavy and Highway) PLUMBER & PIPEFITTER PLUMBERS & PIPEFITTERS LOCAL 104 $66.31 09/17/2019 $8.75 $0.00 $41.21 $16.35 $67.31 03/17/2020 $8.75 $0.00 $42.21 $16.35 $68.31 09/17/2020 $8.75 $0.00 $43.21 $16.35 $69.31 03/17/2021 $8.75 $0.00 $44.21 $16.35 $70.31 09/17/2021 $8.75 $0.00 $45.21 $16.35 $71.56 03/17/2022 $8.75 $0.00 $46.46 $16.35 $72.56 09/17/2022 $8.75 $0.00 $47.46 $16.35 $73.81 03/17/2023 $8.75 $0.00 $48.71 $16.35 $74.81 09/17/2023 $8.75 $0.00 $49.71 $16.35 $76.06 03/17/2024 $8.75 $0.00 $50.96 $16.35 Issue Date:Wage Request Number:02/04/2020 Page 23 of 3320200204-013 Classification Total RateBase Wage Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentEffective Date PLUMBER/PIPEFITTER - Local 104Apprentice - 09/17/2019 Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent Effective Date - 1 $18.54 $8.75 $9.60 $0.00 $36.89 45 2 $20.61 $8.75 $9.60 $0.00 $38.96 50 3 $22.67 $8.75 $9.60 $0.00 $41.02 55 4 $24.73 $8.75 $9.60 $0.00 $43.08 60 5 $26.79 $8.75 $9.60 $0.00 $45.14 65 6 $28.85 $8.75 $9.60 $0.00 $47.20 70 7 $30.91 $8.75 $9.60 $0.00 $49.26 75 8 $32.97 $8.75 $9.60 $0.00 $51.32 80 9 $32.97 $8.75 $16.35 $0.00 $58.07 80 10 $32.97 $8.75 $16.35 $0.00 $58.07 80 03/17/2020 Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent Effective Date - 1 $18.99 $8.75 $9.60 $0.00 $37.34 45 2 $21.11 $8.75 $9.60 $0.00 $39.46 50 3 $23.22 $8.75 $9.60 $0.00 $41.57 55 4 $25.33 $8.75 $9.60 $0.00 $43.68 60 5 $27.44 $8.75 $9.60 $0.00 $45.79 65 6 $29.55 $8.75 $9.60 $0.00 $47.90 70 7 $31.66 $8.75 $9.60 $0.00 $50.01 75 8 $33.77 $8.75 $9.60 $0.00 $52.12 80 9 $33.77 $8.75 $16.35 $0.00 $58.87 80 10 $33.77 $8.75 $16.35 $0.00 $58.87 80 Notes: **1:1,2:5,3:9,4:12 Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:** PNEUMATIC CONTROLS (TEMP.) PLUMBERS & PIPEFITTERS LOCAL 104 $66.31 09/17/2019 $8.75 $0.00 $41.21 $16.35 $67.31 03/17/2020 $8.75 $0.00 $42.21 $16.35 $68.31 09/17/2020 $8.75 $0.00 $43.21 $16.35 $69.31 03/17/2021 $8.75 $0.00 $44.21 $16.35 $70.31 09/17/2021 $8.75 $0.00 $45.21 $16.35 $71.56 03/17/2022 $8.75 $0.00 $46.46 $16.35 $72.56 09/17/2022 $8.75 $0.00 $47.46 $16.35 $73.81 03/17/2023 $8.75 $0.00 $48.71 $16.35 $74.81 09/17/2023 $8.75 $0.00 $49.71 $16.35 $76.06 03/17/2024 $8.75 $0.00 $50.96 $16.35 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- PIPEFITTER" or "PLUMBER/PIPEFITTER" Issue Date:Wage Request Number:02/04/2020 Page 24 of 3320200204-013 Classification Total RateBase Wage Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentEffective Date PNEUMATIC DRILL/TOOL OPERATOR (HEAVY & HIGHWAY) LABORERS - ZONE 3 (HEAVY & HIGHWAY) $52.57 12/01/2019 $8.10 $0.00 $31.75 $12.72 $53.38 06/01/2020 $8.10 $0.00 $32.56 $12.72 $54.19 12/01/2020 $8.10 $0.00 $33.37 $12.72 $55.03 06/01/2021 $8.10 $0.00 $34.21 $12.72 $55.86 12/01/2021 $8.10 $0.00 $35.04 $12.72 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER (Heavy and Highway) POWDERMAN & BLASTER LABORERS - ZONE 3 (BUILDING & SITE) $55.38 12/02/2019 $8.10 $0.00 $32.50 $14.78 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER" POWDERMAN & BLASTER (HEAVY & HIGHWAY) LABORERS - ZONE 3 (HEAVY & HIGHWAY) $53.32 12/01/2019 $8.10 $0.00 $32.50 $12.72 $54.13 06/01/2020 $8.10 $0.00 $33.31 $12.72 $54.94 12/01/2020 $8.10 $0.00 $34.12 $12.72 $55.78 06/01/2021 $8.10 $0.00 $34.96 $12.72 $56.61 12/01/2021 $8.10 $0.00 $35.79 $12.72 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER (Heavy and Highway) PUMP OPERATOR (CONCRETE) OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 98 $61.69 12/01/2019 $11.94 $0.00 $35.40 $14.35 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- OPERATING ENGINEERS" PUMP OPERATOR (DEWATERING, OTHER) OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 98 $61.16 12/01/2019 $11.94 $0.00 $34.87 $14.35 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- OPERATING ENGINEERS" READY-MIX CONCRETE DRIVER TEAMSTERS 404 - Construction Service (Northampton) $39.11 05/01/2019 $10.87 $0.00 $21.74 $6.50 $40.01 05/01/2020 $11.07 $0.00 $22.44 $6.50 RIDE-ON MOTORIZED BUGGY OPERATOR LABORERS - ZONE 3 (BUILDING & SITE) $54.63 12/02/2019 $8.10 $0.00 $31.75 $14.78 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER" ROLLER OPERATOR OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 98 $60.55 12/01/2019 $11.94 $0.00 $34.26 $14.35 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- OPERATING ENGINEERS" ROOFER (Coal tar pitch) ROOFERS LOCAL 248 $58.91 07/16/2019 $10.05 $0.00 $32.66 $16.20 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- ROOFER" ROOFER (Inc.Roofer Waterproofng &Roofer Damproofg) ROOFERS LOCAL 248 $57.91 07/16/2019 $10.05 $0.00 $32.16 $15.70 Issue Date:Wage Request Number:02/04/2020 Page 25 of 3320200204-013 Classification Total RateBase Wage Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentEffective Date ROOFER - Local 248Apprentice - 07/16/2019 Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent Effective Date - 1 $19.30 $10.05 $0.00 $0.00 $29.35 60 2 $20.90 $10.05 $15.70 $0.00 $46.65 65 3 $22.51 $10.05 $15.70 $0.00 $48.26 70 4 $24.12 $10.05 $15.70 $0.00 $49.87 75 5 $25.73 $10.05 $15.70 $0.00 $51.48 80 6 $27.34 $10.05 $15.70 $0.00 $53.09 85 7 $28.94 $10.05 $15.70 $0.00 $54.69 90 8 $30.55 $10.05 $15.70 $0.00 $56.30 95 Notes: Steps are 750 hrs.Roofer(Tear Off)1:1; Same as above Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:3 ROOFER SLATE / TILE / PRECAST CONCRETE ROOFERS LOCAL 248 $58.91 07/16/2019 $10.05 $0.00 $32.66 $16.20 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- ROOFER" SCRAPER OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 98 $61.16 12/01/2019 $11.94 $0.00 $34.87 $14.35 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- OPERATING ENGINEERS" SELF-POWERED ROLLERS AND COMPACTORS (TAMPERS) OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 98 $60.55 12/01/2019 $11.94 $0.00 $34.26 $14.35 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- OPERATING ENGINEERS" SELF-PROPELLED POWER BROOM OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 98 $57.93 12/01/2019 $11.94 $0.00 $31.64 $14.35 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- OPERATING ENGINEERS" SHEETMETAL WORKER SHEETMETAL WORKERS LOCAL 63 $65.62 01/01/2020 $10.64 $1.77 $36.99 $16.22 Issue Date:Wage Request Number:02/04/2020 Page 26 of 3320200204-013 Classification Total RateBase Wage Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentEffective Date SHEET METAL WORKER - Local 63Apprentice - 01/01/2020 Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent Effective Date - 1 $16.65 $6.21 $4.67 $0.00 $27.53 45 2 $18.50 $6.55 $5.19 $0.00 $30.24 50 3 $20.34 $6.88 $9.33 $1.08 $37.63 55 4 $22.19 $7.22 $9.33 $1.14 $39.88 60 5 $24.04 $7.55 $9.33 $1.20 $42.12 65 6 $25.89 $7.88 $9.33 $1.27 $44.37 70 7 $27.74 $8.22 $9.33 $1.33 $46.62 75 8 $29.59 $9.30 $15.18 $1.59 $55.66 80 9 $31.44 $9.64 $15.18 $1.66 $57.92 85 10 $33.29 $9.98 $15.18 $1.72 $60.17 90 Notes: Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:3 SPECIALIZED EARTH MOVING EQUIP < 35 TONS TEAMSTERS JOINT COUNCIL NO. 10 ZONE B $60.67 12/01/2019 $12.41 $0.00 $34.54 $13.72 $61.57 06/01/2020 $12.41 $0.00 $35.44 $13.72 $62.07 08/01/2020 $12.91 $0.00 $35.44 $13.72 $63.17 12/01/2020 $12.91 $0.00 $35.44 $14.82 $63.97 06/01/2021 $12.91 $0.00 $36.24 $14.82 $64.47 08/01/2021 $13.41 $0.00 $36.24 $14.82 $65.66 12/01/2021 $13.41 $0.00 $36.24 $16.01 SPECIALIZED EARTH MOVING EQUIP > 35 TONS TEAMSTERS JOINT COUNCIL NO. 10 ZONE B $60.96 12/01/2019 $12.41 $0.00 $34.83 $13.72 $61.86 06/01/2020 $12.41 $0.00 $35.73 $13.72 $62.36 08/01/2020 $12.91 $0.00 $35.73 $13.72 $63.46 12/01/2020 $12.91 $0.00 $35.73 $14.82 $64.26 06/01/2021 $12.91 $0.00 $36.53 $14.82 $64.76 08/01/2021 $13.41 $0.00 $36.53 $14.82 $65.95 12/01/2021 $13.41 $0.00 $36.53 $16.01 SPRINKLER FITTER SPRINKLER FITTERS LOCAL 669 $64.61 01/01/2019 $10.02 $0.00 $41.51 $13.08 Issue Date:Wage Request Number:02/04/2020 Page 27 of 3320200204-013 Classification Total RateBase Wage Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentEffective Date SPRINKLER FITTER - Local 669Apprentice - 01/01/2019 Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent Effective Date - 1 $18.68 $7.75 $0.00 $0.00 $26.43 45 2 $20.76 $7.75 $0.00 $0.00 $28.51 50 3 $22.83 $10.02 $7.25 $0.00 $40.10 55 4 $24.91 $10.02 $7.25 $0.00 $42.18 60 5 $26.98 $10.02 $7.50 $0.00 $44.50 65 6 $29.06 $10.02 $7.50 $0.00 $46.58 70 7 $31.13 $10.02 $7.50 $0.00 $48.65 75 8 $33.21 $10.02 $7.50 $0.00 $50.73 80 9 $35.28 $10.02 $7.50 $0.00 $52.80 85 10 $37.36 $10.02 $7.50 $0.00 $54.88 90 Notes: Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:1 TELECOMMUNICATION TECHNICIAN ELECTRICIANS LOCAL 7 $67.01 12/29/2019 $11.00 $0.00 $43.41 $12.60 TELECOMMUNICATION TECHNICIAN - Local 7Apprentice - 12/29/2019 Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent Effective Date - 1 $17.36 $6.00 $0.52 $0.00 $23.88 40 2 $19.53 $6.00 $0.59 $0.00 $26.12 45 3 $21.71 $11.00 $6.95 $0.00 $39.66 50 4 $23.88 $11.00 $7.02 $0.00 $41.90 55 5 $28.22 $11.00 $8.15 $0.00 $47.37 65 6 $30.39 $11.00 $9.24 $0.00 $50.63 70 Notes: Steps are 800 hours Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:1 TERRAZZO FINISHERS BRICKLAYERS LOCAL 3 (SPR/PITT) - MARBLE & TILE $86.03 02/01/2020 $10.75 $0.00 $53.34 $21.94 $87.53 08/01/2020 $10.75 $0.00 $54.69 $22.09 $88.17 02/01/2021 $10.75 $0.00 $55.33 $22.09 $89.73 08/01/2021 $10.75 $0.00 $56.73 $22.25 $90.32 02/01/2022 $10.75 $0.00 $57.32 $22.25 Issue Date:Wage Request Number:02/04/2020 Page 28 of 3320200204-013 Classification Total RateBase Wage Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentEffective Date TERRAZZO FINISHER-Local 3 Marble/Tile (Spr/Ptt)Apprentice - 02/01/2020 Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent Effective Date - 1 $26.67 $10.75 $21.94 $0.00 $59.36 50 2 $32.00 $10.75 $21.94 $0.00 $64.69 60 3 $37.34 $10.75 $21.94 $0.00 $70.03 70 4 $42.67 $10.75 $21.94 $0.00 $75.36 80 5 $48.01 $10.75 $21.94 $0.00 $80.70 90 08/01/2020 Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent Effective Date - 1 $27.35 $10.75 $22.09 $0.00 $60.19 50 2 $32.81 $10.75 $22.09 $0.00 $65.65 60 3 $38.28 $10.75 $22.09 $0.00 $71.12 70 4 $43.75 $10.75 $22.09 $0.00 $76.59 80 5 $49.22 $10.75 $22.09 $0.00 $82.06 90 Notes: Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:5 TERRAZZO MECHANIC BRICKLAYERS LOCAL 3 (SPR/PITT) - MARBLE & TILE $87.10 02/01/2020 $10.75 $0.00 $54.42 $21.93 $88.60 08/01/2020 $10.75 $0.00 $55.77 $22.08 $89.24 02/01/2021 $10.75 $0.00 $56.41 $22.08 $90.80 08/01/2021 $10.75 $0.00 $57.81 $22.24 $91.37 02/01/2022 $10.75 $0.00 $58.38 $22.24 Issue Date:Wage Request Number:02/04/2020 Page 29 of 3320200204-013 Classification Total RateBase Wage Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentEffective Date TERRAZZO MECH - Local 3 Marble/Tile (Spr/Pitt)Apprentice - 02/01/2020 Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent Effective Date - 1 $27.21 $10.75 $21.93 $0.00 $59.89 50 2 $32.65 $10.75 $21.93 $0.00 $65.33 60 3 $38.09 $10.75 $21.93 $0.00 $70.77 70 4 $43.54 $10.75 $21.93 $0.00 $76.22 80 5 $48.98 $10.75 $21.93 $0.00 $81.66 90 08/01/2020 Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent Effective Date - 1 $27.89 $10.75 $22.08 $0.00 $60.72 50 2 $33.46 $10.75 $22.08 $0.00 $66.29 60 3 $39.04 $10.75 $22.08 $0.00 $71.87 70 4 $44.62 $10.75 $22.08 $0.00 $77.45 80 5 $50.19 $10.75 $22.08 $0.00 $83.02 90 Notes: Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:5 TEST BORING DRILLER LABORERS - FOUNDATION AND MARINE $65.40 12/01/2019 $8.10 $0.00 $40.50 $16.80 $66.39 06/01/2020 $8.10 $0.00 $41.49 $16.80 $67.37 12/01/2020 $8.10 $0.00 $42.47 $16.80 $68.39 06/01/2021 $8.10 $0.00 $43.49 $16.80 $69.40 12/01/2021 $8.10 $0.00 $44.50 $16.80 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER" TEST BORING DRILLER HELPER LABORERS - FOUNDATION AND MARINE $64.12 12/01/2019 $8.10 $0.00 $39.22 $16.80 $65.11 06/01/2020 $8.10 $0.00 $40.21 $16.80 $66.09 12/01/2020 $8.10 $0.00 $41.19 $16.80 $67.11 06/01/2021 $8.10 $0.00 $42.21 $16.80 $68.12 12/01/2021 $8.10 $0.00 $43.22 $16.80 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER" TEST BORING LABORER LABORERS - FOUNDATION AND MARINE $64.00 12/01/2019 $8.10 $0.00 $39.10 $16.80 $64.99 06/01/2020 $8.10 $0.00 $40.09 $16.80 $65.97 12/01/2020 $8.10 $0.00 $41.07 $16.80 $66.99 06/01/2021 $8.10 $0.00 $42.09 $16.80 $68.00 12/01/2021 $8.10 $0.00 $43.10 $16.80 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER" TRACTORS OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 98 $60.55 12/01/2019 $11.94 $0.00 $34.26 $14.35 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- OPERATING ENGINEERS" Issue Date:Wage Request Number:02/04/2020 Page 30 of 3320200204-013 Classification Total RateBase Wage Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentEffective Date TRAILERS FOR EARTH MOVING EQUIPMENT TEAMSTERS JOINT COUNCIL NO. 10 ZONE B $61.25 12/01/2019 $12.41 $0.00 $35.12 $13.72 $62.15 06/01/2020 $12.41 $0.00 $36.02 $13.72 $62.65 08/01/2020 $12.91 $0.00 $36.02 $13.72 $63.75 12/01/2020 $12.91 $0.00 $36.02 $14.82 $64.55 06/01/2021 $12.91 $0.00 $36.82 $14.82 $65.05 08/01/2021 $13.41 $0.00 $36.82 $14.82 $66.24 12/01/2021 $13.41 $0.00 $36.82 $16.01 TUNNEL WORK - COMPRESSED AIR LABORERS (COMPRESSED AIR) $76.68 12/01/2019 $8.10 $0.00 $51.38 $17.20 $77.67 06/01/2020 $8.10 $0.00 $52.37 $17.20 $78.65 12/01/2020 $8.10 $0.00 $53.35 $17.20 $79.67 06/01/2021 $8.10 $0.00 $54.37 $17.20 $80.68 12/01/2021 $8.10 $0.00 $55.38 $17.20 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER" TUNNEL WORK - COMPRESSED AIR (HAZ. WASTE) LABORERS (COMPRESSED AIR) $78.68 12/01/2019 $8.10 $0.00 $53.38 $17.20 $79.67 06/01/2020 $8.10 $0.00 $54.37 $17.20 $80.65 12/01/2020 $8.10 $0.00 $55.35 $17.20 $81.67 06/01/2021 $8.10 $0.00 $56.37 $17.20 $82.68 12/01/2021 $8.10 $0.00 $57.38 $17.20 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER" TUNNEL WORK - FREE AIR LABORERS (FREE AIR TUNNEL) $68.75 12/01/2019 $8.10 $0.00 $43.45 $17.20 $69.74 06/01/2020 $8.10 $0.00 $44.44 $17.20 $70.72 12/01/2020 $8.10 $0.00 $45.42 $17.20 $71.74 06/01/2021 $8.10 $0.00 $46.44 $17.20 $72.75 12/01/2021 $8.10 $0.00 $47.45 $17.20 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER" TUNNEL WORK - FREE AIR (HAZ. WASTE) LABORERS (FREE AIR TUNNEL) $70.75 12/01/2019 $8.10 $0.00 $45.45 $17.20 $71.74 06/01/2020 $8.10 $0.00 $46.44 $17.20 $72.72 12/01/2020 $8.10 $0.00 $47.42 $17.20 $73.74 06/01/2021 $8.10 $0.00 $48.44 $17.20 $74.75 12/01/2021 $8.10 $0.00 $49.45 $17.20 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER" VAC-HAUL TEAMSTERS JOINT COUNCIL NO. 10 ZONE B $60.67 12/01/2019 $12.41 $0.00 $34.54 $13.72 $61.57 06/01/2020 $12.41 $0.00 $35.44 $13.72 $62.07 08/01/2020 $12.91 $0.00 $35.44 $13.72 $63.17 12/01/2020 $12.91 $0.00 $35.44 $14.82 $63.97 06/01/2021 $12.91 $0.00 $36.24 $14.82 $64.47 08/01/2021 $13.41 $0.00 $36.24 $14.82 $65.66 12/01/2021 $13.41 $0.00 $36.24 $16.01 WAGON DRILL OPERATOR LABORERS - ZONE 3 (BUILDING & SITE) $54.63 12/02/2019 $8.10 $0.00 $31.75 $14.78 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER" WAGON DRILL OPERATOR (HEAVY & HIGHWAY) LABORERS - ZONE 3 (HEAVY & HIGHWAY) $52.57 12/01/2019 $8.10 $0.00 $31.75 $12.72 $53.38 06/01/2020 $8.10 $0.00 $32.56 $12.72 $54.19 12/01/2020 $8.10 $0.00 $33.37 $12.72 $55.03 06/01/2021 $8.10 $0.00 $34.21 $12.72 $55.86 12/01/2021 $8.10 $0.00 $35.04 $12.72 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER (Heavy and Highway) Issue Date:Wage Request Number:02/04/2020 Page 31 of 3320200204-013 Classification Total RateBase Wage Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentEffective Date WATER METER INSTALLER PLUMBERS & PIPEFITTERS LOCAL 104 $66.31 09/17/2019 $8.75 $0.00 $41.21 $16.35 $67.31 03/17/2020 $8.75 $0.00 $42.21 $16.35 $68.31 09/17/2020 $8.75 $0.00 $43.21 $16.35 $69.31 03/17/2021 $8.75 $0.00 $44.21 $16.35 $70.31 09/17/2021 $8.75 $0.00 $45.21 $16.35 $71.56 03/17/2022 $8.75 $0.00 $46.46 $16.35 $72.56 09/17/2022 $8.75 $0.00 $47.46 $16.35 $73.81 03/17/2023 $8.75 $0.00 $48.71 $16.35 $74.81 09/17/2023 $8.75 $0.00 $49.71 $16.35 $76.06 03/17/2024 $8.75 $0.00 $50.96 $16.35 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- PLUMBER/PIPEFITTER" or "PLUMBER/GASFITTER" Outside Electrical - West EQUIPMENT OPERATOR OUTSIDE ELECTRICAL WORKERS - WEST LOCAL 42 $65.22 09/01/2019 $8.00 $0.00 $44.67 $12.55 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LINEMAN" GROUNDMAN OUTSIDE ELECTRICAL WORKERS - WEST LOCAL 42 $44.06 09/01/2019 $8.00 $0.00 $30.58 $5.48 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LINEMAN" GROUNDMAN / TRUCK DRIVER OUTSIDE ELECTRICAL WORKERS - WEST LOCAL 42 $58.93 09/01/2019 $8.00 $0.00 $39.97 $10.96 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LINEMAN" HEAVY EQUIPMENT OPERATOR OUTSIDE ELECTRICAL WORKERS - WEST LOCAL 42 $68.23 09/01/2019 $8.00 $0.00 $47.01 $13.22 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LINEMAN" JOURNEYMAN LINEMAN OUTSIDE ELECTRICAL WORKERS - WEST LOCAL 42 $75.26 09/01/2019 $8.00 $0.00 $51.71 $15.55 LINEMAN (Outside Electrical) - West Local 42Apprentice - 09/01/2019 Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent Effective Date - 1 $31.03 $8.00 $3.43 $0.00 $42.46 60 2 $33.61 $8.00 $3.51 $0.00 $45.12 65 3 $36.20 $8.00 $3.59 $0.00 $47.79 70 4 $38.78 $8.00 $5.16 $0.00 $51.94 75 5 $41.37 $8.00 $5.24 $0.00 $54.61 80 6 $43.95 $8.00 $5.32 $0.00 $57.27 85 7 $46.54 $8.00 $7.40 $0.00 $61.94 90 Notes: Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:2 TELEDATA CABLE SPLICER OUTSIDE ELECTRICAL WORKERS - WEST LOCAL 42 $38.60 02/04/2019 $4.70 $0.00 $30.73 $3.17 TELEDATA LINEMAN/EQUIPMENT OPERATOR OUTSIDE ELECTRICAL WORKERS - WEST LOCAL 42 $36.77 02/04/2019 $4.70 $0.00 $28.93 $3.14 TELEDATA WIREMAN/INSTALLER/TECHNICIAN OUTSIDE ELECTRICAL WORKERS - WEST LOCAL 42 $36.77 02/04/2019 $4.70 $0.00 $28.93 $3.14 Issue Date:Wage Request Number:02/04/2020 Page 32 of 3320200204-013 Classification Total RateBase Wage Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentEffective Date TRACTOR-TRAILER DRIVER OUTSIDE ELECTRICAL WORKERS - WEST LOCAL 42 $65.22 09/01/2019 $8.00 $0.00 $44.67 $12.55 TREE TRIMMER OUTSIDE ELECTRICAL WORKERS - WEST LOCAL 42 $22.06 01/31/2016 $3.55 $0.00 $18.51 $0.00 This classification applies only to tree work done: (a) for a utility company, R.E.A. cooperative, or railroad or coal mining company, and (b) for the purpose of operating, maintaining, or repairing the utility company’s equipment, and (c) by a person who is using hand or mechanical cutting methods and is not on the ground. This classification does not apply to wholesale tree removal. TREE TRIMMER GROUNDMAN OUTSIDE ELECTRICAL WORKERS - WEST LOCAL 42 $19.87 01/31/2016 $3.55 $0.00 $16.32 $0.00 This classification applies only to tree work done: (a) for a utility company, R.E.A. cooperative, or railroad or coal mining company, and (b) for the purpose of operating, maintaining, or repairing the utility company’s equipment, and (c) by a person who is using hand or mechanical cutting methods and is on the ground. This classification does not apply to wholesale tree removal. Additional Apprentice Information: Minimum wage rates for apprentices employed on public works projects are listed above as a percentage of the pre-determined hourly wage rate established by the Commissioner under the provisions of the M.G.L. c. 149, ss. 26-27D. Apprentice ratios are established by the Division of Apprenticeship Training pursuant to M.G.L. c. 23, ss. 11E-11L. All apprentices must be registered with the Division of Apprenticeship Training in accordance with M.G.L. c. 23, ss. 11E-11L. All steps are six months (1000 hours.) Ratios are expressed in allowable number of apprentices to journeymen or fraction thereof, unless otherwise specified. ** Multiple ratios are listed in the comment field. *** APP to JM; 1:1, 2:2, 2:3, 3:4, 4:4, 4:5, 4:6, 5:7, 6:7, 6:8, 6:9, 7:10, 8:10, 8:11, 8:12, 9:13, 10:13, 10:14, etc. **** APP to JM; 1:1, 1:2, 2:3, 2:4, 3:5, 4:6, 4:7, 5:8, 6:9, 6:10, 7:11, 8:12, 8:13, 9:14, 10:15, 10:16, etc. Issue Date:Wage Request Number:02/04/2020 Page 33 of 3320200204-013 SECTION 01SECTION 01SECTION 01SECTION 01----5001 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS5001 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS5001 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS5001 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS Olander Drive Extension I March 11, 2020 Page 1 of 3 SECTION 01SECTION 01SECTION 01SECTION 01----5001500150015001 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLSTEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLSTEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLSTEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS PART I PART I PART I PART I ---- GENERALGENERALGENERALGENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Include General Conditions and applicable parts of Division I as part of this Section. B. Examine all other Sections of the Specifications for requirements which affect work of this Section whether or not such work is specifically mentioned in this Section. C. Coordinate work with trades affecting, or affected by, work of this section. Cooperate with such trades to assure the steady progress of all work under the Contract. 1.02 RELATED WORK UNDER OTHER SECTIONS A. Division 01 - General Conditions PART 2 PART 2 PART 2 PART 2 ---- TEMPORARY FACILITIESTEMPORARY FACILITIESTEMPORARY FACILITIESTEMPORARY FACILITIES 2.01 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND SERVICES A. Contractor shall be responsible for arranging and providing temporary facilities and general services at each site as specified herein and as otherwise required for proper and expeditious prosecution of work. Except as otherwise specified, the Contractor shall pay costs for all temporary facilities and general services until Final Acceptance of the Work and shall remove same at completion of the Work. B. All such services and facilities shall comply with applicable Federal, State and local regulations. C. Contractor shall make all connections to existing services and sources of supply, shall provide all necessary installations, labor, materials, and equipment, in a manner subject to the approval of the Architect and the Owner, shall remove temporary installations and conditions when no longer required, and shall restore the services and sources of supply to proper operating condition as approved by the Architect. D. Discontinuance of any temporary service prior to the completion of any portions of the Work shall not render the Owner liable for any additional cost resulting there from. E. Should a change in location of any temporary equipment be necessary in order for the Work to progress properly, Contractor shall remove and relocate such equipment as required without additional cost to the Owner. SECTION 01SECTION 01SECTION 01SECTION 01----5001 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS5001 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS5001 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS5001 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS Olander Drive Extension I March 11, 2020 Page 2 of 3 2.02 PROTECTION OF WORK, PROPERTY AND THE PUBLIC A. Furnish, erect, and maintain, until such time as removal is approved by the Architect, temporary fencing and barricades to the extent recommended by OSHA and as otherwise required for the protection of life and property during operations under the Contract. B. Construct barricades and protective facilities in accordance with local and State regulations. Furnish and install all signs, lights, reflectors, and all such protection facilities as may be required. C. Contractor shall save the Owner harmless from all claims arising from the use of public streets, sidewalks, and adjoining premises for construction purposes. D. Keep all access roads and walks clear of debris, materials, construction plant and equipment during building operation. Repair streets, drives, curbs, sidewalks, fences, poles and the like where disturbed in building operation and leave them in as good condition after completion of the work as before operations started. E. Protect all planting, landscaping, trees and site improvements to remain. F. The Contractor shall be responsible for the maintenance of construction barriers and traffic barriers in order to maintain traffic around the Work with the maximum of safety and practical convenience to such traffic during the life of the Contract, and whether or not work has been suspended temporarily. The Contractor shall take all precautions for preventing injuries to persons or damage to property on or about the Work. G. Work shall be carried on and barriers erected in such a manner as to provide safe passage at all times for public travel and with least obstruction to traffic. The Contractor shall provide and maintain at his own expense in a safe and passable condition such temporary bypasses created by the barriers as may be necessary to accommodate both pedestrian and vehicular traffic. H. Whenever gale or high winds are forecast, take proper measures to secure all loose material, equipment or other items which could blow about and be damaged or cause damage to other work. No such loose items shall be left unsecured at end of working day. Particular attention shall be taken with scaffolding and items placed or stored on roofs or within the structure prior to being enclosed. I. Remove all snow and ice which may impede the work, damage the finishes or materials, be detrimental to workmen, or impede trucking, delivery, or moving of materials at the job site, or prevent adequate draining of the site or adjoining area. J. Be responsible for all breakage of glass from the time construction operations commence in each portion of the project until each portion of the project is occupied by the Owner. Unless glass has been broken by the Owner or their representatives, or by other separate prime contractors, the cost of glass replacement shall be borne by Contractor. SECTION 01SECTION 01SECTION 01SECTION 01----5001 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS5001 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS5001 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS5001 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS Olander Drive Extension I March 11, 2020 Page 3 of 3 2.03 SECURITY OF THE WORK A. The Contractor, at their discretion, shall be responsible for providing any and all security precautions necessary to insure adequate protection of their and the Owner's interests. B. Take all required measures to protect the work at all times against fire, storm, theft, vandalism and other losses. C. The Contractor shall be wholly responsible for patrolling and protecting the work under construction and the materials stored on the site; and shall reimburse the Owner for any losses, damages or injury not compensated by insurance, except those directly caused by the Owner, its agents or its employees. D. The Contractor shall rebuild, repair, restore and make good all damages to any portion of the Work occasioned by any of the above causes before the completion and written acceptance of the completed Work, and shall bear the expense thereof. E. Should the Contractor fail to take prompt action whenever conditions make it necessary, the Owner may make emergency repairs or cause the same to be made, with the stipulation that the costs for such repairs shall be charged against the Contractor and deducted from monies due to them. 2.04 WATER CONTROL A. Take over the responsibility for site drainage in work area upon entering the premises and maintain such drainage during the life of this Contract in a manner approved by the Architect and so as not to adversely affect the adjacent areas. B. During the progress of the Work, provide and maintain all required pumps, suction and discharge lines, and power in sufficient number and capacity to deep all excavations, pits, trenches, foundations, and the entire property area free from accumulation of water from any source whatsoever, at all times, and under any and all circumstances and contingencies that may arise. END OF SECTIONEND OF SECTIONEND OF SECTIONEND OF SECTION SECTION 01SECTION 01SECTION 01SECTION 01----7700 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES7700 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES7700 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES7700 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES Olander Drive Extension I March 11, 2020 Page 1 of 6 SECTION 01SECTION 01SECTION 01SECTION 01----7700770077007700 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURESCLOSEOUT PROCEDURESCLOSEOUT PROCEDURESCLOSEOUT PROCEDURES PART I PART I PART I PART I ---- GENERALGENERALGENERALGENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Include General Conditions and applicable parts of Division I as part of this Section. B. Examine all other Sections of the Specifications for requirements which affect work of this Section whether or not such work is specifically mentioned in this Section. C. Coordinate work with trades affecting, or affected by, work of this section. Cooperate with such trades to assure the steady progress of all work under the Contract. 1.02 RELATED WORK UNDER OTHER SECTIONS A. Division 01 - General Conditions PART 2 PART 2 PART 2 PART 2 ---- CONTRACT CLOSEOUTCONTRACT CLOSEOUTCONTRACT CLOSEOUTCONTRACT CLOSEOUT 2.01 CLEANING A. Execute cleaning during progress of work and at completion of the work, as required by General Conditions and as herein specified. B. Maintain premises and public properties free from accumulations of waste, debris and rubbish caused by operation. At completion of work, remove waste materials, rubbish, tools, equipment, machinery and surplus materials, and clean all exposed surfaces; leave project clean and ready for occupancy. C. Cleaning shall include all surfaces, interior and exterior in which or to which the Contractor has had access. 2.02 SAFETY AND DISPOSAL REQUIREMENTS A. Standards: Maintain project in accordance with State Building Code and local ordinances. B. Hazards Control: Store volatile wastes in covered metal containers and remove from premises. Prevent accumulation of wastes which create hazardous conditions. Provide adequate ventilation during use of volatile and noxious substances. C. Disposal: Conduct cleaning and disposal operations to comply with local ordinances and anti-pollution laws. Do not bum or bury rubbish and waste materials on project site. Do not dispose of hazardous wastes such as mineral spirits, oil, or paint thinner in storm or sanitary drains. Do not dispose of wastes into streams or waterways. SECTION 01SECTION 01SECTION 01SECTION 01----7700 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES7700 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES7700 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES7700 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES Olander Drive Extension I March 11, 2020 Page 2 of 6 2.03 CLEANING MATERIALS A. Use only those materials which will not create hazards to health or property and which will not damage surfaces. B. Use only those cleaning materials and methods recommended by manufacturer of surface materials and methods recommended by manufacturer of surface material to be cleaned. C. Use cleaning materials only on surfaces recommended by cleaning material manufacturer. 2.04 CLEANING DURING CONSTRUCTION A. Execute cleaning to ensure that the building, the site, and adjacent properties are maintained free from accumulations or waste materials and rubbish and windblown debris, resulting from construction operations. B. Provide on-site containers for collection of waste materials, debris and rubbish. C. Remove waste materials, debris and rubbish from the site periodically and dispose of at legal areas off site. 2.05 DUST CONTROL A. Wet down dry materials and rubbish to lay dust and prevent blowing dust. 2.06 FINAL CLEANING A. Before final inspection, thoroughly clean the site. B. Employ experienced workmen for cleaning operations. C. Remove all construction facilities, debris, and rubbish from the Owner's property and legally dispose of same beyond site limits. D. Broom clean restroom structure and all exterior paved surfaces and rake clean other surfaces of the grounds. 2.07 WARRANTIES AND BONDS A. Compile specified warranties and bonds for the Project, review to verify compliance with Contract Documents, and submit to Landscape Architect for review and transmittal to the City. B. Assemble two original signed copies of warranties, bonds and service and maintenance contracts executed by Officers of each of the respective manufacturers, suppliers and subcontractors. SECTION 01SECTION 01SECTION 01SECTION 01----7700 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES7700 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES7700 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES7700 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES Olander Drive Extension I March 11, 2020 Page 3 of 6 C. Neatly type table of Contents in orderly sequence. Provide complete information for each item: 1. Product or work item identification. 2. Manufacturing or supplying firm with name of principal, address and telephone number. 3. Scope of work and of warranty provided. 4. Date of beginning of warranty, bond or service and maintenance contract. Commence upon date of Substantial Completion. 5. Duration of warranty, bond or service maintenance contract (in no case less than one (1) year). 6. Information for Owner's personnel: a) Proper procedure in case of failure. b) Instances which might affect validity of warranty or bond. 7. Contractor, name of responsible principal, address and telephone number. D. Form of Submittals: Prepare in duplicate packets and in the following format: 1. Size: 8-1/2 inch by 11 inch. Punch sheets for 3-ring binder. Fold larger sheets to fit into binders. 2. Cover: Identify each packet with typed or printed title "WARRANTIES AND BONDS." List Title of Project, Date and Name of Contractor. 3. Binders: Commercial quality, three-ring, with durable and cleanable plastic covers. E. Time of Submittals: 1. For equipment or component parts of equipment put into service during progress of construction, submit documents within ten (10) days after inspection and acceptance. Otherwise, make submittals before Date of Substantial Completion. 2. For items of work where acceptance is delayed materially beyond the Date of Substantial Completion, provide updated submittal within ten days after acceptance, listing the date of acceptance as the start of the warranty period. F. Submittals Required: Submit warranties, bonds, service and maintenance contracts as specified in the respective Sections of the Specifications. SECTION 01SECTION 01SECTION 01SECTION 01----7700 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES7700 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES7700 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES7700 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES Olander Drive Extension I March 11, 2020 Page 4 of 6 2.08 CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS A. Punch List: When the Contractor submits a complete list of items to be completed or corrected in accordance with subparagraph 9.8.2 of the General Conditions and the Architect receives the list, the Landscape Architect will make an inspection to determined whether the work or designated portion is substantially complete. The contractor shall submit a schedule indicating when each item will be completed. B. If the Landscape Architect determines that the Contractor's list is not complete the Architect will notify the Contractor and the Contractor will provide a complete list before the Architect will complete their inspection. C. If the Landscape Architect's inspection discloses any item whether or not included on the contractor's list, which is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents the Architect will add the item to the list and will issue a punch list of items to be completed or corrected before final payment will be made. Such punch list shall not be construed as all-inclusive of the work which the Contractor will be required to perform before final payments. D. Substantial Completion: Architect will prepare and issue a Certificate of Substantial Completion, AIA G704, complete with signatures of Owner and Contractor, accompanied by list of items to be completed or corrected, as verified and amended by the Landscape Architect. Landscape Architect will not issue Certificates of Substantial Completion until the items below have been completed and submitted. 2.09 INSPECTION A. Contractor shall submit written certification that: 1. Contract Documents have been reviewed. 2. Project has been inspected for compliance with Contract Documents. 3. Work has been completed in accordance with Contract Documents. 4. Equipment and systems have been tested in presence of Owner's Representative and are operational. 5. Project is completed, and ready for inspection. B. Architect will begin inspection within seven (7) days after receipt of certification. C. Should the Architect consider the Work is substantially complete in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents, the Architect shall request the Contractor to make Project Closeout submittals. D. Should the Architect consider that work is not substantially complete: 1. The Architect shall notify Contractor, in writing, stating reasons. 2. Contractor shall take immediate steps to remedy the stated deficiencies, and send second written notice to the Architect certifying that Work is complete. 3. Architect will reinspect the Work. SECTION 01SECTION 01SECTION 01SECTION 01----7700 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES7700 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES7700 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES7700 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES Olander Drive Extension I March 11, 2020 Page 5 of 6 2.10 SUBMITTALS FOR SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION A. Contractor shall submit: 1. Project Record Documents. 2. Operating and Maintenance Data. 3. Guarantees and warranties. 4. Evidence of compliance with requirements of governing authorities. 5. Punch list with schedule. B. Submit Certificate of Insurance for products and completed operations. 2.11 FINAL INSPECTION A. When the Contractor has completed or corrected all of the items on the Punch list, the Contractor shall submit written certification that the items on the Punch List have been completed and corrected and shall indicate beside each item the date when the item was completed or corrected and in the case of items completed by subcontractors or sub- subcontractors the name of the Subcontractor or Sub-subcontractor. The Landscape Architect will begin inspection within seven (7) days after receipt of certification. B. If the Landscape Architect's inspection discloses items which have not been completed or corrected, the Landscape Architect shall notify the Contractor and the Contractor shall pay the cost of additional inspections which are required as a result of the Contractor's failure to complete the Punch List items. C. It is intended that the Landscape Architect will make one (1) inspection of completed items following the issuance of the Punch List. The Contractor may request additional inspections at Contractor's expense. 2.12 FINAL SUBMITTALS A. Contractor's Affidavit of Payment of Debts and Claims, AIA G706. B. Contractor's Affidavit of Release of Liens, AIA G706A, with: 1. Consent of Surety to Final Payment: AIA G707 2. Contractor's release or waiver of Liens. 3. Separate releases or waivers of liens for subcontractors, suppliers, and others with lien rights against property of Owner, together with list of those parties. C. All submittals shall be duly executed before delivery to the Architect. 2.13 FINAL APPLICATION AND CERTIFICATE FOR PAYMENT A. Contractor shall submit final application in accordance with requirements of General and Supplementary Conditions. SECTION 01SECTION 01SECTION 01SECTION 01----7700 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES7700 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES7700 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES7700 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES Olander Drive Extension I March 11, 2020 Page 6 of 6 B. Architect will issue final certificate in accordance with provisions of Conditions of the Contract. C. Prior to issuance of the Certificate for Final Payments by the architect, all requirements contained in this Paragraph entitled "Closeout Requirements" and other requirements of the Conditions of the Contract shall be executed, received and approved by the Landscape Architect. END OF SECTIONEND OF SECTIONEND OF SECTIONEND OF SECTION SECTION 13‐1313 WATER FEATURE MECHANICAL SYSTEM Olander Drive Extension I January 24, 2020 Page 1 of 30 SECTION 13‐1313 WATER FEATURE MECHANICAL SYSTEM PART I ‐ GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Contractor, Subcontractors, and/or suppliers providing goods and services referenced in or related to this Section shall also be bound by Related Documents identified in Division 01 Section “Summary.” 1.02 QUALIFICATIONS A. Qualified water feature system installers must have minimum experience of four (4) years with work and products specified herein, including: 1. Commercial Pump Systems 2. Underground Storage Systems 3. Commercial Swimming Pool and Water Feature Systems 4. Water Quality Treatment Systems (Filtration, Ultraviolet Disinfection, etc.) 5. Fountain and Water Feature Rehabilitation for work with: a. Stone b. Cast Iron B. Provide minimum of three (3) References of Similar Work Experience. Fill out form below and submit with Bid. Only Bids from Qualified Contractors shall be accepted: 1.03 WORK SUMMARY A. Work described in Construction Documents includes: 1. Install underground concrete Reservoir and Dry Well for water feature supply. 2. Install all waterproof pipe penetrations for pump suction and discharge pipes, liquid level sensors, and supply and drain pipes entering and leaving refurbished water feature. 3. Install all pump and filter system requirements as described in Construction Documents within designated outdoor space. B. Work items specifically included are: SECTION 13‐1313 WATER FEATURE MECHANICAL SYSTEM Olander Drive Extension I January 24, 2020 Page 2 of 30 1. Procurement of all applicable licenses, permits, and fees. 2. Coordination of all utilities required for water feature and supply systems. 3. Verification of existing and proposed site conditions, notifying Owner’s Representative immediately of any discrepancies. 4. Working with City of Northampton’s Iron Foundry contractor (DeAngelis Iron Works, Easton, MA) to reassemble repaired and refurbished fountain pieces. 5. Maintenance and repairs during guarantee period, including first‐year spring startup and winterization. 6. Training with Owner as well as providing an Operation and Maintenance Manual. 7. Provide optional long‐term service contract (winterization, spring startup, remote monitoring) for Owner’s consideration. 1.04 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS A. Drawings 1. WF‐1.0, Water Feature Plan Layout 2. WF‐2.0, Water Feature Mechanical Details 3. WF‐3.0, Water Feature Pump System Details B. Specifications 1. 13 13 13 Water Feature Mechanical System (This Document) 1.05 CONDITIONS A. Review all relevant Construction Documents before submitting bid including referenced Drawings and Specifications, as well as overall Contract Construction Documents. B. Review existing conditions on site before submitting bid such as: 1. Topography and Grade Changes 2. Existing Water Feature Structures (at Site and at Iron Foundry) 3. Utilities (Existing and Proposed) 4. Unauthorized requests for extra time or compensation due to actual conditions being inconsistent with those assumed shall not be honored. SECTION 13‐1313 WATER FEATURE MECHANICAL SYSTEM Olander Drive Extension I January 24, 2020 Page 3 of 30 C. Provide all trenching, bedding material, backfilling, and compaction for all in‐ground water feature system components. D. Provide all testing and final adjustment of completed water feature system including visual and aural effects, as well as, pumping and filter settings for optimum and safe performance. E. Provide Record Drawing with standards outlined in Specifications. F. Provide Training to Owner for overall system Operations & Maintenance. G. Provide Operations & Maintenance Manual with standards outlined in Specifications. H. Drawings and Specifications shall comprise single Construction Document intended to convey design intent. Provide and install all products and materials to meet design intent conveyed by Construction Documents whether specifically outlined or not. Apparent discrepancies or questions of intent shall be directed in writing to Owner’s Representative for final, conclusive and binding decision. I. Installation work shall be performed efficiently, timely, and completely to full design intent of Construction Documents. J. Guarantee 1. Guarantee entire water feature system, parts and labor, for one (1) year from official written date of acceptance by Owner’s Representative. Written warranty showing date of completion and period of warranty shall be provided at completion. 2. System malfunctions occurring during guarantee period due to defective materials, poor workmanship, or improper adjustment shall be corrected to satisfaction of Owner’s Representative at no additional expense to Owner. 3. First‐year spring start‐up and winterization shall be included in system guarantee. 4. Obtain standard written manufacturer warranty of all products and materials provided where such warranties are offered in published product data. Include these warranties in Operations & Maintenance Manual. These warranties shall be in addition to other binding warranties or guarantees. 1.06 UTILITIES A. Water Service Provided by City of Northampton 1. Domestic Water Supply (Makeup Water Supply) a. 1‐Inch Stub provided at Plumbing Enclosure for Backflow Preventer and Meter SECTION 13‐1313 WATER FEATURE MECHANICAL SYSTEM Olander Drive Extension I January 24, 2020 Page 4 of 30 B. Power Service 1. Power Requirements from Street for Indoor Water Feature Controller a. 240‐Volt, 1‐Phase, 60‐Hz at Control Panel for: 1) VFD Pump Control System (5‐hp, Conversion to 3‐Phase Power at VFD) 2) Automatic Filtration System Controls 3) Automatic Water Feature Refill Controls 4) Programmable Logic Control (PLC) 1.07 TRADE COORDINATION A. Coordinate with other project trades and refer to overall project Construction Documents drawings and Specifications by section including, but not limited to: 1. Division 01 – General Requirements 2. Division 02 – Existing Conditions 3. Division 03 – Concrete 4. Division 31 – Earthwork 5. Division 32 – Exterior Improvements 6. Division 33 – Utilities 1.08 APPLICABLE STANDARDS AND CODES A. Work shall comply with applicable requirements and accepted practice as established in recognized standards and codes published by following bodies (capitalized abbreviations used through Specifications): 1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 2. National Standard Plumbing Code (NSPC) 3. National Electric Code (NEC) 4. National Sanitary Foundation (NSF) 5. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL) 6. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) SECTION 13‐1313 WATER FEATURE MECHANICAL SYSTEM Olander Drive Extension I January 24, 2020 Page 5 of 30 B. Comply with applicable laws, standards, and regulations of local governing authority. All local laws more stringent than those referenced above shall take precedent. 1.09 SCHEDULE A. Schedule pre‐construction meeting with Owner’s Representative(s) to discuss project, design intent, project coordination, trade coordination, submittals required, and construction schedule. B. Submit Schedule of all products to be furnished hereunder, indicating manufacturer, size, and model. C. Ensure that all of types/styles of products and installation equipment specified herein can be furnished by manufacturer submitted. D. Prior to submitting schedule, confirm current site conditions are as shown in Construction Drawings. E. At key points during system when exposed, contact Owner’s Representative to arrange for progress site visit for installation observation. F. At completion of installation, contact Owner’s Representative to arrange for punchlist site visit to observe installation, operation, visual and aural effects, and system performance. G. One‐year guarantee of system shall not commence until all punchlist items have been addressed. 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Do not deliver materials to site, until all specified submittals have been submitted to, Owner’s Representative for approval. B. Coordinate with Iron Foundry to receive refurbished iron fountain pieces safely and properly. C. Coordinate with Owner’s Representative for temporary storage and staging areas. D. Protect materials from damage from construction traffic, weather, corrosion, other trades, and other causes while stored on‐site. Store and handle all products and materials in compliance with manufacturer instructions and recommendations. E. Minimize on‐site storage where possible. Coordinate with site supervisor for storage options. F. All material overages at installation completion shall be removed from site. SECTION 13‐1313 WATER FEATURE MECHANICAL SYSTEM Olander Drive Extension I January 24, 2020 Page 6 of 30 PART 2 ‐ PRODUCTS 2.01 SUBMITTALS A. Provide electronic copies of product sheets and catalog cuts for all product specified to Owner's Representative for approval as per Division 01. B. Work shall not commence until all products specified are submitted and approved by Owner’s Representative. Work shall commence only after written notification from Owner’s Representative. C. Product submittals shall be concise (no extraneous pages or sections) and clearly marked to show submitted product model, type, size, etc. Submittals with extraneous pages and not marked clearly are subject to rejection by Owner’s Representative. D. Substitute Product Submittals 1. Provide specified product submittals "or Approved Equal", in which case, submit substitution product submittal to Owner’s Representative for approval. 2. Certain manufacturer names and model numbers are used throughout Specifications, denoting minimum standard. 3. Alternate products are acceptable when products of equal or better quality (for same bid price) and performance are submitted and approved (by Owner’s Representative) in procedure outlined below. 4. Substitute product submittals constitute representation that: a. Substitute products have been thoroughly investigated and have been determined to be equal or superior in all respects to that specified. b. Substitute products shall provide same warranties as specified products. c. Substitute products are compatible with interfacing items. d. Responsibility has transferred to system installer to coordinate substitute product and to make all subsequent changes required in other elements of work. 2.02 GENERAL A. Work shall not commence until all products specified are submitted and approved in written notification by Owner’s Representative. B. All product installed shall be new, without defects, and of quality and performance as specified and meeting requirements of system. 2.03 MUNICIPAL DOMESTIC WATER PLUMBING ENCLOSURE SECTION 13‐1313 WATER FEATURE MECHANICAL SYSTEM Olander Drive Extension I January 24, 2020 Page 7 of 30 A. Backflow Enclosure 1. Size: 3/4‐Inch 2. Construction: Bronze with Quarter Turn Ball Valve and Strainer 3. Ratings: 175 psi Maximum 4. Features: Lead‐Free 5. Manufacturer/Model: Watts, Model 009M2‐QT‐S, or Approved Equal. B. Water Meter 1. Size: 5/8‐Inch 2. Construction: Bronze 3. Features: Magnetic Drive with Automatic Meter Reading Option, Threaded Inlet and Outlet 4. Manufacturer/Model: Neptune, Model T‐10; Badger, Model Recordall; or approved equal. C. Enclosure 1. Size: 30 inches Long x 16 inches Wide x 30.5 inches High (Concrete Pad 38 inches Long x 24 Inches Wide x 6 Inches Thick with 1 Inch Chamfer of Top Edge) 2. Construction: Marine‐Grade Aluminum 3. Ratings: Insulated, Vandalproof 4. Features: Lockable 5. Manufacturer/Model: VIT Strongbox, Model SBCC‐30ALI D. Copper Pipe 1. Size: 1‐Inch 2. Construction: Type K Copper 3. Ratings: Class 100, Type III, SDR 15, Class C 4. Standards: ASTM B‐88 5. Fittings: Wrought Copper, Silver Solder Joint (per ASTM B‐828), Non‐Corrosive Flux SECTION 13‐1313 WATER FEATURE MECHANICAL SYSTEM Olander Drive Extension I January 24, 2020 Page 8 of 30 6. Markings: Manufacturer, ASTM Standards, Size E. Domestic Service Gate Valve 1. Size: 1‐Inch 2. Construction: Bronze, Malleable Iron Hand Wheel 3. Ratings: Class 125 4. Standards: ASTM B‐62 5. Fittings: Solder 6. Manufacturer/Model: Apollo, Model 101S F. Winterization Port Ball Valve 1. Size: 1‐Inch 2. Construction: Bronze, Steel Handle with Rubber Cover 3. Ratings: 400 psi, Blow‐Out Proof Stem Design 4. Standards: ASTM B‐62 5. Fittings: Threaded (NPT) 6. Manufacturer/Model: Apollo, Model 32‐100 2.04 WATER FEATURE DOMESTIC REFILL SOLENOID VALVE A. Brass Solenoid Valve 1. Size: 1‐Inch 2. Construction: Brass Globe Valve 3. Ratings: 220 psi Maximum 4. Features: Manual Bleed Screw, Flow Control, Pressure Regulation, Filter Scrubber/Sentry 5. Manufacturer/Model: Hunter, Model IBV‐G‐FS, or Approved Equal. B. Fittings SECTION 13‐1313 WATER FEATURE MECHANICAL SYSTEM Olander Drive Extension I January 24, 2020 Page 9 of 30 1. Size: 1‐Inch 2. Construction: Schedule 80 PVC NPT Nipples and Unions 3. Markings: NSF Designation, Size, Schedule, Manufacture Date 4. Manufacturer/Model: Lasco; Spears; Dura; or Approved Equal. C. Dole Valve 1. Size: 1‐Inch FPT, Limiting Flow to 10 gpm 2. Construction: Brass Housing and Nickel Plated 3. Ratings: 200 psi, Lead‐Free 4. Features: Self‐cleaning, designed to deliver constant volume of water over wide pressure drop range 5. Manufacturer/Model: American Granby, Model DV‐100‐1; or Approved Equal. D. Bolt‐Down Valve Box 1. Size: 12‐Inch Standard Valve Box 2. Construction: Resin 3. Ratings: Tensile Strength = 3,000 – 5,000 psi 4. Lid Color: Green 5. Features: Lockable, Bolt‐Down Covers (Provide Bolts and Install, Brick Supported. 6. Manufacturer/Model: Carson, Model Specification Grade; NDS, Model Pro; Rain Bird, Model VB; or Approved Equal. E. Low‐Voltage (24‐28 VAC) Wire for Solenoid Valve (from Pump Station PLC) 1. Size: 14AWG 2. Construction: Single Strand Solid Copper Conductor with PVC Insulation 3. Ratings: UL‐Listed, NEC (Class II Circuit), Direct Burial UF/TWU, up to 600‐Volt Potential 4. Standards: ASTM B‐3, ASTM B‐8 5. Markings: Manufacturer, Rating, Size, and Type. SECTION 13‐1313 WATER FEATURE MECHANICAL SYSTEM Olander Drive Extension I January 24, 2020 Page 10 of 30 6. Manufacturer/Model: Paige Electric Model P7001D; Service Wire Company UF14, UF12; Regency Wire & Cable 14AWG, 12AWG; or Approved Equal. F. In‐Ground Wire Splices 1. Type: Direct Burial Wire Splice Kit (All Components Intact) 2. Construction: Lockable Plastic Tube, Pre‐Filled with Insulation Gel 3. Ratings: UL‐Listed, NEC, Direct Burial and Submersion, up to 600‐Volt Potential 4. Manufacturer/Model: 3M DBY‐6; Rain Bird DB Series; or Approved Equal. 2.05 GROUNDING ROD IN VALVE BOX A. Grounding Rod Assembly 1. Size: a. Rod: 5/8‐Inch Diameter x 8‐Foot Long (Minimum) b. Wire: 6AWG 2. Construction: a. Rod: Copper with Loresco PowerSet Ground Enhancement Material b. Wire: Bare Copper 3. Features: Cadweld Exothermic Connector from Grounding Wire to Rod B. Bolt‐Down Valve Box 1. Size: 6‐Inch Round Valve Box 2. Construction: Resin 3. Ratings: Tensile Strength = 3,000 – 5,000 psi 4. Lid Color: Green 5. Features: Lockable, Bolt‐Down Covers (Provide Bolts and Install, Brick Supported. 6. Manufacturer/Model: Carson, Model Specification Grade; NDS, Model Pro; Rain Bird, Model VB; or Approved Equal. 2.06 UNDERGROUND ELECTRIC POWER SUPPLY SECTION 13‐1313 WATER FEATURE MECHANICAL SYSTEM Olander Drive Extension I January 24, 2020 Page 11 of 30 A. Power Conductor Conduit 1. Size: 3‐Inch Maximum 2. Construction: PVC, Solvent Weld 3. Ratings: Schedule 80 PVC 4. Fittings: Bell End, Long Sweep Elbows 5. Manufacturer: Cresline; Certainteed; JM Eagle; or Approved Equal. B. Warning Tape 1. Size: 3‐Inch Wide 2. Construction: Plastic C. Power Conductor Wire 1. Size: 6AWG Minimum, Carry Full Load Amps at 240‐Volt, 1‐Phase without exceeding 67% Amperage Capacity of Conductor, 3‐Wire with Ground Cable sized to NEC Requirements in liquid‐tight container 2. Construction: Copper Conductors with PVC Insulation. 3. Ratings: UL‐Listed, NEC (Class II Circuit), Direct Burial UF/TWU, up to 600‐Volt Potential 4. Markings: Manufacturer, Rating, Size and Type 5. Manufacturers: Paige Electric, Service Wire Company, Regency Wire & Cable, or Approved Equal 2.07 UNDERGROUND CONCRETE RESERVOIR A. Reservoir shall be manufactured of pre‐cast concrete meeting following requirements: 1. Cement used shall be Portland Cement which conforms to “Standard Specifications for Portland Cement” of ASTM Designation C150, latest revision and shall be Type I 2. Sand used shall be clean, hard, strong and durable particles, free of chemicals; coatings or clay and other fine materials and shall meet requirements of ASTM C33 3. Stone used shall conform with above specifications for sand, size shall be ASTM C33 No. 57 (1‐inch maximum) and in addition no particle shall be larger in size than three‐ fourths of minimum clear spacing between reinforcing bars SECTION 13‐1313 WATER FEATURE MECHANICAL SYSTEM Olander Drive Extension I January 24, 2020 Page 12 of 30 4. Water used shall be potable, fresh, clean and free from detrimental amounts of alkali, oil, acid, organic matter and other deleterious substances. 5. Admixtures used shall conform to ASTM C260 for air entrainment and ASTM C494 for water reducers. Calcium chloride or salts shall not be used. B. Concrete mix design shall meet following requirements: 1. Compressive Strength: 5,000 psi @ 28 Days 2. Maximum Slump: 4 inches 3. Maximum Water/Cement Ratio (by weight): 0.45 4. Minimum Cement Content: 564 pounds /cubic yard 5. Air Content: 6%, + 1‐1/2% 6. Air entraining mixture required C. All reinforcing bars shall be deformed type, new billet epoxy‐coated steel, conforming to ASTM A‐615, Grade 60. Welded wire fabric shall conform to ASTM A‐185 specifications for Welded Steel Wire Fabric. D. Minimum total storage capacity of Reservoir shall be 4,000 gallons. E. Reservoir shall be placed on a bed of laser‐leveled crushed stone of 12 inches thick. F. Assembled Reservoir shall have concrete weight force a minimum of 20% greater than upward buoyancy force created by the empty Reservoir at Groundwater Elevation (assumed fully submerged). Use of anti‐flotation concrete collars (monolithic or anchored additional pours) and reinforced steel is recommended. G. Service entrances shall be through manhole risers with covers at grade where indicated on Drawings. 1. Eccentric 20‐inch diameter round manhole shall be provided for cistern outlet access 2. Provide Vented Cast‐Iron Manhole cover for round manhole with “STORAGE” designation label by manufacturer H. Concrete grade rings may be used as needed on top of flat top section in order to align properly manhole cover to grade. I. Reservoir shall be designed and manufactured for AASHTO HS‐20 loading with minimum cover depth of 2 feet and maximum cover depth of 8 feet. SECTION 13‐1313 WATER FEATURE MECHANICAL SYSTEM Olander Drive Extension I January 24, 2020 Page 13 of 30 J. Reservoir shall be manufactured by Shea Concrete; Rotondo Precast / Oldcastle Precast Concrete, Rehoboth, MA; or Approved Equal. K. Concrete manhole riser sections shall be manufactured by Oldcastle Precast; or Approved Equal. L. Cast‐iron manhole cover shall be manufactured by LeBaron Foundry or equivalent. M. Provide Schedule 40 PVC Vent as shown on Drawings. N. Waterproofing Products 1. Concrete Pipe Connection: Hamilton‐Kent MIB Series Tylox Boot Connector 2. Pipe and Conduit Penetration: Link‐Sea Modular Seal 3. Concrete Reservoir Seams: ConSeal CS‐212 Polyolefin Backed Exterior Joint Wrap (6‐ Inch Width) 4. Concrete Sealer: Aqua‐Safe Solvent‐Free Semi‐Mastic. 2.06 CONCRETE DRY WELL A. Size: 4.0 feet x 4.5 feet x 4.25 feet Deep B. Construction: Concrete with 5,000 psi Strength @ 28 Days C. Ratings: H‐20 Rated Loading. D. Features: 20‐Inch Diameter Top Opening, covered with 24‐Inch Cast Iron Cover brought to finish grade. 1. Surround Dry Well with 6‐Inch Thick Layer of 1‐Inch Minimum Particle Size Crushed Stone on all sides. 2. Surround Crushed Stone with Landscape Filter Fabric E. Dry Well shall be manufactured by Shea Concrete; Rotondo Precast / Oldcastle Precast Concrete, Rehoboth, MA; or Approved Equal. F. Filter Fabric 1. Type: Woven Geotextile 2. Construction: UV Stabilized Polypropylene Filament 3. Strength: SECTION 13‐1313 WATER FEATURE MECHANICAL SYSTEM Olander Drive Extension I January 24, 2020 Page 14 of 30 a. Tensile Strength (lbs.): 365MD/200CD b. Puncture (lbs.): 115MD/75CD 4. Opening Size (AOS): 40 Sieve (ASTM) 5. Flow Rate: 145 g/m/sf 6. Standards: ASTM D‐4632, D‐6241, M‐4491, D‐4751 7. Manufacturer: TenCate Mirafi FW402; or Approved Equal. 2.07 WATER FEATURE PUMP STATION APPURTENANCES A. Submersible Power Wire to Pumps (Base Bid and Add Alternate) 1. Size: 10AWG Minimum, Carry Full Load Amps at 240‐Volt, 3‐Phase without exceeding 67% Amperage Capacity of Conductor, 3‐Wire with Ground Cable sized to NEC Requirements in liquid‐tight container (verify final available voltage) 2. Construction: Copper Conductors with PVC Insulation. 3. Ratings: UL‐Listed, NEC (Class II Circuit), Direct Burial UF/TWU, up to 600‐Volt Potential 4. Features: Spliced in watertight, quick disconnects 5. Markings: Manufacturer, Rating, Size and Type 6. Manufacturers: Paige Electric, Service Wire Company, Regency Wire & Cable, or Approved Equal B. Liquid Level and Pressure Transducer Wire 1. Proprietary to Component Manufacturer 2. Within Conduit, Vented and Shielded 3. Manufacturer shall supply wire length for direction connection (no splices) C. Wire Splices (where necessary, supply enough wire for straight runs to and from Panel) 1. Type: Direct Bury Wire Splice Kit (All Components Intact) 2. Construction: Lockable Plastic Tube, Pre‐Filled with Insulation Gel 3. Ratings: UL‐Listed, NEC, Direct Burial and Submersion, up to 600‐Volt Potential SECTION 13‐1313 WATER FEATURE MECHANICAL SYSTEM Olander Drive Extension I January 24, 2020 Page 15 of 30 4. Manufacturers: 3M, Model DBY‐6, or Approved Equal (Low Voltage); 3M, Model 82‐ A2 (High Voltage), or Approved Equal. D. Wire Conduit 1. Size: 1‐inch Minimum (All Underground and through Concrete Pads and Walls) 2. Construction: Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC), Solvent Weld Below‐Grade 3. Ratings: Schedule 80 4. Fittings: Bell End, Long Sweep Elbows 5. Manufacturers: Cresline; Certainteed; JM Eagle; or Approved Equal. E. Check Valve on Pump Discharge 1. Size: 3‐Inch (NPT) 2. Construction: Wafer‐Style with Stainless Steel Body and Teflon Seals 3. Ratings: 200 psi 4. Features: Horizontal or Vertical Orientation, Constructed Specifically for VFD Systems 5. Manufacturers: Danfoss Flomatic, W.L. Hamilton; or Approved Equal F. Liquid Level Transmitter 1. Signal: 4‐20mA to Pump Control Panel PLC 2. Construction: Stainless Steel 3. Ratings: +/‐ 0.3% Accuracy over Full‐Scale Range (15 psi or 35 feet of water) 4. Features: Minimum 150 feet of Factory‐Supplied Cable 5. Manufacturers: Mercoid, Model PBLT2‐15‐150, or Approve Equal F. Reservoir Aerator 1. Size: Compressor = 11 inches x 7 inches x 9 inches (Integrated with Pump Station) 2. Construction: Plastic 3. Ratings: 40 decibels Maximum, 120‐Volt, 1‐Phase, 60‐Hz, Maximum Depth = 8 feet SECTION 13‐1313 WATER FEATURE MECHANICAL SYSTEM Olander Drive Extension I January 24, 2020 Page 16 of 30 4. Features: Weighted Air Hose for Reservoir Submergence, Circle Diffuser placed inside Reservoir to provide constant aeration of water supply 5. Manufacturer/Model: Matala, EZ‐Air Pro Kits, or Approved Equal F. Sphagnum Moss Organic Filtration 1. Feature: Organic Living Medium Placed in Bags or Crates Hung in Reservoir (Contact Chamber), Reduces Organic Contamination, Scaling, and Corrosion 2. Construction: Stainless Steel Hardware with Chains and Eyebolts Doweled to Concrete Reservoir Structure at Manhole Riser 3. Manufacturers: PoolMoss Pro, or Approved Equal 2.08 WATER FEATURE SUBMERSIBLE PUMP A. Submersible Water Feature Pump and Motor 1. Main Duty Point: 95 feet TDH (41 psi) at 140 gpm a. Maximum Flow: 165 gpm with Filter Backflush b. Minimum Flow: 25 gpm for Recirculation 2. Minimum Efficiency = 70% 3. Power: 5‐horsepower submersible motor at 230‐Volt, 3‐Phase (15.2 Full Load Amps) 4. Inlet: Stainless Steel Floating Filter with 15’ Hose; Manufacturer‐Provided Flow Induction Sleeve with Floor Supports at 15 degrees 5. Discharge: 3‐inch NPT with Flexible Hose and Dixon Cam and Groove Coupling Connection (Locking) 6. Manufacturers: Goulds120L05, 6‐Inch Submersible Well Pump, or Approved Equal 2.09 ABOVE GROUND WATER FEATURE PUMP STATION A. Pre‐Packaged Pump Station: 1. Provide following equipment: a. Water Feature Submersible Pump in Reservoir to Specifications above b. Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) control for Water Feature Submersible Pump c. NEMA 12 Outdoor Enclosure SECTION 13‐1313 WATER FEATURE MECHANICAL SYSTEM Olander Drive Extension I January 24, 2020 Page 17 of 30 d. Additional Controls and Systems for: 1.) Automatic Backflush Filtration to Dry Well 2.) Ultraviolet (UV) Disinfection (Add Alternate) 3.) Reservoir Liquid Level Controls e. Integral Pipe and Fittings f. Floating Intake g. Liquid Level Controls h. Manual and Solenoid Control Valves i. Pressure and Flow Sensors j. Programmable Logic Controller (PLC) k. UL 508A‐listed Control Panel l. All appurtenances necessary for complete and functioning recirculating water feature pumping system. 2. Pump station shall be mounted to press brake formed steel base and enclosed in powder‐coated marine grade aluminum enclosure. 3. Pump station shall be manufactured by ULQCZJ‐Certified pump station manufacturer, such as Precision Pump Systems, Inc., or Approved Equal. B. Technical Service and Support 1. Manufacturer shall provide access 24/7 phone support with factory certified technician. 2. Technician shall have access to all relevant data specific to pump station, including Specifications, submittal, shop drawings, programming, and detailed photos of system. C. Factory Testing 1. Pump station shall undergo and pass all system performance tests, including: a. Hydrostatic testing that meets ANSI/HI Specifications and standards b. Flow testing that meets ANSI/HI 14.6 Specifications and standards SECTION 13‐1313 WATER FEATURE MECHANICAL SYSTEM Olander Drive Extension I January 24, 2020 Page 18 of 30 c. Vibration testing that meets ANSI/HI 9.6.4 Vibration Measurement and Allowable Values Specifications and standards D. Pump system shall be flow tested as complete unit, which shall include function testing of pumps, motors, instrumentation, appurtenances, and control panel. results of all tests shall be available to Owner’s Representative. E. Pipe, Valves, Skid Base, and Station Enclosure: 1. Pipe a. Pump Station pipe shall be standard wall pipe with grooved connections. b. Flanged or welded connections shall not be acceptable. c. Threaded connections between main pipe sections other than at pump volute shall not be acceptable. d. Provide Steel Dogleg Options for Discharge to Dry Well, Reservoir, and Water Feature. 2. Valves a. Butterfly style isolation valves with grooved connections shall be included on station suction and discharge piping. b. Flanged or threaded connections shall not be accepted. c. Non‐slam check valve shall be included on discharge of each pump. d. Air release valve shall be included, located immediately after pump station check valve. e. Pressure relief valves shall be provided with discharge to Reservoir. 3. Skid a. Pump Station skid shall be made of ¼‐Inch press‐braked A36 steel. b. No welded bases or open rail systems shall be acceptable. 4. Corrosion Protection a. Pump skid and appurtenances shall be cleaned to bare steel and coated with baked‐on powder coating, all piping including elbows shall be coated inside and out. b. Pump station shall be pressure tested prior to coating. No welding shall be performed after pump station is powder coated. 5. Station Enclosure a. Pump station enclosure shall be constructed of marine grade aluminum modular panels to allow access to all pumps and components by simply removing any panel. SECTION 13‐1313 WATER FEATURE MECHANICAL SYSTEM Olander Drive Extension I January 24, 2020 Page 19 of 30 b. Entire front of enclosure shall consist of hinged doors. c. Enclosure shall be powder coated, painted to Owner’s preference (submit options). d. Roof of enclosure shall be easily displaced and replaced by one person for purpose of servicing pump station. e. Pump Station enclosure shall include ventilation fan (or fans) appropriately sized to adequately cool enclosed equipment. f. Pump Station enclosure shall be insulated and equipped with sound attenuation for required mechanical systems. 6. Automatic Filter a. Pump Station shall include automatic screen filter to 10‐micron for UV system. Coarser screens shall be considered if UV is deducted from construction. b. Filter shall use suction scanning devices to automatically remove debris from filter element. c. Filter shall be VAF200 or approved equal. d. Control logic for filter flush shall be included as part of main control panel PLC programming. 7. Ultraviolet Disinfection (UV, Deduct Alternate, on Recirculation Path Only) a. Provide UV lamps with adequate wattage and flow for required recirculation flow (25 gpm). b. UV system shall be on‐demand with water feature pump system. c. UV system shall be compatible with filtration system upstream for maximum efficiency. d. UV system shall have wiper to clean quartz sleeve periodically. e. UV system shall be as manufactured by Viqua; or Approved equal. F. Pump Control System 1. NEMA Rating a. VFD, PLC, and associated electrical equipment shall be mounted in NEMA 12 enclosure rated for indoor installation. b. To avoid potential water or rodent damage, VFDs mounted outside main control panel are not acceptable. 2. Control Panel Manufacturing & Testing a. Pump control panel shall be manufactured and listed by UL508A Panel Shop. b. Panel shall be UL labeled as an "Enclosed Industrial Control Panel". SECTION 13‐1313 WATER FEATURE MECHANICAL SYSTEM Olander Drive Extension I January 24, 2020 Page 20 of 30 c. Pump control panel shall be completely manufactured, tested and programmed prior to delivery to site. 3. Documentation a. Color wiring schematic and pump nameplate information shall be permanently affixed to inside of control enclosure. b. All field terminal connections shall be numbered and labeled. 4. Cooling System a. Control panel cooling system shall be appropriately sized for ambient conditions. b. Cooling system shall not allow dust, insects or rodents inside pump control panel. c. Two sets of spare filters shall be included with pumping system. 5. Main Disconnect a. Service‐entrance rated, non‐fused disconnect shall be mounted in pump control panel and shall isolate all power to control panel. b. Disconnect shall include an operating handle mounted on control panel enclosure door that is mechanically interlocked to prevent entry while disconnect is in ON position. c. To prevent damage from vandalism, disconnect external to pump station enclosure shall not be accepted. 6. Overcurrent Protection a. VFD bridge rectifiers shall be protected from over current by an appropriately sized circuit breaker. b. Fuses are not acceptable. 7. Lightning & Surge Protection a. Pump Control Panel shall be equipped with transient voltage and surge arrestors. 8. Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) a. VFD shall be appropriately sized to meet FLA (full load amps) required by pump motor, as stated on motor nameplate. b. VFD shall be manufactured by ABB Industrial Systems, Mitsubishi, or approved equal. c. Initial start‐up and calibration shall be performed by factory certified technician, which shall extend warranty on control panel to total of three (3) years. 9. Programmable Logic Controller (PLC) a. PLC shall be fully programmed prior to pump panel installation. SECTION 13‐1313 WATER FEATURE MECHANICAL SYSTEM Olander Drive Extension I January 24, 2020 Page 21 of 30 b. Technician installing and programming PLC is to be factory trained and certified by PLC manufacturer. c. PLC programming shall be non‐proprietary, and complete station programming shall be made available to Owner’s Representative via USB drive included with station control panel. 10. PLC Operator Interface a. PLC shall be equipped with 5.7‐inch LCD color touchscreen. b. Operator interface shall allow user to make adjustments to PLC program locally without requiring any additional equipment such as laptop computers. c. VFD control keypad is not acceptable substitution for digital operator interface. d. PLC shall have Ethernet port to enable remote access. 11. PLC Control Functions a. User settable Local or Remote control. b. System Pressure Setpoint c. Pump Sleep Settings, with two threshold modes: Sleep by Flow or Sleep by Frequency d. System Protection Settings, including fault and warning parameters for low flow, high flow, low pressure, high pressure, restart trials and restart delay time. e. Load Factory Default Settings, User Saved Default Settings. f. Pre‐Programmed Start‐Up Routines to limit and/or delay starting and acceleration of pump to eliminate excessive velocity and pressure. g. It shall also include initial start‐up, mainline fill, power outage and automatic re‐ starts. 12. PLC Monitoring Functions a. Pump operating status, total pump run hours, motor frequency, motor amperage b. System pressure, flow rate c. Fault Log with time stamps and diagnostic utility. d. Trend Data, with graphic display of system pressure, flow, motor frequency and amperage. Data shall be exportable to MS Excel. e. USB port to upload, download of program, and data storage. 13. Instrumentation a. Pressure Gauges shall have 304SS stainless steel case, with bezel construction. Gauges shall have 2.5‐inch diameter and be liquid filled. SECTION 13‐1313 WATER FEATURE MECHANICAL SYSTEM Olander Drive Extension I January 24, 2020 Page 22 of 30 b. Pressure Transmitter(s) shall be constructed of stainless steel and rated for pump station discharge pressure. 14. Flow Meter a. Pump station shall include solid‐state insertion flow meter. Paddle type insertion sensors shall not be accepted. 15. Liquid Level Controls a. Pump station shall include all controls to fill pump chamber with well pump at rate equal to or greater than water feature outflow upon low water level in pump chamber. b. Pump station manufacturer shall provide level transducer with specifications above. 16. Vacuum Primer Pump a. Pump station shall include an automatic vacuum primer pump system. b. System shall automatically maintain prime for water feature pump. 17. Insertion Flow Meter a. Pump station shall include programmable NMP insertion flow meter with an accuracy of 7% MW + 2% MEW. b. Flow meter shall include digital display on meter body as well as 4‐20 mA outputs for remote display and operations. c. All wetted parts shall be 316 stainless steel. d. Paddle and propeller meters are not acceptable. 2.10 WATER FEATURE SYSTEM PIPE A. Pump Discharge and Drain Pipe and Fittings 1. Size: 4‐Inch Maximum 2. Construction: Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC), Solvent Weld 3. Ratings: Schedule 40 Pressure Pipe 4. Standards: ASTM D‐1785 5. Markings: Manufacturer, Nominal Size, Class or Schedule, Pressure, Extrusion Date, Pipe Insertion Mark. 6. Manufacturer: Cresline; Certainteed; JM Eagle; or Approved Equal. B. Pipe within Fountain Structure 1. Size: 1½‐Inch Maximum SECTION 13‐1313 WATER FEATURE MECHANICAL SYSTEM Olander Drive Extension I January 24, 2020 Page 23 of 30 2. Construction: Stainless Steel, NPT Threaded 3. Ratings: Schedule 40 4. Markings: Manufacturer, Nominal Size, Class or Schedule, Pressure, Extrusion Date, Pipe Insertion Mark. C. Ductile Iron Fittings 1. Size: 3‐Inch Maximum, 1½‐Inch Minimum 2. Construction: Ductile Iron, Manufactured for Mechanical Joints and Joint Restraints 3. Pipe Reducer Fittings: CLOW Ductile Iron Reducer (3” x 1½”) with EBAA Mega‐Lug Mechanical Joint 4. Pipe Tee and Support in Plumbing Pit: Harco 1 ½” Ductile Iron Tee with Joint Restraint “Style A” by Harco Fittings; or Approved Equal. D. Water Feature Basin Drain Pipe 1. Size: ¾‐Inch Maximum 2. Construction: Brass, NPT Threaded 3. Ratings: Schedule 40 NPT . 2.11 WATER FEATURE ELEMENTS A. Outlet Grate in Fountain Basin 1. Size: 9‐Inch Diameter Grate Drain, 4‐Inch NPT Inlet 2. Construction: Bronze, Stainless Steel Hardware 3. Features: Foot Friendly Suction Grate (No Opening Greater than 3/8‐inch), Optional Winter Plate. 4. Manufacturer/Model: Crystal Fountains, Model DSB400 or Approved Equal. B. Fountain Jet Nozzle 1. Size: 1¼‐Inch NPT Inlet 2. Construction: Bronze and Machined Brass 3. Features: Non‐Water Level Dependent, 4‐foot Spray Height and 5‐foot Spray Spread, 24 Individual Nozzles at 10‐degree angle 4. Manufacturer/Model: Crystal Fountains, Model NSJ100 or Approved Equal. SECTION 13‐1313 WATER FEATURE MECHANICAL SYSTEM Olander Drive Extension I January 24, 2020 Page 24 of 30 PART 3 ‐ EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Competent superintendents and assistants shall be on‐site at all times during product delivery, installation, testing, and system adjustments. 1. Field communication by Owner or Owner’s Representative to superintendent shall be binding. B. System features shall be laid out as indicated on Drawings, making minor adjustments for variations in planting arrangements or field conditions. Major changes shall be reviewed with Owner’s Representative before acceptance. 1. Water feature lines and conduits shown on Construction Drawings are diagrammatic only. Location of equipment is contingent upon and subject to integration with all other underground utilities, tree roots, and hardscape design elements. 3.2 EXAMINATION A. Review and verify project conditions are as indicated on Construction Drawings prior to starting work, including but not limited to: 1. Utilities 2. Site grades and dimensions 3. Landscaping and features 4. Structures 5. Pipe sleeves B. Report any irregularities of site conditions to the Owner’s Representative prior to beginning work. C. Beginning of installation connotes acceptance of existing project conditions. 3.3 PROJECT COORDINATION A. Coordinate with Owner’s Representative to expeditiously install system. B. Provide written notifications (electronic is acceptable) to Owner’s Representative prior to work commencement, weekly for progress report, for any proposed changes to system design, and upon installation completion. SECTION 13‐1313 WATER FEATURE MECHANICAL SYSTEM Olander Drive Extension I January 24, 2020 Page 25 of 30 C. All questions of design intent, proposed design changes, field notifications, and product substitution after installation commences shall be in writing to Owner’s Representative as a Request for Information (RFI). D. Utility Coordination 1. Maintain 6‐inch minimum clearance between water feature lines and any utility line. Do not install water feature conduit or pipe directly above another utility of any kind. 2. Exercise care when excavating, trenching and working near existing utilities. 3.4 SITE PROTECTION A. Protect landscaping, paving, structures, walls, footings, etc. from damage caused during work. Damage to work of another trade shall be reported at once. B. Replace or repair any damage with same product or material, to the satisfaction of Owner’s Representative at no additional cost to the Owner per Guarantee. 3.5 GENERAL ELECTRICAL NOTES A. Installation Notes and Procedures 1. Employ or subcontract licensed electricians in site jurisdiction to perform all work. 2. Take all personal and construction precautions for installation of electrical equipment and conductors in water. 3. Verify all existing and proposed site conditions prior to bidding and installation of water feature equipment. Immediately notify Owner’s Representative of conflicts between Construction Documents and actual site conditions. 4. All work shall conform to NEC, state, and local electrical codes, whichever is most stringent. 5. All work shall conform to NEC Article 680 “Swimming Pools, Fountains, and Similar Installations”. 6. Provide all GFCI protected circuits with separate neutrals. 7. Protect all equipment reliant on submersion from overheating through: a. independent low water cutoff sensing and devices, and/or b. internal thermal bimetallic ambient compensating overload. SECTION 13‐1313 WATER FEATURE MECHANICAL SYSTEM Olander Drive Extension I January 24, 2020 Page 26 of 30 8. Maximum exposed submersible wire length is 20 feet. Prepare splices in watertight junction boxes only. Conductors and wires outside of water feature shall be in conduit as scheduled by NEC. 9. Provide minimum 3 feet of slack in conductors and wires for service of all underwater equipment. 10. Secure all fixtures and electrical equipment to walls and floors of water feature with non‐corrosive fasteners for underwater applications. 11. Install UL‐listed, rigid, ultraviolet light resistant, PVC Schedule 80 conduit between junction boxes and control panels rated for above and below‐grade use. Provide solvent‐weld connections for all fittings with specified primer and cement. Protect all conduit from water and soil entry before, during, and after construction. 12. Install underwater electrical wire and conductors rated for continuous submerged use. 13. Upsize all wire by one (1) AWG size for all lengths exceeding 200 feet and an additional AWG size for each additional 100 feet. 14. Provide corrosion‐resistant conduit as required for electrical wire, conductors, grounding, and bonding. 15. Install shielded control wire for liquid level and other sensors to prevent interference from low voltage conductors. 16. Bond and ground all electrical equipment as per NEC requirements. Provide all bonding lugs. Ensure that all metal water feature equipment, including drains, pump discharge outlets, conduits, pipe, and drains. 17. Install dielectric thread compound for connections between dissimilar metals to prevent galvanic degradation. 18. Ensure through testing and recording of data all electrical equipment grounding have identical reference potential. Provide data and statement of reference potential to Owner’s Representative for review and approval. 19. Provide all disconnects at pump system and outdoor electrical equipment as required by NEC (distance and/or line‐of‐sight). 20. Install wire sizes that provide a minimum voltage drop of 2% between panels and electrical equipment. 21. Test all supply power to ensure incoming power is within 5% of design voltage. Provide correct voltage with design tolerances. SECTION 13‐1313 WATER FEATURE MECHANICAL SYSTEM Olander Drive Extension I January 24, 2020 Page 27 of 30 22. Store and protect all equipment from weather and construction debris. Coordinate with general contractor and site supervisors for safe storage of all equipment. Clean and dust all equipment prior to installation and activation. 23. Protect and ensure all control and power supply panels are shielded from direct or indirect water contact (spray, rain, etc.). 3.6 GENERAL PIPE INSTALLATON NOTES A. PVC Pipe Installation: 1. Cut plastic pipe with handsaw or pipe cutter, removing all burrs at cut ends. All pipe cuts shall be square and true. 2. Make all solvent‐weld joints as per manufacturer’s instructions and avoid applying excess primer or solvent. Do not wipe off excess solvent from each connection. a. Allow welded joints minimum 15 minutes set‐up/curing time before moving or handling. 1) Above 80oF: Allow connections to set 24 hours. 2) Below 80oF: Follow manufacturer instructions. 3) Below 40oF: Prohibited. 3. Maximum deflection per joint shall not exceed manufacturer limits. 4. Maintain 1‐inch minimum between lines which cross at angels of 45 to 90 degrees. 3.7 TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS A. Include all testing and adjustments in submitted bid price. B. System Flushing: 1. Open valves and flush out water feature system under full head of freshwater from backup supply before installing nozzles, drains, and outlets. 2. Flush entire system after complete installation. 3. Clogged nozzles and drains shall be remedied after completion of water feature system. C. Testing: 1. Test all pipe and valves for leaks at operating pressure. Repair all leaks and retest until leaks are remedied. SECTION 13‐1313 WATER FEATURE MECHANICAL SYSTEM Olander Drive Extension I January 24, 2020 Page 28 of 30 2. Perform water feature effects test with Owner’s Representative present. Readjust settings as necessary to attain proper effects. Replace any equipment that does not meet specified standards. 3. After testing, clean all equipment of debris during installation. D. Throughout guarantee period, adjust water feature effects due to settlement and climate variation. 3.8 RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Record (As‐Built) Drawings 1. Maintain and update Record Drawings with red‐line markings as project progresses, including locations of: a. Fountains, water features, elements and descriptions b. Valve descriptions c. All equipment installed with distinct symbols d. Pipe routing and tees e. Wire routing, splicing, and fixture locations 2. Locations of installed equipment (valve, controller, sensors) shall be referenced by two permanent locations (swing ties) or GPS. 3. Make all notes legible as work progresses, any new equipment added shall use distinct symbols denoting location. 4. Document any changes from original Construction Drawings. 5. Prints of original Construction Drawings may be obtained from the Owner’s Representative at cost (0% markup). 6. Record Drawings shall be used as basis of payment for work completed. Provide copies of red‐lined set to Owner’s Representative along with payment request. B. Record Documents 1. Record Documents shall be on‐site at all times. Maintain record of the following as the project progresses: a. Plumbing and Electrical permits (state whether or not required) b. Materials Approved and approval date c. Materials delivered, Accepted, and Installed by whom and date. d. Field Communications and Requests for Information (RFI) SECTION 13‐1313 WATER FEATURE MECHANICAL SYSTEM Olander Drive Extension I January 24, 2020 Page 29 of 30 A. Prior to final punchlist, provide complete electronic and hard copy files of Record Drawings and Documents to Owner’s Representative as part of project completion. All information must be complete and shall be added to submitted documents prior to acceptance. 3.9 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE A. General 1. Bid price shall include up to four (4) hours of water feature system overview and instruction with Owner and/or Owner’s Representative. B. Operation and Maintenance Manual 1. Provide three (3) hard cover binders titled “Operation and Maintenance for VILLAGE FOUNTAIN” prior to application for acceptance and final payment. 2. Operation and Maintenance Manual shall include, but not be limited to: a. Title Page and Table of Contents b. One‐Paragraph Written Description of Water Feature System c. Manufacturers’ Data and Cut Sheets of Equipment, including: 1) Copies of all approved submittals 2) Recommended operating settings 3) Recommended maintenance schedule 4) Name, address, and telephone number of installer (for repairs, spring startup, and winterization during 1‐year guarantee period) 5) Water Feature programming 6) Water Feature daily/weekly testing parameters. d. Pump Control System Settings e. Winterization and Spring Startup Instructions (after 1‐year guarantee period) f. Guarantee Data g. Pockets with Folded Plans of: 1) Original Design Drawing 2) Final Record Drawing 3) Pipe, Valve, and Wiring System Diagram Drawing 3.10 SITE CLEANUP A. Remove all unused materials and equipment from project site safely and efficiently. Dispose of all unused materials legally ‐ including construction debris and trash. SECTION 13‐1313 WATER FEATURE MECHANICAL SYSTEM Olander Drive Extension I January 24, 2020 Page 30 of 30 3.11 FINAL OWNER ACCEPTANCE A. Final Owner Acceptance of Water Feature System is predicated on: 1. Complete system installation, adjustment, testing, and instructional overview. 2. Submission of Operation and Maintenance Manuals to Owner’s Representative. 3. Proper Programming of Water Feature and Controls. 4. Completed and approved all punchlist items. B. Owner and/or Owner’s Representative shall provide written notice (hard copy and/or electronic) for Final Acceptance. Date of Final Acceptance notice shall serve as start of 1‐ year Guarantee period as described above END OF SECTION SECTION 31-2000 DEMOLITION, CLEARING AND GRUBBING Olander Drive Extension I March 11, 2020 Page 1 of 6 SECTION SECTION SECTION SECTION 31313131----2000200020002000 DEMOLITION, CLEARING & GRUBBINGDEMOLITION, CLEARING & GRUBBINGDEMOLITION, CLEARING & GRUBBINGDEMOLITION, CLEARING & GRUBBING PART 1 PART 1 PART 1 PART 1 ---- GENERALGENERALGENERALGENERAL 1.01 CONTRACT PROVISIONS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE The General Provisions of the Contract, including the General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1, apply to the work specified in this Section. 1.02 SECTION INCLUDES A. Demolition, clearing and grubbing required for this work includes, but is not necessarily limited to removal and off-site disposal of the following: 1. Pavement 2. Vegetation (trees and shrubs) 3. Debris and rubble within project B. Constructing temporary barriers around trees designated to remain. C. Definitions The term ‘site demolition, clearing and grubbing’, as used herein, includes the removal and off- site disposal of all existing objects (except for those objects designated to remain) within the project area, plus such other work as is described in this Section of these Specifications. 1.03 RELATED WORK DESCRIBED ELSEWHERE A. Excavating, Filling and Grading ............................................ Section 31 5001 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications 1. Provide at least one person who shall be present at all times during tree clearing and grubbing operations and who shall be thoroughly familiar with the types of trees involved and who shall direct the trimming of roots and limbs where required. 2. Provide at least one person who shall be present at all times during demolition operations and who shall be thoroughly familiar with the procedures involved and who shall direct and coordinate the operation and ensure coordination with the applicable utility agencies. B. Codes and Standards SECTION 31-2000 DEMOLITION, CLEARING AND GRUBBING Olander Drive Extension I March 11, 2020 Page 2 of 6 Perform demolition and clearing work in accordance with applicable rules, regulations, codes and ordinances of Local, State and Federal Authorities, and in accordance with the requirements of Public Utility Corporations having jurisdiction over the work. Obtain and pay for all necessary permits, licenses and certificates and give all notices as required during the performance of the demolition work. 1.05 JOB CONDITIONS A. Dust and Mud Control Use all means necessary to prevent the spread of dust and mud during performance of the work of the Section; thoroughly moisten all surfaces as required to prevent dust being a nuisance to the public, neighbors and concurrent performance of other work on the site. B. Burning On-site burning will not be permitted. C. Protection Use all means necessary to protect existing objects designated to remain and, in the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary to the approval of the Architect, at no additional cost to the Owner. When work occurs within the root structure of an existing tree designated to remain, such work shall be carried out by hand with no machinery allowed that may damage the root structure of the tree. D. Provide, erect and maintain all catch platforms, lights, barriers, weather protection, warning signs, and all other items as required for the proper protection of the workmen engaged in demolition operations, public and adjacent construction. E. Provide adequate fire protection in accordance with local Fire Department requirements. F. Do not close or obstruct street or sidewalks without the proper permit. Conduct operations with minimum traffic interference. G. Protect all public and private property adjacent to and on the job site including platforms, vents, utility lines, streets, sidewalks, light standards, hydrants, street signs, mail boxes and fire alarm boxes. Make all repairs necessitated by reason of, or in the course of, operations under this Contract to the complete satisfaction of the Owner of the damaged property. PART 2 PART 2 PART 2 PART 2 ---- PRODUCTSPRODUCTSPRODUCTSPRODUCTS 2.01 TEMPORARY BARRICADES Unless otherwise specifically approved by the Landscape Architect, use only new and solid lumber of utility grade or better to construct temporary barricades around objects designated to remain. SECTION 31-2000 DEMOLITION, CLEARING AND GRUBBING Olander Drive Extension I March 11, 2020 Page 3 of 6 2.02 PRUNING PAINT Use only a pruning paint specially formulated for horizontal application to cut or damaged plant tissue and approved by the Landscape Architect for this work. 2.03 EXPLOSIVES Do not use explosives in this work. 2.04 ON-SITE MATERIAL PILES One or more of the existing material stockpiles may meet the gradation requirements of materials specified for this project. An agreement between the property owner and the Contractor may be negotiated for re-use of approved material. 2.05 OTHER MATERIALS All other materials, not specifically described, but required for proper completion of the work of this Section, shall be as selected by the Contractor, subject to approval of the Landscape Architect. PART 3 PART 3 PART 3 PART 3 ---- EXECUTIONEXECUTIONEXECUTIONEXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Notification Notify the Landscape Architect at least two full working days prior to commencing the work of this Section. Notify Dig-Safe for utility identification (1-800-322-4844) Record locations on Project Record Documents from Dig-Safe field location markings. B. Site Inspection 1. Prior to all work of this Section, carefully inspect the entire site and all objects designated to be removed and to be preserved. 2. Locate all existing trees to remain and mark with survey tape. C. Clarification 1. The drawings do not purport to show all objects existing on the site. 2. Before commencing the work of this Section, verify with the Landscape Architect all objects to be removed and all objects to be preserved. SECTION 31-2000 DEMOLITION, CLEARING AND GRUBBING Olander Drive Extension I March 11, 2020 Page 4 of 6 D. Scheduling 1. Schedule all work in a careful manner with all necessary consideration for neighbors and the public. Before commencing any work, submit for review a schedule showing the commencement, the order and the completion dates for the various parts of this work. 2. Avoid interference with, use of, and passage to and from, adjacent buildings and facilities. 3. Work shall be properly coordinated with the work of other trades. Other trades shall be consulted in advance so that proper provisions may be made for installation of their work and so that the work of this Section may be properly finished and connected to the work of other trades. E. Disconnection of Utilities Before starting site operations, disconnect or arrange for disconnection of all utility services designated to be removed or that require temporary discontinuance for the duration of the work, as shown in the drawings, performing all such work in accordance with the requirements of the utility company or agency involved. F. Protection Utilities Preserve, in operating condition, all active utilities traversing the site and not designated to be disconnected. G. Provide adequate fire protection in accordance with local Fire Department requirements. H. Do not close or obstruct street or sidewalks without the proper permit. Conduct operations with minimum traffic interference. 3.02 DEMOLITION A. All items designated to be salvaged shall be carefully removed from the site so as not to damage them. Items, such as fencing, may require dismantling. Removed and salvaged items shall be delivered to the Owner at a location designated by the Owner's Representative. Damaged items shall be repaired or replaced by the Contractor at no extra charge to the Owner. The Contractor shall take possession of all demolished materials not scheduled for reuse and completely remove from site and legally dispose of same. B. Items to be reset on the site may be stacked on the site until reuse. Care and protection of the stacked items until reuse shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. Any damaged items shall be replaced by the Contractor at no extra charge to the Owner. SECTION 31-2000 DEMOLITION, CLEARING AND GRUBBING Olander Drive Extension I March 11, 2020 Page 5 of 6 C. Saw cutting shall be conducted in locations which are designated on the plans so that pavement to remain shall have a finished edge. Cutting shall be done in a neat, straight line. The equipment for cutting pavement shall consist of a cutting machine comprised of a suitable motor, driving a circular cutter, with control devices, and mounted on a sturdy frame, supported by rubber tire wheels. D. Demolition shall be done as efficiently and rapidly as possible, with no undue accumulations of rubbish or debris. Refuse shall be hauled away by the Contractor, with route of travel to and from point of dumping kept clear and free during periods of use. E. Take precautions to guard against movement, settlement or collapse of any surrounding construction designated to remain and be liable for any such movement, settlement or collapse. F. Remove footings and foundations to a depth of 18" below finish grade or as shown on the drawings. 3.03 CLEARING AND GRUBBING - GENERAL A. Cut down all trees and brush, as required to perform the work shown on the plans. Remove all stumps and debris, and remove from the property. No burning of materials will be permitted on the site. B. The felling of trees shall be carefully carried out so as to avoid any damage to trees that are to remain, or to any wetlands areas. C. No tree larger than 6” DBH shall be cut or removed unless it is first marked for removal and verified to be removed after inspection by the Landscape Architect. D. Remove from the site all brush, rubbish, pavement, concrete or masonry foundations designated to be removed. 3.04 CONSTRUCTION OF BARRICADES A. Layout 1. All trees that are to remain along the edge of work limits shown on the plan shall be protected with a temporary barricade around the tree a minimum of six (6) feet from the trunk. 2. Make barricades at least three (3) feet high, consisting of wood slat and wire snow fencing, in a square configuration with 2" x 4" wood corner posts set at least 36 inches into the ground. B. Protection 1. Take special care in setting posts so as not to damage tree roots. SECTION 31-2000 DEMOLITION, CLEARING AND GRUBBING Olander Drive Extension I March 11, 2020 Page 6 of 6 2. Do not permit stockpiling of materials or debris within the barricaded area nor permit the earth surface to be changed in any way except as specifically approved by the Architect. 3.04 REMOVAL OF DEBRIS Remove all debris from the site and leave the site in a neat and orderly condition to the approval of the Architect. Debris shall consist of stumps, roots and rocks not in compliance with the criteria for fill (Ref. Section 02200). This debris shall be disposed of by the Contractor in an approved dumping site in compliance with local codes and the Wetlands Protection Act. END OF SECTION SECTION 31-2500 SEDIMENT AND EROSION CONTROL Olander Drive Extension I March 11, 2020 Page 1111 of 7777 SECTION 31SECTION 31SECTION 31SECTION 31----2500250025002500 SEDIMENT AND EROSION CONTROLSEDIMENT AND EROSION CONTROLSEDIMENT AND EROSION CONTROLSEDIMENT AND EROSION CONTROL PART 1 PART 1 PART 1 PART 1 ---- GENERALGENERALGENERALGENERAL 1.01 CONTRACT PROVISIONS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE The General Provisions of the Contract, including the General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1, apply to the work specified in this Section. 1.02 ITEMS REQUIRED BUT NOT SPECIFIED If an item or material of this trade is indicated in the Drawings but not specifically listed in this Section, provide such item or material at a standard of quality equal to the standard established for the balance of the Work specified, in accordance with the Architect's interpretation. 1.03 EXECUTION, CORRELATION AND INTENT In case of an inconsistency between Drawings and Specifications, or within either Document not clarified by addendum, the better quality or greater quantity of Work shall be provided, in accordance with the Architect's interpretation. 1.04 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Provide all equipment and materials, and do all work necessary to construct a complete erosion and sediment control program for minimizing erosion and sediment control provisions detailed on the Drawings and specified herein which are the minimum requirements for an erosion control program. The Contractor shall provide additional erosion sediment control materials and methods as required to implement the erosion and siltation control principles specified herein. B. Erosion control and maintenance program, shall include, but not be limited to, installation and maintenance of silt fences, straw bale check dams, and installation schedules of erosion control structures. C. Related work specified elsewhere Site Demolition .................................................................................. Section 312000 Earthwork ...................................................................................... Section 315001 1.05 REFERENCED STANDARDS A. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO): Standard Specifications for Highways and Bridges B. Commonwealth of Massachusetts Department of Transportation (MDOT) SECTION 31-2500 SEDIMENT AND EROSION CONTROL Olander Drive Extension I March 11, 2020 Page 2222 of 7777 Standard Specifications for Highways and Bridges 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. Proposed methods, materials to be employed, and schedule for effecting erosion and siltation control and preventing erosion damage shall be submitted for approval. Submittals shall include: 1. List of proposed material including manufacturer's product data. 2. Schedule of erosion control program indicating specific dates for implementing programs in each major area of work. B. Erosion Control Blanket Product Data: Submit manufacturer’s product data and installation. Include required substrate preparation, list of materials, and application rates. C. The following samples shall be submitted: Sample Size Silt fence fabric 12 x 12 in. D. Seed mixture for temporary seed cover shall be submitted for approval of the Architect. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Erosion Control Blanket: Deliver materials and products in factory labeled packages. Store and handle in strict compliance with manufacturer’s instructions and recommendations. Protect from damage from weather, excessive temperatures and construction operations. 1.08 EROSION CONTROL PRINCIPLES A. The following erosion control principles shall apply to the land grading and construction phases: 1. Stripping of vegetation, grading, or other soil disturbance shall be done in a manner which will minimize soil erosion. 2. Whenever feasible, natural vegetation shall be retained and protected. 3. Extent of area which is exposed and free of vegetation and duration of its exposure shall be kept within practical limits. 4. Temporary seeding, mulching, or other suitable stabilization measures shall be used to protect exposed critical areas during prolonged construction or other land disturbances. SECTION 31-2500 SEDIMENT AND EROSION CONTROL Olander Drive Extension I March 11, 2020 Page 3333 of 7777 5. Drainage provisions shall accommodate increased runoff resulting from modifications of soil and surface conditions during and after development or disturbance. Such provisions shall be in addition to existing requirements. 6. Sediment shall be retained on-site. 7. Erosion control devices shall be installed as early as possible in the construction sequence prior to start of clearing and grubbing operations and excavation work. 1.09 EMERGENCY OPERATION PROCEDURES A. The Contractor shall have on-call at all times capable, responsible representatives who, when authorized, will mobilize the necessary personnel, materials, and equipment, and otherwise provide the required action when notified of any impending emergency situation. B. The Contractor shall supply a telephone number to the Owner with which the Contractor may be contacted in the evenings and on weekends. The Contractor shall prepare a 24- hour "duty roster" for this purpose and submit it in writing to the Architect. 1.10 NPDES STORMWATER PERMIT A. This project requires a NPDES General Permit for Stormwater Discharges from Construction Activities (a.k.a. an “NOI” from the US EPA). The Contractor is responsible for finalizing a Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) and filing for the NDPES permit prior to the start of construction. All clearing, grading, drainage, construction, and development shall be conducted in strict accordance with the SWPPP and conditions of the NPDES General Permit. The Contractor shall prepare and submit a SWPPP for review by the owner, as required under “submittals” herein. The Contractor shall not initiate any land disturbance activities prior to obtaining approval of the SWPPP from the owner, submitting the NOI form to EPA and waiting 14 calendar days, as required by NPDES General Permit. PART 2 PART 2 PART 2 PART 2 ---- PRODUCTSPRODUCTSPRODUCTSPRODUCTS 2.01 SILT FENCE A. Silt fence shall be preassembled silt fence structure to be Mirafi Envirofence, American Engineering Fabrics, Inc. Pre-assembled silt fence, or Everett J. Prescott 800-EJP-24 HR pre- assembled sit fence. 1. Overall length of each fence section shall be minimum 100 ft.; fabric width minimum of 3 ft., post length minimum of 4 ft.; and post spacing maximum of 8.3 ft. 2. Posts shall be tapered for ease of installation, and beveled at top to resist splitting. 2.02 STRAW BALES SECTION 31-2500 SEDIMENT AND EROSION CONTROL Olander Drive Extension I March 11, 2020 Page 4444 of 7777 Straw bales for construction of straw bale check dam and catch basin filter dam shall be new, firm wire or nylon-bound livestock feed-grade. 2.03 CRUSHED STONE Crushed stone for catch basin filter dam and sediment pond riser pipe filters shall conform to MDOT Specifications Section M2.01.3 2.04 TEMPORARY SEED COVER A. Seed mixture for temporary cover by hydroseeding application shall conform to the following: Quantity per 1000 sq. ft coverage Material 27-1/2 lb. Wood fiber mulch 4 lb. Seed 1/2 lb. Annual Ryegrass 22 lb. 10-6-4 Fertilizer 69 gal. Water 1. Wood fiber mulch shall conform to MDOT Specifications. 2. Seed shall conform to MDOT Specifications. 2.05 STRAW WATTLE A. Straw wattles shall be new, locally-sourced, livestock-grade straw, bound in biodegradable netting. Straw shall be free from seeds and consist exclusively of stalks or stems of grain after threshing. B. Minimum diameter of straw wattles shall be 9 inches. PART 3 PART 3 PART 3 PART 3 ---- EXECUTIONEXECUTIONEXECUTIONEXECUTION 3.01 TEMPORARY SEED COVER A. Grass seed shall be spread by mechanical spreader at a rate of 4.0 lb./1000 sq. ft. B. Following seeding, area shall be tightly raked to mingle seed with the top 1/8 to 1/4 inch of soil. Areas shall then be smoothed and rolled. C. Following rolling, entire seeded area shall be watered until equivalent of a 2-inch depth of water shall have been applied to entire seeded surface, at a rate which will not dislodge seed. Water shall be repeated thereafter as frequently as required to prevent drying of surface, until grass attains an average height of 1 1/2 inches. SECTION 31-2500 SEDIMENT AND EROSION CONTROL Olander Drive Extension I March 11, 2020 Page 5555 of 7777 D. At the Contractor's option, seed may be spread by the hydroseeding methods, utilizing power equipment commonly used for that purpose. Seed and mulch shall be mixed and applied to achieve application quantities specified herein for the conventional seeding method, with mulch applied at the rate of 2700 lb. dry weight of mulch per acre. A mulching machine, acceptable to the Architect, shall be equipped to eject the thoroughly wet mulch material at a uniform rate to provide the mulch coverage specified. Other provisions specified above for conventional seeding shall apply to hydro seeding. 1. If the results of hydroseeding application are unsatisfactory, the mixture and/or application rate and methods shall be modified to achieve the required results. 2. After the grass has appeared, all areas and parts of areas which fail to show a uniform stand of grass, for any reason whatsoever, shall be reseeded and such areas and parts of areas seeded repeatedly until all areas are covered with a satisfactory growth of grass. 3.02 SILT FENCE A. Silt fencing shall be placed around existing drainage channels and at the no-cut and no fill lines before commencement of any earthwork. Silt fencing shall be installed prior to all upgradient earthwork. B. Silt fence shall be installed around the stockpiled topsoil and other aggregate material. 3.03 STRAW BALE DAM Bales shall be placed in a row with ends tightly abutting the adjacent bales. Each bale shall be embedded in the soil a minimum of 4 inches. Bales shall be securely anchored in place by stakes or re-bars driven through the bales. The first stake in each bale shall be angled toward the previously laid bale to force the bales together. 3.04 MAINTENANCE AND REMOVAL OF EROSION CONTROL DEVICES A. The Contractor shall inspect the effectiveness and condition of the erosion control devices during storm events, after each rainfall of one-inch magnitude or greater, prior to weekends, and prior to any forecasted storm events. B. Wetland areas, water courses, and drainage swales adjacent to construction activities shall be monitored twice each month for evidence of silt intrusion and other adverse environmental impacts, which shall be corrected immediately upon discovery. C. Culverts and drainage ditches shall be kept clean and clear of obstructions during construction period. 1. Cleaning: Sediment build-up at silt fencing and hay bale structures shall be removed when the sediment accumulation is 1/2 the design height. Sediment basin shall be cleaned when the sediment accumulates to one foot of depth. SECTION 31-2500 SEDIMENT AND EROSION CONTROL Olander Drive Extension I March 11, 2020 Page 6666 of 7777 2. The Contractor shall repair or replace damaged erosion control devices immediately, and, in no case, more than four hours after observing such deficiencies, and as directed by the Architect. 3. The Contractor shall be prepared to implement interim drainage controls and erosion control measures as may be necessary during the course of construction, and as directed by the Architect. 4. The Contractor shall make available on-site, equipment, materials and labor necessary to effect emergency erosion control and drainage improvements within four hours of any impending emergency situation. 5. The Contractor shall comply with recommendations of the Architect to make repairs or supplement erosion control procedures during the course of construction. 6. If, in the opinion of the Architect, the sequencing of operations, condition of erosion control devices, and turbidity level of runoff are unsatisfactory, the Architect will direct the Owner to order the Contractor to cease work and order the Contractor to make corrections within 24 hours, at no expense to the Owner. 7. The Contractor shall make a final inspection, clean all cross culverts and sweep off roadways as approved by the Architect before Contract closeout. 8. Condition of erosion control device shall be checked twice each month or more frequently as required. Damaged and/or deteriorated items shall be replaced. Erosion control devices shall be maintained in place and in effective condition. 9. Straw bales shall be inspected frequently and maintained or replaced as required to maintain both their effectiveness and essentially their original condition. Underside of bales shall be in close contact with the earth below at all times, as required to prevent water from washing beneath bales. 10. Sediment deposits shall be disposed of off-site, in a location and manner which will not cause sediment nuisance elsewhere. D. Removal of Erosion Control Devices 1. Erosion control devices shall be maintained by the Demolition Contractor until the Paradise Road Housing Project Contractor begins working on site. The Paradise Road Housing Contractor will be responsible for removing all erosion control devices once all disturbed surfaces are vegetated and/or paved. 2. Erosion protection material shall be kept securely anchored until acceptance of completed slope or entire Project, whichever is later. E. Erosion control blanket with biodegradable netting shall not be removed. SECTION 31-2500 SEDIMENT AND EROSION CONTROL Olander Drive Extension I March 11, 2020 Page 7777 of 7777 END OF SECTION SECTION 31SECTION 31SECTION 31SECTION 31----5001 EXCAVATION, 5001 EXCAVATION, 5001 EXCAVATION, 5001 EXCAVATION, EARTHWORK, EARTHWORK, EARTHWORK, EARTHWORK, FILLING, AND GRADINGFILLING, AND GRADINGFILLING, AND GRADINGFILLING, AND GRADING Olander Drive Extension I March 11, 2020 Page 1111 of 20202020 SECTION 31 5001SECTION 31 5001SECTION 31 5001SECTION 31 5001 EXCAVATION, EARTHWORK, FILLING AND GRADINGEXCAVATION, EARTHWORK, FILLING AND GRADINGEXCAVATION, EARTHWORK, FILLING AND GRADINGEXCAVATION, EARTHWORK, FILLING AND GRADING PART 1 PART 1 PART 1 PART 1 ---- GENERALGENERALGENERALGENERAL 1.01 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS Attention is called to the requirements of the printed Form of Contract and to Division 1 - General Requirements, of which this section is hereby made a part. 1.02 ITEMS REQUIRED BUT NOT SPECIFIED A. If an item or material of this trade is indicated in the Drawings but not specifically listed in this Section, provide such item or material at a standard of quality equal to the standard established for the balance of the Work specified, in accordance with the Architect's interpretation. 1.03 EXECUTION, CORRELATION AND INTENT A. In case of an inconsistency between Drawings and Specifications, or within either Document not clarified by addendum, the better quality or greater quantity of Work shall be provided, in accordance with the Architect's interpretation (See Article 1 of the General and Supplementary Conditions). 1.04 EXISTING CONDITIONS A. The Contractor shall become thoroughly familiar with the site, consult records and drawings of adjacent structures and of existing utilities and their connections, and note all conditions which may influence the work of this Section. B. By submitting a bid, the Contractor affirms that he has carefully examined the site and all conditions affecting work under this Section. No claim for additional costs will be allowed because of lack of full knowledge of existing conditions. C. The Contractor may, at his own expense, conduct additional subsurface testing as required for his own information. 1.05 INFORMATION NOT GUARANTEED A. Information on the Drawings and in the Specifications relating to subsurface conditions, natural phenomena, and existing utilities and structures is from the best sources presently available. Such information is furnished only for the information and convenience of the Contractor, and the accuracy or completeness of this information is not guaranteed. SECTION 31SECTION 31SECTION 31SECTION 31----5001 EXCAVATION, 5001 EXCAVATION, 5001 EXCAVATION, 5001 EXCAVATION, EARTHWORK, EARTHWORK, EARTHWORK, EARTHWORK, FILLING, AND GRADINGFILLING, AND GRADINGFILLING, AND GRADINGFILLING, AND GRADING Olander Drive Extension I March 11, 2020 Page 2222 of 20202020 B. Plans, surveys, measurements, and dimensions under which the work is to be performed are believed to be correct, but the Contractor shall have examined them for himself during the bidding period, as no additional compensation will be made for errors and inaccuracies may be found therein. 1.06 SECTION INCLUDES A. Excavating, filling and grading required for this work includes, but is not necessarily limited to the following: 1. Clearing and preparation of site. 2. Stripping and stockpiling topsoil. 3. Protection of work areas, environmental controls. 4. Excavation: a. General excavation to lines and grades indicated. 5. General exterior rough grading, cutting and filling required. 6. Base and subbase course materials under pavements, including compaction. 7. Excavation and disposal of excess or unsuitable material. Excavation shall include removal and satisfactory disposal of all unclassified material encountered throughout the site. 8. All rehandling, hauling and placing of stockpiled materials for use in refilling, filling, backfilling, grading and other such operations. 9. Pumping and dewatering of excavation as may be required. 1.07 RELATED WORK DESCRIBED ELSEWHERE Demolition, Clearing and Grubbing………………………………..…………..…Division 31 Bituminous Concrete Paving …………………………………….……………..…..Division 32 1.08 DEFINITIONS A. Backfill: Soil materials used to fill an excavation. 1. Initial Backfill: Backfill placed beside and over pipe in a trench, including haunches to support sides of pipe. 2. Final Backfill: Backfill placed over initial backfill to fill a trench. B. Base Course: Layer placed between the subbase course and asphalt paving. C. Bedding Course: Layer placed over the excavated subgrade in a trench before laying pipe. D. Borrow: Satisfactory soil imported from off-site for use as fill or backfill. E. Embankment - shall be defined as any area on the site filled to raise grades to proposed subgrade elevations. Embankments are placed in layers to a predetermined elevation and cross-section. F. Excavation: Removal of material encountered above subgrade elevations. 1. Additional Excavation: Excavation below subgrade elevations as directed by Landscape Architect. Additional excavation and replacement material will be paid for according to Contract provisions for changes in the Work. 2. Bulk Excavation: Excavations more than 10 feet (3 m) in width and pits more than 30 feet (9 m) in either length or width. SECTION 31SECTION 31SECTION 31SECTION 31----5001 EXCAVATION, 5001 EXCAVATION, 5001 EXCAVATION, 5001 EXCAVATION, EARTHWORK, EARTHWORK, EARTHWORK, EARTHWORK, FILLING, AND GRADINGFILLING, AND GRADINGFILLING, AND GRADINGFILLING, AND GRADING Olander Drive Extension I March 11, 2020 Page 3333 of 20202020 3. Unauthorized Excavation: Excavation below subgrade elevations or beyond indicated dimensions without direction by Landscape Architect. Unauthorized excavation, as well as remedial work directed by Landscape Architect, shall be without additional compensation. G. Fill: Soil materials used to raise existing grades. H. Rock: Rock material in beds, ledges, unstratified masses, and conglomerate deposits and boulders of rock material 3/4 cu. yd. (0.57 cu. m) or more in volume that when tested by an independent geotechnical testing agency, according to ASTM D 1586, exceeds a standard penetration resistance of 100 blows/2 inches (97 blows/50 mm). I. Structures: Buildings, footings, foundations, retaining walls, slabs, tanks, curbs, mechanical and electrical appurtenances, or other man-made stationary features constructed above or below the ground surface. J. Subbase Course: Layer placed between the subgrade and base course for asphalt paving, or layer placed between the subgrade and a concrete pavement or walk. K. Subgrade: Surface or elevation remaining after completing excavation, or top surface of a fill or backfill immediately below subbase, drainage fill, structural soil or landscape soil materials. Subgrade - shall be that portion of the soil or rock which remains after stripping of topsoil, excavation, and prior to filling, or placement of roadway subbase. In proposed building area, subgrade shall be soil or rock which remains after stripping of top soil and subsoil. L. Subsoil - loose silt and fine sand layer located directly below the topsoil M. Topsoil - The upper layer of the soil profile which is supporting the growth of vegetation as evidenced by the existence therein of numerous roots and other organic matter. N. Utilities include on-site underground pipes, conduits, ducts, and cables, as well as underground services within buildings. O. Unsuitable Material - material which is classified as "unsuitable" shall be material having at least one of the following properties: 1. Material with a maximum unit dry weight per cubic foot less than 90 lb. as determined by ASTM D 1557. 2. Material containing visible organic matter, topsoil, organic silt, peat, construction debris, roots and stumps. 3. Material which has a Liquid Limit greater than 50. 4. Material designated in the field by the Engineer. P. Rock and Boulder Excavation—shall be defined as the removal of sound and solid mass, layer, or ledge, or ledge of mineral matter as follows: 1. Rock excavation shall mean the removal of bedrock (ledge) which, in the opinion of the landscape architect, requires for its removal, drilling, blasting, wedging, sledging or barring and boulders which, in the opinion of the Landscape Architect, require blasting for removal. Rock excavation shall be made to the widths and depths as described for pay lines or as directed by the Architect in the field. 2. Boulder excavation shall mean the removal of rock fragments exceeding 2 cubic yards in volume which can be removed without resorting to blasting. 1.09 REFERENCED REPORTS AND DOCUMENTATION A. Existing Ground Survey: A survey for design purposes has been prepared for the Owner. The data is made available only for information and not for construction. Verify accuracy of survey, report any discrepancies and undertake any additional surveying at no cost to the Owner. Include all costs for variations in material volume and handling associated within the stated survey accuracy and tolerance. SECTION 31SECTION 31SECTION 31SECTION 31----5001 EXCAVATION, 5001 EXCAVATION, 5001 EXCAVATION, 5001 EXCAVATION, EARTHWORK, EARTHWORK, EARTHWORK, EARTHWORK, FILLING, AND GRADINGFILLING, AND GRADINGFILLING, AND GRADINGFILLING, AND GRADING Olander Drive Extension I March 11, 2020 Page 4444 of 20202020 B. Existing Underground Utility Diagram: A diagram for design purposes has been prepared for the Owner. The data is made available only for information and not for construction. Verify accuracy of the diagram, report any discrepancies and undertake any additional utility locating at no cost to the Owner. 1.10 SUBMITTALS A. Submit a 5 lb. sample of each type of fill (off-site and on-site) to testing laboratory in an air tight container at least seven (7) days prior to use. Submit the name of each material supplier and specific type and source of each material. Any change in source throughout the project requires written approval by the architect or engineer. B. Product Data: For the following: 1. Separation fabric. 2. Name of material supplier and specific type and source of each material. C. Samples: For the following: 1. 5 lb samples, sealed in airtight containers, of each proposed fill material from on-site or borrow (off-site) sources. D. Material Test Reports: From a qualified testing agency indicating and interpreting test results for compliance of the following with requirements indicated: E. Classification according to ASTM D 2487 of each on-site or borrow soil material proposed for fill and backfill. F. Laboratory compaction curve according to ASTM D 1557 for each on-site or borrow soil material proposed for fill and backfill. G. Field Quality Control Tests & Survey: Submit within 14 days of completing Earthwork. 1.11 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Surveyor Qualifications: An independent licensed surveyor, acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction and experienced in ground surveys. B. Geotechnical Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent testing agency qualified according to ASTM E 329 to conduct soil materials and rock-definition testing, as documented according to ASTM D 3740 and ASTM E 548. C. Mockup: Construct a mockup of rough grading to a bermed landform nominated by the Landscape Architect. Establish grading standards for “crisp” & “sharp” ridges/toes and planar grading of slopes to the satisfaction of the Landscape Architect. If approved, mockup may be incorporated into the works. D. Field Observation: Give not less than 14 working days notice so that field observations may be made of the following: 1. Mockup. 2. Grading operations. E. Pre-excavation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Project Meetings." The Landscape Architect may conduct a presentation illustrating the intent of the grading. Ensure that key layout and grading personnel are in attendance. F. The Owner reserves the right to retain an independent testing laboratory to perform on-site observation and testing during the following phases of the construction operations. The services of the testing laboratory may include, but not be limited to, the following: 1. Observation during excavation and replacement of existing fill under paved or slab areas. SECTION 31SECTION 31SECTION 31SECTION 31----5001 EXCAVATION, 5001 EXCAVATION, 5001 EXCAVATION, 5001 EXCAVATION, EARTHWORK, EARTHWORK, EARTHWORK, EARTHWORK, FILLING, AND GRADINGFILLING, AND GRADINGFILLING, AND GRADINGFILLING, AND GRADING Olander Drive Extension I March 11, 2020 Page 5555 of 20202020 2. Observation of compaction of paved and slab area subgrades. 3. Observation during placement and compaction of fills. 4. Laboratory testing and analysis of fill and bedding materials specified, as required. 5. Observation of subgrade preparation for paved or slab areas. 6. Observe construction and perform water content, gradation, and compaction tests at a frequency and at locations determined by the testing agency. The results of these tests will be submitted to the Architect, copy to the Contractor, on a timely basis so that the Contractor can take such action as is required to remedy indicated deficiencies. 7. Observation of fills following interruptions by rains or other inclement weather. G. The testing agency's presence does not include supervision or direction of the actual work by the Contractor, his employees or agents. Neither the presence of the testing agency, nor any observations and testing performed by him shall excuse the Contractor from defects discovered in his work. H. Compaction Control 1. Wherever a percentage of compaction for backfill is indicated or specified, it shall be the in-place dry density divided by the maximum dry density and multiplied by 100. 2. The maximum dry density shall be the density at optimum moisture as determined by ASTM Standard Methods of Test for Moisture - Density Relations of Soil Using 10-lb. Rammer and 18-inch Drop, Designation D1557-78. (Method C). 3. The in-place dry density shall be determined in accordance with ASTM Standard Method of Test for Density of Soil in Place by the Sand Cone Method, Designation D1556-82 or ASTM Standard Method of Test for Density of Soil in Place by Nuclear Methods, Designation D2922-81. 1.12 COORDINATION A. Prior to start of Earthwork, the Contractor shall arrange an on-site meeting with the Architect for the purpose of establishing Contractor’s schedule of operations and scheduling inspection procedures and requirements. B. As construction proceeds, the Contractor shall be responsible for notifying the Landscape Architect prior to start of earthwork operations requiring inspection and/ or testing. C. The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining test samples of soil materials proposed to be used and transporting them to the site sufficiently in advance of time planned for use of these materials for testing of materials to be completed. Use of these proposed materials by the Contractor prior to testing and approval or rejection, shall be at the Contractor’s risk. 1.13 JOB CONDITIONS A. Dust Control 1. Use all means necessary to control dust on and near the work and on and near all off-site borrow areas, if such dust is caused by the Contractor's operations during performance of the work or if resulting from the condition in which the Contractor leaves the site. SECTION 31SECTION 31SECTION 31SECTION 31----5001 EXCAVATION, 5001 EXCAVATION, 5001 EXCAVATION, 5001 EXCAVATION, EARTHWORK, EARTHWORK, EARTHWORK, EARTHWORK, FILLING, AND GRADINGFILLING, AND GRADINGFILLING, AND GRADINGFILLING, AND GRADING Olander Drive Extension I March 11, 2020 Page 6666 of 20202020 2. Thoroughly moisten all surfaces as required to prevent dust being a nuisance to the public, neighbors and concurrent performance or other work on the site. B. Protection of Existing Structure and Utilities 1. The work shall be executed in such manner as to prevent any damage to adjacent property and any other property and existing improvements such as, but not limited to : streets, curbs, paving, trees, utility lines and structures, monuments, bench marks and other public and private property, and to protect existing structures and foundations from damage caused by settlement, lateral earth movement, undermining, washout, and other hazards created by earthwork operations. 2. In case of any damage or injury caused in the performance of the work, the Contractor shall, at his own expense, make good such damage or injury to the satisfaction of, and without cost to the Owner. Existing roads, sidewalks, and curbs damaged during the project work shall be repaired or replaced to their original condition at the completion of operations. The Contractor shall replace, at his cost, existing bench marks, monuments, and other reference points which are disturbed or destroyed. 3 Buried structures, utility lines, etc., including those which project less than 18 inches above grade, which are subject to damage from construction equipment shall be clearly marked to indicate the hazard. Markers shall indicate limits of danger areas, by means which will be clearly visible to operators of trucks and other construction equipment, and shall be maintained at all times until completion of project. 1.14 DRAINAGE AND DEWATERING A. The Contractor shall provide, at his own expense, adequate pumping and drainage facilities to keep excavated areas sufficiently dry from groundwater and/or surface runoff so as not to adversely affect construction procedures or cause excessive disturbance of underlying natural ground or footing and slab subgrades. B. Protect subgrades from softening, undermining, washout, and damage by rain or water accumulation. C. Reroute surface water runoff away from excavated areas. Do not allow water to accumulate in excavations. Do not use excavated trenches as temporary drainage ditches. D. The Contractor shall grade and pitch the site as necessary to direct surface runoff away from open excavations and subgrade surfaces. Positive drainage (minimum 1.0% slope) shall be maintained at all times. E. Water from trenches and excavations shall be routed through the temporary sediment basins in such a manner as will not cause injury to public health nor to public or private property, not to the surface of roads, walks, and streets, not cause any interference with SECTION 31SECTION 31SECTION 31SECTION 31----5001 EXCAVATION, 5001 EXCAVATION, 5001 EXCAVATION, 5001 EXCAVATION, EARTHWORK, EARTHWORK, EARTHWORK, EARTHWORK, FILLING, AND GRADINGFILLING, AND GRADINGFILLING, AND GRADINGFILLING, AND GRADING Olander Drive Extension I March 11, 2020 Page 7777 of 20202020 the use of the same by the public. Methods of disposal of pumped effluent shall not cause erosion or siltation. F. Under no circumstances shall the Contractor allow water to flood adjacent areas or properties. G. Under no circumstances shall the Contractor place fills, pour concrete, or install piping and appurtenances in excavations containing free water. H. There shall be sufficient pumping equipment, in good working order, available at all times to remove water. I. Where, in the opinion of the Architect, pumping of excavations is not effective in maintaining a dry, firm subgrade, other acceptable dewatering methods shall be employed. J. Install a dewatering system to keep subgrades dry and convey ground water away from excavations. Maintain until dewatering is no longer required. 1.15 FROST PROTECTION Frozen, excessively moist or material containing snow shall not be placed as fill or backfill. Special care should be taken when placing fill material when the temperature is below 32oF. 1.16 SHORING AND SHEETING A. Provide shoring, sheeting and/or bracing at excavations, as required, to prevent collapse of earth at site of excavations. B. Comply with federal, state and local regulations and provisions of the Occupational Safety and Heath Act (OSHA). C. Remove sheeting and shoring and the like, as backfilling operations progress, taking all necessary precautions to prevent collapse of excavation sides. 1.17 DISTURBANCE OF EXCAVATED OR FILLED AREAS DURING CONSTRUCTION A. The contractor shall take all necessary steps to avoid disturbance of subgrade, underlying natural soils and compacted fill during excavation and filling operations. Methods of construction shall be revised as necessary to avoid disturbance described above, including restricting construction access and types of vehicles or equipment, dewatering, or other acceptable control measures. Disturbance shall be construed to include deterioration of soils due to the contractor's operations, such as moving equipment, hauling, etc. The contractor shall cooperate with the engineer to modify operations as necessary to minimize disturbance and protect bearing soils. B. All excavated or filled areas that are disturbed during construction, including all loose or saturated soils, fill that cannot be compacted within 48 hours due to saturation and other SECTION 31SECTION 31SECTION 31SECTION 31----5001 EXCAVATION, 5001 EXCAVATION, 5001 EXCAVATION, 5001 EXCAVATION, EARTHWORK, EARTHWORK, EARTHWORK, EARTHWORK, FILLING, AND GRADINGFILLING, AND GRADINGFILLING, AND GRADINGFILLING, AND GRADING Olander Drive Extension I March 11, 2020 Page 8888 of 20202020 areas that will not meet compaction requirements as specified herein shall be removed and replaced with compacted Granular Fill Sand-Gravel, or Crushed Stone at the Contractor's expense. 1.18 EXPLOSIVES A. Explosives: Do not use explosives. PART 2 PART 2 PART 2 PART 2 ---- PRODUCTSPRODUCTSPRODUCTSPRODUCTS 2.01 FILL MATERIAL, GENERAL A. Approval Required All fill material shall be subject to the approval of the Architect. 2.02 COMMON FILL MATERIAL, ORDINARY BORROW A. Common fill / ordinary borrow material shall be well graded, natural inorganic soil, approved by the Engineer and meeting the following requirements: 1. It shall be free of organic or other weak or compressible materials, of frozen materials, and of stones larger than six inches maximum dimensions. 2. It shall be of such nature and character that it can be compacted to the specified densities. 3. It shall be free from highly plastic clays, from all materials subject to decay, decomposition, or dissolution and from cinders or other material which will corrode piping or other metal. 4. It shall have a maximum dry density of not less than 100 lbs. per cubic foot. B. Re-use of excavated on site common fill is dependent upon meeting compaction criteria and geotechnical requirements and classifications below. 2.03 GRAVEL BASE COURSE: FOR USE BENEATH ASPHALT PAVEMENTS Gravel Base Course shall consist of durable gravel and shall be free from ice and snow, roots, sod, rubbish and other deleterious or organic matter. The gravel base course material shall consist of crushed gravel conforming to the requirements of Subsection M2.01.7 of the State Specification. SECTION 31SECTION 31SECTION 31SECTION 31----5001 EXCAVATION, 5001 EXCAVATION, 5001 EXCAVATION, 5001 EXCAVATION, EARTHWORK, EARTHWORK, EARTHWORK, EARTHWORK, FILLING, AND GRADINGFILLING, AND GRADINGFILLING, AND GRADINGFILLING, AND GRADING Olander Drive Extension I March 11, 2020 Page 9999 of 20202020 Gravel Base Course shall conform to the following gradation requirements: Percentage by Weight Sieve Passing Square Designation Mesh Sieves____ 2 inch 100 1 ½ inch 70 – 100 ¾ inch 50 - 85 No. 4 30 - 55 No. 50 8 – 24 No. 200 3 - 10 2.04 SAND - GRAVEL: SUBBASE MATERIAL BENEATH FOOTINGS, FLOOR SLABS--FOR THE FIRST 0”-12” BELOW. SUBBASE MATERIAL BENEATH ASPHALT PAVING: FOR THE SUBBASE COURSE 6”-12” BELOW THE PAVEMENT, AND BELOW THEGRAVEL BASE COURSE. AND USED AS A 12” BASE BENEATH CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE PAVING. Sand-Gravel shall consist of durable sand and gravel and shall be free from ice and snow, roots, sod, rubbish and other deleterious or organic matter. Sand-Gravel shall conform to the following gradation requirements: Sieve Size Percent Finer by Weight 4 inch 100 1/2 inch 50 - 85 No. 4 40 - 75 No. 40 10 - 35 No. 200 0 – 6 2.06 CRUSHED STONE: FOR USE WITH INFILTRATION BASINS OR OTHER DRAINAGE STRUCTURES Crushed Stone shall consist of durable crushed rock or durable crushed gravel stone and shall be free from ice and snow, clay, loam and other deleterious or organic matter. Crushed Stone shall be washed, and conform to the following gradation requirements: Sieve Size Percent Finer by Weight 1 inch 100 3/4 inch 90 - 100 1/2 inch 10 - 50 3/8 0 - 20 # 4 0 – 5 2.07 CRUSHED ROCK –3/4 inch crushed stone A. Classification Testing 1. A representative sample from each of the proposed sources shall be subject to classification testing. Crushed Rock shall meet the following gradation requirements SECTION 31SECTION 31SECTION 31SECTION 31----5001 EXCAVATION, 5001 EXCAVATION, 5001 EXCAVATION, 5001 EXCAVATION, EARTHWORK, EARTHWORK, EARTHWORK, EARTHWORK, FILLING, AND GRADINGFILLING, AND GRADINGFILLING, AND GRADINGFILLING, AND GRADING Olander Drive Extension I March 11, 2020 Page 10101010 of 20202020 a. Gradation ASTM D422 U.S. Standard Sieve Crushed Stone ¾ inch Percent Passing 1 inch 100 ¾ inch 90-100 ½ inch 10-50 3/8 inch 0-20 No. 4 0-5 Note: Gradation requirements similar to those presented in Mass DOT, Highway Division Standard Specifications for Highways and Bridges 1995 (supplemented in 2010). 2.08 SEPARATION FABRIC Woven geotextile, specifically manufactured for use as a separation geotextile; made from polyolefins, polyesters, or polyamides; and with the following minimum properties determined according to ASTM D 4759 and referenced standard test methods: 1. Grab Tensile Strength: 200 lbf (890 N); ASTM D 4632. 2. Tear Strength: 75 lbf (333 N); ASTM D 4533. 3. Puncture Resistance: 90 lbf (400 N); ASTM D 4833. 4. Water Flow Rate: 4 gpm per sq. ft. (2.7 L/s per sq. m); ASTM D 4491. 5. Apparent Opening Size: No. 30 (0.6 mm); ASTM D 4751. PART 3 PART 3 PART 3 PART 3 ---- EXECUTIONEXECUTIONEXECUTIONEXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Existing Utilities: Locate and mark existing utilities, underground structures, and aboveground obstructions before excavation. Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted in writing by Owner’s Representative. 3.02 GENERAL A. Prior Familiarization Prior to all work of this Section, become thoroughly familiar with the site, the site conditions, and all portions of the work falling within this Section. B. The Contractor shall establish the baseline shown on the drawings and accurately lay out all improvements related thereto. All work and control points shall be preserved by a system of offsets and/or ties in order to prevent destruction. Elevations shall be established from the project benchmark shown on the Contract Plans. C. Backfilling Prior to Approvals 1. Do not allow or cause any of the work performed or installed to be covered up or enclosed by work of Section prior to all required inspections, tests and approvals. SECTION 31SECTION 31SECTION 31SECTION 31----5001 EXCAVATION, 5001 EXCAVATION, 5001 EXCAVATION, 5001 EXCAVATION, EARTHWORK, EARTHWORK, EARTHWORK, EARTHWORK, FILLING, AND GRADINGFILLING, AND GRADINGFILLING, AND GRADINGFILLING, AND GRADING Olander Drive Extension I March 11, 2020 Page 11111111 of 20202020 2. Should any of the work be so enclosed or covered up before it has been approved, uncover all such work at no additional cost to the Owner. 3. After the uncovered work has been completely tested, inspected and approved, make all repairs and replacements necessary to restore the work to the condition in which it was found at the time of uncovering, all at no additional cost to the Owner. D. Stripping of Topsoil Any topsoil within "Limits of Work" and where excavation or filling will occur shall be stripped, cleaned of all rocks and debris and stockpiled on site for use in finish grading. See Division 31 Site Demolition and Clearing. 3.03 PREPARATION A. Protect utilities, structures, foundations, sidewalks, pavements, other facilities, lawns and plants from damage caused by operations or as a result of operations. 1. Utilities: After locating and marking, verify the status of utilities. Protect or temporarily divert existing utilities to remain active. Rectify immediately any obstruction or damage to utilities to remain active and provide and pay for temporary utilities whilst repairs are carried out to the satisfaction of the utility owner. 2. Property: Do not interfere with or damage property that is to remain on or adjacent to the site, including adjoining property to the site, and trees. Rectify immediately any interference or damage to such property. 3. Trees: If the trees are damaged or placed under unnecessary and avoidable stress by the Contractor, the Owners Representative shall deduct damages from the Contractor’s progress claim. 4. Irrigation: Install a temporary diversion main, control cable and valves to isolate contract area and to maintain service to areas outside of the contract area. C. Protect subgrades and foundation soils against freezing temperatures or frost. Provide protective insulating materials as necessary. D. Provide temporary erosion-control and slope stability measures to prevent erosion, displacement of soils, discharge of soil-bearing water runoff or airborne dust to adjacent properties and completed work. Be responsible for any additional measures in areas that rely on the establishment of plant roots to stabilize soils and slopes. 3.04 LAYOUT, FINISH ELEVATIONS, AND LINES A. Contractor shall be responsible for setting and establishing finish elevations and lines, to the required tolerances. Carefully preserve all data and all monuments set and, if displaced or lost, immediately replace to the approval of the Architect, at no additional cost to the Owner. B. Lines and Elevations: The visual appearance and acceptable tolerances of the design is critically dependent upon the layout of the works. Include all costs and provide all instruments necessary to lay out the works accurately. Establish lines and elevation markers by survey instrumentation for finish grades and locations. SECTION 31SECTION 31SECTION 31SECTION 31----5001 EXCAVATION, 5001 EXCAVATION, 5001 EXCAVATION, 5001 EXCAVATION, EARTHWORK, EARTHWORK, EARTHWORK, EARTHWORK, FILLING, AND GRADINGFILLING, AND GRADINGFILLING, AND GRADINGFILLING, AND GRADING Olander Drive Extension I March 11, 2020 Page 12121212 of 20202020 C. Include all costs and provide all calculations necessary to verify the subgrade, substrate and/or structural set-down elevations from the finish grades to earthwork grades. If any discrepancy is found notify the Owner's Representative in writing prior to commencement of rough grading. D. Provide additional grade stakes and string lines as required to achieve grades and to enable field observations by the Landscape Architect. Re-instate markers/stakes as required throughout the works. The Landscape Architect may direct the layout of the more important landform elements and/or shall review the works when laid out and retains the right to adjust the layout within 2 days. 3.05 STORAGE OF SOIL MATERIALS A. Stockpile borrow materials and satisfactory excavated soil materials. Stockpile soil materials without intermixing. Place, grade, and shape stockpiles to drain surface water. Cover to prevent windblown dust. 1. Stockpile soil materials away from edge of excavations. Do not store within drip line of remaining trees. 3.06 EXCAVATING GENERALLY A. Unclassified Excavation: Excavation to subgrade elevations regardless of the character of surface and subsurface conditions encountered, including rock, soil materials, and obstructions. 1. If excavated materials intended for fill and backfill include unsatisfactory soil materials and rock, replace with satisfactory soil materials. 2. Barricade open excavations and post with warning tape. B. Excavate site as shown on the drawings and cross-sections. All suitable material must be stored on site and utilized as backfill or in embankments. Surplus or unsuitable material shall be removed and disposed of off the site. C. Depressions Resulting from Removal of Obstructions Where depressions result from, or have resulted from, the removal of surface or subsurface obstructions, open the depression to equipment working width and remove all debris and soft material as directed by the Architect. D. Sheeting, shoring, bracing, pumping, bailing, and other incidental work necessary to make and maintain excavations and keep them free from water at all times during placing of concrete, utility lines, and fill/backfill materials, shall be performed or supplied as required. Fill and backfill shall be placed in dry or dewatered areas only. E. Sheeting shall be installed, where required, to maintain safe and workable conditions in excavations and where adjacent tree protection zones prohibit sloped trench walls without damaging of the tree. Sheeting, including necessary wales and struts, shall be selected and designed by the Contractor. Use of sheeting shall equal or exceed minimum required for safety and/or conformance to law and/or OSHA Standards. SECTION 31SECTION 31SECTION 31SECTION 31----5001 EXCAVATION, 5001 EXCAVATION, 5001 EXCAVATION, 5001 EXCAVATION, EARTHWORK, EARTHWORK, EARTHWORK, EARTHWORK, FILLING, AND GRADINGFILLING, AND GRADINGFILLING, AND GRADINGFILLING, AND GRADING Olander Drive Extension I March 11, 2020 Page 13131313 of 20202020 F. Structures, pipes, pavement, earth, and other property liable to damage from excavation operations shall be braced, underpinned, and supported as required to prevent damage and movement. G. As excavation approaches underground utilities and structures, excavation shall be done by hand tools. Such manual excavation is incidental to normal excavation and no special payment will be made. H. As excavation shall include satisfactory disposal of excavated material not employed as backfill or fill material. I. Excavation for pipe and other items shall be carried far enough below underside of item to accommodate bedding material. J. Excavations which extend below indicated or specified levels (over-excavation), shall be filled to those levels with compacted Granular Fill. K. If bearing surface of subgrade which is to receive fill, concrete footing, structure, or other construction becomes softened, disturbed, or unstable, unsuitable material shall be removed down to a firm bearing surface and replaced with suitable material at no additional cost to the Owner. Subgrade shall then be protected from further disturbance until construction item is placed. L. Excavations shall not be wider than required to set, place, and remove forms for concrete, install piping, or perform other necessary work. Width of trench at 12 inches above top of pipe or conduit shall be less than the outside diameter of the pipe or the conduit plus 3 feet. Sides of trench shall be sloped in accordance with OSHA standards. In materials where sloping walls are not stable, or tree damage may occur, trench walls shall be supported by sheeting or trench box. 1. Should it be necessary to lower the utilities below the grade indicated on the Drawings because of existing pipes or structures, the excavation below normal grade shall be made to such widths and depths as the Engineer may direct. M. Below-ground Demolition 1. Underground construction, pipe, and similar items indicated on the Drawings as to be demolished or removed, shall be demolished and/or removed. Other items, not indicated on the Drawings, which impede construction of new work indicated, shall be abandoned, demolished and/or removed only with the approval of the Architect. 2. Pipe which is to be abandoned in place shall be suitably and permanently plugged at end. Plug shall be stiff concrete, with a thickness, measured parallel to pipe axis of 1 pipe diameter, for pipe less than 18 inches in diameter. Both inner and outer faces of plug for pipe equal to or greater than 18 inches in diameter shall be formed. Pipe less than 4 inches in diameter need not be plugged. Abandoned pipes within proposed building (if exist) shall be removed or if left in place, they shall be properly grouted. SECTION 31SECTION 31SECTION 31SECTION 31----5001 EXCAVATION, 5001 EXCAVATION, 5001 EXCAVATION, 5001 EXCAVATION, EARTHWORK, EARTHWORK, EARTHWORK, EARTHWORK, FILLING, AND GRADINGFILLING, AND GRADINGFILLING, AND GRADINGFILLING, AND GRADING Olander Drive Extension I March 11, 2020 Page 14141414 of 20202020 3.07 UNATHORIZED EXCAVATION A. Fill unauthorized excavation under foundations or wall footings by extending bottom elevation of concrete foundation or footing to excavation bottom, without altering top elevation. Lean concrete fill may be used when approved by Landscape Architect. 1. Fill unauthorized excavations under other construction or utility pipe as directed by Landscape Architect. 3.08 SUBGRADE PREPARATION AND COMPACTION A. Subgrade preparation for retaining wall footings shall be conducted in such a way as to minimize disturbance of the subgrade. B. If the natural soil subgrade is dry, densify the exposed bearing subgrade with four passes of a minimum 250 pound vibratory plate compactor. Protect footing subgrades from frost at all times. Fill should not be placed over frozen soil. C. In proposed fill areas, after the removal of topsoil and subsoil and prior to any fill placement proof-roll / compact the exposed subgrade with a minimum of 4 passes of a vibratory drum roller having a minimum weight of 5,000 pounds (static weight). If soft and unstable material is observed, it should be over excavated and replaced with Granular Fill, compacted as specified herein at no additional cost to the Owner. D. Where test pit excavations extended below the future proposed footing subgrade level, they should be re-excavated and backfilled with properly compacted Granular Fill or Sand- Gravel Fill prior to foundation construction or fill placement. E. Notify Landscape Architect when excavations have reached required subgrade. F. If Landscape Architect determines that unsatisfactory soil is present, continue excavation and replace with compacted backfill or fill material as directed. Additional excavation and replacement material will be paid for according to Contract provisions for changes in the Work. G. Proof roll subgrade with heavy pneumatic-tired equipment to identify soft pockets and areas of excess yielding. Do not proof roll wet or saturated subgrades. H. Reconstruct subgrades damaged by freezing temperatures, frost, rain, accumulated water, or construction activities, as directed by Landscape Architect. 3.09 BACKFILL GENERALLY A. Excavation below finished grades shall be backfilled. Temporary planking, timbering, forms, debris, and refuse shall be removed before backfill is placed. B. Backfilling shall be done in any area only after the Owner or Architect or Engineer have inspected and approved subgrade, foundations, or other work in excavations. Notice that the work is ready for inspection shall be given promptly, and sufficient time shall be allowed for making necessary examinations. C. In order to prevent lateral movement, care shall be exercised in placing backfill adjacent to utility lines and other structures. Backfill on opposite sides of such items shall be kept at approximately the same elevation as backfilling progresses to prevent unbalanced earth pressure. During backfilling, the difference in elevation of backfill on opposite sides of the structure shall not exceed 12 inches. SECTION 31SECTION 31SECTION 31SECTION 31----5001 EXCAVATION, 5001 EXCAVATION, 5001 EXCAVATION, 5001 EXCAVATION, EARTHWORK, EARTHWORK, EARTHWORK, EARTHWORK, FILLING, AND GRADINGFILLING, AND GRADINGFILLING, AND GRADINGFILLING, AND GRADING Olander Drive Extension I March 11, 2020 Page 15151515 of 20202020 1. Shoring shall be employed as necessary to protect such items. D. Except as otherwise noted, tolerance of top surface of completed backfill shall be + 6 inches from true grade indicated, and variations from indicated tolerance shall approximately compensate within each 100-foot area. E. Place and compact backfill in excavations promptly, but not before completing the following: 1. Letting new concrete walls reach 28 day compressive strength. 2. Construction below finish grade including, where applicable, dampproofing, waterproofing, and perimeter insulation. 3. Surveying locations of underground utilities for record documents. 4. Inspecting and testing underground utilities. 5. Removing concrete formwork. 6. Removing trash and debris. 7. Removing temporary shoring and bracing, and sheeting. 8. Installing permanent or temporary horizontal bracing on horizontally supported walls. 3.10 FILL A. Preparation: Remove vegetation, topsoil, debris, unsatisfactory soil materials, obstructions, and deleterious materials from ground surface before placing fills. (See requirements in Demolition Clearing and Grubbing Division 31) B. Plow, scarify, bench, or break up sloped surfaces steeper than 1 vertical to 4 horizontal so fill material will bond with existing material. C. Place and compact fill material in layers to required elevations as follows: 1. Under grass and planted areas, use satisfactory soil material that is suitable as a subsoil. 2. Under walks and pavements, use satisfactory soil material. 3. Under steps and ramps, use engineered fill. (see part 2 requirements) 4. Under structural slabs, use engineered fill. 5. Under footings and foundations, use engineered fill. 6. Under grass and planted areas on slopes steeper than 1 in 3, use satisfactory soil material that is stable at the proposed grade. Construct filled landforms and berms by overfilling and cutting back to ensure even compaction. Ensure soil material in each layer is homogenous to avoid perched lenses of groundwater forming. D. Fill shall be placed below base course and subbase course materials as required per Part 2 of this specification section. Fill DOES NOT replace those required materials. 3.11 COMPACTION A. Degree of compaction shall be determined in accordance with ASTM D 1557, Method C. B. Place backfill and fill materials evenly on all sides of structures to required elevations, and uniformly along the full length of each structure. C. Except as otherwise noted, fill and backfill materials shall be placed in successive horizontal lifts which do not exceed specified thickness. D. Subgrade and backfill of indicated areas or structures shall be compacted as specified in the following table: SECTION 31SECTION 31SECTION 31SECTION 31----5001 EXCAVATION, 5001 EXCAVATION, 5001 EXCAVATION, 5001 EXCAVATION, EARTHWORK, EARTHWORK, EARTHWORK, EARTHWORK, FILLING, AND GRADINGFILLING, AND GRADINGFILLING, AND GRADINGFILLING, AND GRADING Olander Drive Extension I March 11, 2020 Page 16161616 of 20202020 Fill Area % of Maximum Dry Density Beneath slabs 95 Pavement base course 95 Beneath pavement base course 92 Backfill for foundation wall 95 Beneath landscape areas 80-85 I. Compaction requirements shall apply to material directly below the indicated support item (base course or footing), and to all material above the undisturbed earth beneath fill, and enclosed by the following planes: 1. Horizontal plane at the elevation of the bottom of the supported item (base course, footing, or structure), within a perimeter line located 2 feet beyond the exterior face or edge of item. 2. Flat planes extending from the perimeter line downward and outward at a 45 degree angle with the horizontal, to where the planes intersect undisturbed earth. Where zones of higher and lower percentages of compaction overlap, that of the higher percentage shall apply. F. Compaction of backfill shall be to a density not less than that required of the surrounding area fill. G. Equipment and methods employed to achieve specified compaction shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer and equipment shall be replaced and methods revised as directed until specified compaction is obtained. H. Compaction of each lift shall be completed before placing of the next lift is started. I. Grading tolerance Rough Grade Pavement areas plus/minus 0.05 ft. Landscape areas plus/minus 0.10 ft. Finish Grade Pavement areas plus/minus 0.01 ft. Landscape areas plus/minus 0.05 ft. K. Backfill adjacent to wall, conduit, pipe and similar items, and in other areas where wheeled equipment cannot safely be employed, shall be placed in 4 inch thick layers, to the specified compaction using mechanical tampers 3.12 COMPACTION METHODS SECTION 31SECTION 31SECTION 31SECTION 31----5001 EXCAVATION, 5001 EXCAVATION, 5001 EXCAVATION, 5001 EXCAVATION, EARTHWORK, EARTHWORK, EARTHWORK, EARTHWORK, FILLING, AND GRADINGFILLING, AND GRADINGFILLING, AND GRADINGFILLING, AND GRADING Olander Drive Extension I March 11, 2020 Page 17171717 of 20202020 The Compaction alternative given below are stated to provide minimum compaction standards only and in no way relieves the Contractor of his/her obligation to achieve the specified degree of compaction by whatever additional effort that is necessary. Compaction Method Maximum Loose Lift Thickness Minimum # passes Against Less Against Less Maximum Walls Critical Walls Critical Stone Size* and Pavement Areas & Pavement Areas Hand-operated vibratory plate or light roller in confined areas 3" 6" 8" 4 4 Hand-operated vibratory drum rollers weighing at least 1,000# in confined areas 3" 10" 12" 4 4 Light vibratory drum roller minimum minimum 3" 12" 18" 4 4 weight dynamic at drum force 5000# 10,000# Medium vibratory drum roller minimum minimum 3" 12" 24" 6 6 weight dynamic at drum force 10,000# 20,000# *And no more than two-thirds (2/3) loose lift thickness. 3.13 SUBBASE AND BASE COURSES A. After the subgrade has been completed per all Division 31 requirements and reviewed by the Landscape Architect or Field Engineer and approved, rool the surface to a smooth an uniform texture free from lumps, rock pockets, soft spots, and spongy areas. B. Under pavements and walks, place subbase course on separation fabric according to fabric manufacturer's written instructions. C. Place the base course and subbase in strict accordance with the project specifications. D. Place base course material over subbase. E. The base shall be constructed of two courses of gravel. The first course shall not be less than ½ the thickness of the base required when thoroughly compacted. The second course shall complete the thickness of the base required. Compaction shall be done with a vibrator compactor. 1. When thickness of compacted subbase or base course exceeds 6 inches (150 mm), place materials in equal layers, with no layer more than 6 inches (150 mm) thick or less than 3 inches (75 mm) thick when compacted. SECTION 31SECTION 31SECTION 31SECTION 31----5001 EXCAVATION, 5001 EXCAVATION, 5001 EXCAVATION, 5001 EXCAVATION, EARTHWORK, EARTHWORK, EARTHWORK, EARTHWORK, FILLING, AND GRADINGFILLING, AND GRADINGFILLING, AND GRADINGFILLING, AND GRADING Olander Drive Extension I March 11, 2020 Page 18181818 of 20202020 2. When thickness of compacted subbase or base course is 6 inches (150 mm) or less, place materials in a single layer. F. Compact subbase and base courses at optimum moisture content to required grades, lines, cross sections, and thickness to not less than 95 percent of maximum dry unit weight according to ASTM D 1557. G. Shape subbase and base to required crown elevations and cross-slope grades. H. Under cast-in-place concrete and asphalt pavements: a. when thickness of compacted subbase or base course is 6 inches (150 mm) or less, place materials in a single layer. b. When thickness of compacted subbase or base course exceeds 6 inches (150 mm), place materials in equal layers, with no layer more than 6 inches (150 mm) thick or less than 3 inches (75 mm) thick when compacted. I. Pavement Shoulders: Place shoulders along edges of subbase and base course to prevent lateral movement. Construct shoulders, at least 12 inches (300 mm) wide, of satisfactory soil materials and compact simultaneously with each subbase and base layer to not less than 95 percent of maximum dry unit weight according to ASTM D 1557. J. All joints at existing paving shall be sawed vertical butt joints which shall receive a light coating of asphalt emulsion a short time before new paving commences. Interface between new and existing pavement shall result in a smooth continuous surface. K. Compact the base course to a minimum degree of compaction of 95 percent at optimum moisture content. L. Roll the base course until entire surface is firm, dense, and free from rock pockets and mud pads; do not slurry the base course. M. Water the base course after compaction. 3.14 GRADING A. General: Uniformly grade areas to a smooth surface, free from irregular surface changes. Comply with compaction requirements and grade to cross sections, lines, and elevations indicated. 1. Provide a smooth transition between adjacent existing grades and new grades. 2. Grade with constant slope between points where elevations are given. 3. Cut out soft spots, fill low spots, and trim high spots to comply with required surface tolerances. 4. Slope grades to direct water away from buildings to drains or subdrains and to prevent ponding. 3.15 TOLERANCES A. Comply with tolerances for lawn, grass and planting areas as follows: 1. Elevation: 1 inch (25 mm). 2. Surface smoothness: Gap below 10-foot- (3-m-) long straightedge not to exceed 1 inch (25 mm) in any direction. 3. Slope: unless otherwise noted on the Drawings not less than 1% fall. B. Comply with tolerances for pavement and building areas as follows: 1. Elevation: 1/2 inch (13 mm). 2. Surface smoothness: Gap below 10-foot- (3-m-) long straightedge not to exceed 1/2 inch (13 mm) in any direction. 3. Slope: unless otherwise noted on the Drawings not less than 1% fall. SECTION 31SECTION 31SECTION 31SECTION 31----5001 EXCAVATION, 5001 EXCAVATION, 5001 EXCAVATION, 5001 EXCAVATION, EARTHWORK, EARTHWORK, EARTHWORK, EARTHWORK, FILLING, AND GRADINGFILLING, AND GRADINGFILLING, AND GRADINGFILLING, AND GRADING Olander Drive Extension I March 11, 2020 Page 19191919 of 20202020 3.16 ADUSTING EXISTING UTILITY FEATURES A. Adjust existing utility surface features to suit finish grade. Extend or reduce risers, boxes, chambers, basins and rings and reset castings, frames, grout beds, access doors, lids, covers and the like. 3.17 MOISTURE CONTROL A. Uniformly moisten or aerate subgrade and each subsequent fill or backfill layer before compaction to within 2 percent of optimum moisture content. 1. Do not place backfill or fill material on surfaces that are muddy, frozen, or contain frost or ice. 2. Remove and replace, or scarify and air-dry, otherwise satisfactory soil material that exceeds optimum moisture content by 2 percent and is too wet to compact to specified dry unit weight. B. Variation of moisture content in fill and backfill material shall be limited to Optimum Moisture (-1% to +3%). Moisture content shall be as uniformly distributed as practicable within each lift, and shall be adjusted as necessary to obtain the specified compaction. C. Material which does not contain sufficient moisture to be compacted to the specified densities shall be moisture conditioned by sprinkling, disking, windrowing, or other method approved by the Architect. 1. Material conditioned by sprinkling shall have water added before compaction. Uniformly apply water to surface of subgrade or layer of soil material to obtain sufficient moisture content. The Contractor shall maintain sufficient hoses and/or water distributing equipment at the site for this purpose. D. Material containing excess moisture shall be dried to required Optimum Moisture Content before it is placed and compacted. Excessively moist soils shall be removed and replaced or shall be scarified by use of plow, discs, or other approved methods, and air-dried to meet the above requirements. E. Materials which are within the moisture requirements specified above, but which display pronounced elasticity or deformation under the action of earthmoving and compaction equipment, shall be reduced to Optimum Moisture Content, or below, to secure stability. F. In the event of sudden downpours or other inclement weather, exposed subgrades and fills which, in the opinion of the Architect become inundated or excessively moistened, shall have excess water removed and soil dried as specified above. J. Backfill stock piles shall be protected from adverse weather conditions. 3.18 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing shall be coordinated with the Owner paid for by the owner. B. Testing Agency: Engage a qualified independent geotechnical engineering testing agency to perform field quality-control testing. C. Inspect and test subgrades and each fill or backfill layer. Proceed with subsequent earthwork only after test results for previously completed work comply with requirements. SECTION 31SECTION 31SECTION 31SECTION 31----5001 EXCAVATION, 5001 EXCAVATION, 5001 EXCAVATION, 5001 EXCAVATION, EARTHWORK, EARTHWORK, EARTHWORK, EARTHWORK, FILLING, AND GRADINGFILLING, AND GRADINGFILLING, AND GRADINGFILLING, AND GRADING Olander Drive Extension I March 11, 2020 Page 20202020 of 20202020 D. Footing Subgrade: At footing subgrades, at least one test of each soil stratum will be performed to verify design bearing capacities. Subsequent verification and approval of other footing subgrades may be based on a visual comparison of subgrade with tested subgrade when approved by Landscape Architect. E. Test compaction of soils in place according to ASTM D 1556, ASTM D 2167, ASTM D 2922, and ASTM D 2937, as applicable. Perform tests at the following locations and frequencies: 1. Paved and Building Slab Areas: At subgrade and at each compacted fill and backfill layer, at least one test for every 2000 sq. ft. (186 sq. m) or less of paved area or building slab, but in no case fewer than three tests. 2. Foundation Wall Backfill: At each compacted backfill layer, at least one test for each 100 feet (30 m) or less of wall length, but no fewer than two tests. 3. Trench Backfill: At each compacted initial and final backfill layer, at least one test for each 150 feet (46 m) or less of trench length, but no fewer than two tests. 4. Filled Landforms: At subgrade slopes along the shear plane and at each compacted fill and backfill layer, at least one test for every 2000 sq. ft. (186 sq. m), but in no case fewer than three tests. F. When testing agency reports that subgrades, fills, or backfills have not achieved degree of compaction specified, scarify and moisten or aerate, or remove and replace soil to depth required; recompact and retest until specified compaction is obtained. G. Compliance Survey: Conduct a survey of completed Earthwork to show grading compliance. H. Review by Owner Representative: The Landscape Architect shall review the rough grading shaping and retains the right to direct adjustments the grading within 2 days of review. Adjustments that only involve cut to fill without exporting or importing additional material shall be executed without cost to the Owner. 3.19 PROTECTION I. Protecting Graded Areas: Protect newly graded areas from traffic, freezing, and erosion. Keep free of trash and debris. J. Repair and reestablish grades to specified tolerances where completed or partially completed surfaces become eroded, rutted, settled, or where they lose compaction due to subsequent construction operations or weather conditions. 1. Scarify or remove and replace soil material to depth as directed by Landscape Architect; reshape and recompact. K. Where settling occurs before Project correction period elapses, remove finished surfacing, backfill with additional soil material, compact, and reconstruct surfacing. 1. Restore appearance, quality, and condition of finished surfacing to match adjacent work, and eliminate evidence of restoration to the greatest extent possible. 3.20 DISPOSAL A. Disposal: Remove surplus satisfactory soil and waste material, including unsatisfactory soil, trash, and debris, and legally dispose of it off Owner's property. 3.21 CLEANING UP Upon completion of the work of this Section, immediately remove all debris and excess earth materials from the site. END OF SECTIONEND OF SECTIONEND OF SECTIONEND OF SECTION SECTION 32SECTION 32SECTION 32SECTION 32----1010101000 00 00 00 BITUMINOUS CONCRETE PAVINGBITUMINOUS CONCRETE PAVINGBITUMINOUS CONCRETE PAVINGBITUMINOUS CONCRETE PAVING Olander Drive Extension I March 11, 2020 Page 1111 of 6666 SECTION 32SECTION 32SECTION 32SECTION 32----1000100010001000 BITUMINOUS CONCRETE PAVEMENTBITUMINOUS CONCRETE PAVEMENTBITUMINOUS CONCRETE PAVEMENTBITUMINOUS CONCRETE PAVEMENT PART 1 PART 1 PART 1 PART 1 ---- GENERALGENERALGENERALGENERAL 1.01 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS Attention is directed to the requirements of the printed form of Contract and to Division 1, General Requirements, of which this section is hereby made a part. 1.02 DESCRIPTION A. Work by General Contractor Bituminous concrete pavement and curbing required for this work is indicated on the drawings and includes, but is not necessarily limited to: 1. Gravel base courses 2. Bituminous concrete pavement B. Related Work Described Elsewhere Excavating, Filling & Grading ............................................................... Section 31 5001 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications of Workmen 1. Provide at least one person who shall be thoroughly trained and experienced in the skills required, be completely familiar with the design and application of the work described in this Section, be present at all times during progress of the work of this Section, and direct all work performed under this Section. 2. For actual finishing of bituminous concrete surfaces and operation of the required equipment, use only personnel thoroughly trained and experienced in the skills required. B. Codes and Reference Standards In addition to complying with all pertinent codes and regulations, comply with the referenced portions of Standard Specifications for Highways and Bridges, MassDOT/Massachusetts Department of Transportation (MDOT)/State Specifications, 1996. ASTM D570 Standard Test Method for water absorption of plastics. ASTM D36 ASTM D36-06 Standard Test Method for Softening Point of Bitumen (Ring-and- Ball Apparatus). AASHTO T250 Binder Content SECTION 32SECTION 32SECTION 32SECTION 32----1010101000 00 00 00 BITUMINOUS CONCRETE PAVINGBITUMINOUS CONCRETE PAVINGBITUMINOUS CONCRETE PAVINGBITUMINOUS CONCRETE PAVING Olander Drive Extension I March 11, 2020 Page 2222 of 6666 ASTM D792 Standard Test method for density and specific gravity (relative density) and density of solid plastics. AASHTO T250 Low Temperature Stress resistance ASTM D 2240 Standard Test Method for Rubber property – Durometer hardness. ASTM D256, Method A Standard Test Method for determining the IZOD pendulum impact resistance of plastics. ASTM D92 Test Method for Flash points ASTM D 977-03 Standard Specification for Emulsion Asphalt. ASTM D 2397-02 Standard Specification for Cationic Emulsified Asphalt. 1.04 SUBMITTALS Bituminous Concrete Mix Submission of the job-mix formula for the bituminous concrete surface course shall be the responsibility of the Contractor, and it shall be submitted to the Architect for approval 10 days prior to the pavement construction. 1.05 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Protection Use all means necessary to protect bituminous concrete pavement materials before, during and after installation and to protect the installed work and materials of all other trades. B. Replacements In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary to the approval of the Landscape Architect at no additional cost to the Owner. C. Dust Control 1. Use all means necessary to prevent the spread of dust during performance of the work of this Section. 2. Thoroughly moisten all surfaces as required to prevent dust being a nuisance to the public, neighbors and concurrent performance of other work on the job site. PART 2 PART 2 PART 2 PART 2 ---- PRODUCTSPRODUCTSPRODUCTSPRODUCTS 2.01 GRAVEL BASE COURSES The gravel sub-base course material shall consist of gravel borrow conforming to the requirements of Section 405, Subsection M1.03, Type B, of the State Specification. The gravel base course material shall consist of crushed gravel conforming to the requirements of Subsection M2.01.7 of the State Specification. SECTION 32SECTION 32SECTION 32SECTION 32----1010101000 00 00 00 BITUMINOUS CONCRETE PAVINGBITUMINOUS CONCRETE PAVINGBITUMINOUS CONCRETE PAVINGBITUMINOUS CONCRETE PAVING Olander Drive Extension I March 11, 2020 Page 3333 of 6666 2.02 BITUMINOUS CONCRETE PAVING All courses of the bituminous concrete paving shall conform to the requirements for Standard Hot Mix Asphalt (HMA) of the Massachusetts Department of Transportation. Gradation and temperature of the material at the time of application shall comply with State Specifications Subsection M3.11.03. Use of reclaimed asphalt pavement (RAP) in the binder course shall not exceed 40% of the aggregate materials for drum mix plants or 20% of the aggregate materials for modified batch plants; RAP shall not be used in the wearing course. PART 3 PART 3 PART 3 PART 3 ---- EXECUTIONEXECUTIONEXECUTIONEXECUTION 3.01 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Inspection 1. Prior to all work of this Section, carefully inspect the installed work of all other trades and verify that all such work is complete to the point where this installation may properly commence. 2. Verify that bituminous concrete pavement be installed in strict accordance with the original design, all pertinent codes and regulation, and all pertinent portions of the referenced standards. B. Discrepancies 1. In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the Landscape Architect. 2. Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy until all such discrepancies have been fully resolved. 3.02 EQUIPMENT A. Compacting Equipment All equipment for compacting shall be steel-tired power rollers having a minimum weight of 10 tons, except that hand held vibrator compactors may be used in areas not accessible to rollers where specifically approved in advance by the Owner. B. Paving Equipment All equipment for paving shall be spreading, self-propelled asphalt paving machine capable of maintaining line, grade and minimum surface course thickness specified, with laser grading sensors for tolerance accuracy. 3.03 PLACEMENT OF GRAVEL BASE COURSE SECTION 32SECTION 32SECTION 32SECTION 32----1010101000 00 00 00 BITUMINOUS CONCRETE PAVINGBITUMINOUS CONCRETE PAVINGBITUMINOUS CONCRETE PAVINGBITUMINOUS CONCRETE PAVING Olander Drive Extension I March 11, 2020 Page 4444 of 6666 A. Preparation 1. After subgrade has been completed, as described in Section 312300 of these Specifications, and has been approved by the Landscape Architect or Field Engineer, roll the surface to a smooth and uniform texture free from lumps, rock pockets, soft spots, and spongy areas. B. Placement 1. Place the base course in strict accordance with the Standard Specifications. 2. The base shall be constructed of two courses of gravel. The first course shall be not less than 1/2 the thickness of the base required when thoroughly compacted. The second course shall complete the thickness of base required. Compaction shall be done with a vibrator compactor. C. Compaction 1. Compact the base course to a minimum degree of compaction of 95 percent at optimum moisture content. 2. Roll the base course until entire surface is firm, dense, and free from rock pockets and mud pads; do not slurry the base course. 3. Water the base course after compaction. 3.04 PLACEMENT OF BITUMINOUS CONCRETE SURFACING A. Preparation Bituminous concrete mixtures shall be laid only when surface is free of foreign matter and when the weather is not foggy or rainy, and further these operations shall be carried on only when the atmospheric temperature is not less than 40 degrees F in the shade. B. Placement Bituminous concrete surfaces shall be placed in two courses with minimum thicknesses shown on the drawings. The two-course placement of the new bituminous concrete surfaces shall be as follows: 1. The binder course shall confirm to State Specifications for Binder Course Bituminous Concrete in accordance with job-mix formula, and it shall be constructed in a minimum thickness shown on the drawings after compaction. The bottom course shall be parallel to the proposed grade of the finished bituminous concrete surface. 2. The surface/wearing course shall conform to State Specifications for Top Course Bituminous Concrete in accordance with the job-mix formula, and it shall be constructed to minimum thickness shown on the drawings after compaction. The SECTION 32SECTION 32SECTION 32SECTION 32----1010101000 00 00 00 BITUMINOUS CONCRETE PAVINGBITUMINOUS CONCRETE PAVINGBITUMINOUS CONCRETE PAVINGBITUMINOUS CONCRETE PAVING Olander Drive Extension I March 11, 2020 Page 5555 of 6666 finished surface shall conform to proposed grades. A bituminous tack coat shall be applied immediately prior to surface course application at a rate of 0.05 gallons per square yard. 3. In the case of overlay over existing pavement, existing depressions and inconsistencies shall be filled with binder course material to create a uniformly sloped surface to receive the overlay course. Existing pavement shall be cleaned of debris, thoroughly dry and bituminous tack coat applied immediately prior to overlay pavement application, as above. 4. All joints at old pavement shall be sawed vertical butt joints which shall receive a light coating of asphalt emulsion a short time before paving commences, as directed by the Landscape Architect. 5. Existing areas shall not be disturbed by utility construction. 6. Construction methods shall conform to the Massachusetts Department of Transportation Specifications, Section 460, Class I, Bituminous Concrete Pavement, Type-I. 7. Submission of the job-mix formula for the bituminous concrete surface course shall be the responsibility of the Contractor, and it shall be submitted to the Landscape Architect for approval 10 days prior to the pavement construction. 8. Establishment of grades, grade control, and conformance to finished pavement surface grade tolerances required shall be the responsibility of the Contractor in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications. See below for finish tolerances. 9. Roll the surface until a smooth and dense texture is obtained, free draining, and free from any and all puddles or ‘birdbaths’. 3.05 FINISH TOLERANCES A. Bituminous Concrete Surface Plus or minus 0.01 feet at any point from line grade shown on the Drawings. 3.06 REMEDIAL MEASURES A. Upon direction of the Landscape Architect, cut out, and/or rework all surfaces and subgrade areas which do not meet the requirements of this Section; perform all remedial measures at no additional cost to the Owner. 3.07 SPECIAL CONDITIONS A. Work shall be properly coordinated with the work of other trades. Other trades shall be consulted in advance so that proper provisions may be made for installation of their work SECTION 32SECTION 32SECTION 32SECTION 32----1010101000 00 00 00 BITUMINOUS CONCRETE PAVINGBITUMINOUS CONCRETE PAVINGBITUMINOUS CONCRETE PAVINGBITUMINOUS CONCRETE PAVING Olander Drive Extension I March 11, 2020 Page 6666 of 6666 and so that the work of this section may be properly finished and connected to the work of other trades. B. Owner’s testing agency will test compaction of subgrade and asphalt. 3.09 GUARANTEE Contractor shall guarantee all workmanship for a period of one year from the date of final acceptance. END OF SECTION SECTION 32-1300 CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE PAVING Olander Drive Extension I March 11, 2020 Page 1111 of 17171717 SECTION 32SECTION 32SECTION 32SECTION 32----1300130013001300 CAST IN PLACE CONCRETECAST IN PLACE CONCRETECAST IN PLACE CONCRETECAST IN PLACE CONCRETE PAVINGPAVINGPAVINGPAVING PART 1 PART 1 PART 1 PART 1 ---- GENERALGENERALGENERALGENERAL 1.1.1.1.00001111 CONTRACT PROVISIONS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCECONTRACT PROVISIONS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCECONTRACT PROVISIONS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCECONTRACT PROVISIONS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE The General Provisions of the Contract, including the General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1, apply to the work specified in this Section. 1.1.1.1.02020202 DESCRIPTIONDESCRIPTIONDESCRIPTIONDESCRIPTION A. Work Included Cast-in-place concrete required for this Work is indicated on the Drawings and includes, but is not necessarily limited to: 1. Concrete Paving 2. Cast in Place Concrete Walks 3. Concrete footings for stairs, slabs, posts, and utility structures. B. Related Work Described Elsewhere Excavation Earthwork Filling and Grading………………………….…….…………………….………Division 31 Bituminous Concrete Paving…….…………………...…………………….….………………………..…..Division 32 1.1.1.1.03030303 QUALITY ASSURANCEQUALITY ASSURANCEQUALITY ASSURANCEQUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications for Workmen 1. Provide at least one person who shall be present at all times during execution of this portion of the Work, shall be thoroughly trained and experienced in placing the types of concrete specified, and shall direct all Work under this Section. 2. For finishing of exposed surfaces of the concrete, use only thoroughly trained and experienced journeymen concrete finishers. B. Codes and Standards 1. In addition to complying with all pertinent codes and regulations, comply with all pertinent recommendations of "Structural Concrete for Builders", publication ACI 301- 66 of the American Concrete Institute. 2. Refer to the latest accessibility standards provided by both the State of Massachusetts Architectural Access Board and the United States Department of Justice 2010 ADA Standards for Accessible Design, Titles II and III Facilities Americans With Disabilities Act. and Access Board Proposed Guidelines for Public Streets and Sidewalks 2011 proposed changes 3. Where provisions of pertinent codes and standards conflict with these Specifications, the more stringent provisions shall govern. SECTION 32-1300 CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE PAVING Olander Drive Extension I March 11, 2020 Page 2222 of 17171717 C. Referenced Reports and Documentation 1. Existing Ground Survey and Underground Utilities: A survey for design purposes has been prepared by Berkshire Design Group on behalf of the Owner. Verify accuracy of survey, report any discrepancies and undertake any additional surveying at no cost to the Owner. Include all costs for variations in material volume and handling associated within the stated survey accuracy and tolerance. Utilities have been indicated for design purposes. The data is made available only for information and not for construction. Verify accuracy of all underground information, report any discrepancies and undertake any additional utility locating at no cost to the Owner. D. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project Site. 1. Review methods and procedures related to decorative concrete paving, including but not limited to, the following: 2. Concrete mixture design. 3. Quality control of concrete materials and decorative concrete paving construction practices. 4. Snow removal procedures and application of urea instead of salt based deicing materials. 1.1.1.1.04040404 DEFINITIONSDEFINITIONSDEFINITIONSDEFINITIONS A. Cementitious Materials: Portland cement alone or in combination with one or more of blended hydraulic cement, expansive hydraulic cement, fly ash and other pozzolans, ground granulated blast-furnace slag, and silica fume. B. Expansion Joints: Joints used to prevent damage from differential movements. Used at regular intervals in pavement to relieve compressive stresses that may develop in very hot weather. Appropriate Use when: 1. Pavement is divided into long panels (60 feet or more) without contraction joints 2. Pavement is constructed when ambient temperatures are below 40 degrees F. 3. The Pavement is constructed with aggregates that have high expansion characteristics C. Isolation Joints: Joints reduce stresses that develop where differential movement between the pavement and structure may take place. These are full depth, full width joints often found at bridge abutments, intersections, and in-pavement structures, such as drainage inlets, manholes, footings, and lighting structures. They are also placed adjacent to existing pavements, especially when it is not possible or desirable to match joint locations in older pavement. D. Control Joints: Joints used to control the natural cracking caused by shrinkage and reductions in temperature. SECTION 32-1300 CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE PAVING Olander Drive Extension I March 11, 2020 Page 3333 of 17171717 1.1.1.1.05050505 SUBMITTALSSUBMITTALSSUBMITTALSSUBMITTALS A. Materials List Within 15 days after award of Contract and before any concrete is poured on the job site, submit to the Landscape Architect the name and address of transit-mix concrete sup plier. B. Product Data: For each type of manufactured material and product indicated. C. Design Mixes: For each concrete pavement mix. Include alternate mix designs when characteristics of materials, project conditions, weather, test results, or other circumstances warrant adjustments. D. Material Test Reports: From a qualified testing agency indicating and interpreting test results for compliance of the following with requirements indicated, based on comprehensive testing of current materials: Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens E. Material Certificates: Signed by manufacturers certifying that each of the following materials complies with requirements: 1. Cementitious materials and aggregates. 2. Steel reinforcement and reinforcement accessories. 3. Fiber reinforcement. 4. Admixtures. 5. Curing compounds. 6. Applied finish materials. 7. Joint fillers. F. Transit-Mix Deliver Slip 1. Keep a record at the job site showing time and place of each pour of concrete, together with transit-mix delivery slip certifying contents of the pour. 2. Make a record available to the Landscape Architect for his inspection upon request. 3. Upon completion of this portion of the Work, deliver the record and the delivery slips to the Landscape Architect. 1.1.1.1.06060606 PRODUCT HANDLINGPRODUCT HANDLINGPRODUCT HANDLINGPRODUCT HANDLING A. Protection Use all means necessary to protect cast-in-place concrete materials before, during and after installation, and to protect the installed work and materials of all other trades. Contractor to make every effort to conduct concrete pours in early morning hours to allow sufficient time for hardening. Scratches and graffiti will not be approved or accepted. B. Replacements In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary to the approval of the Landscape Architect and at no additional cost to the Owner. SECTION 32-1300 CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE PAVING Olander Drive Extension I March 11, 2020 Page 4444 of 17171717 1.1.1.1.07070707 QUALITY ASSURANCEQUALITY ASSURANCEQUALITY ASSURANCEQUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: An experienced installer who has completed pavement work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project and whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance. B. Manufacturer Qualifications: Manufacturer of ready-mixed concrete products complying with ASTM C 94 requirements for production facilities and equipment. 1. Manufacturer must be certified according to the National Ready Mix Concrete Association's Plant Certification Program. C. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent testing agency, acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, qualified according to ASTM C 1077 and ASTM E 329 to conduct the testing indicated, as documented according to ASTM E 548. D. Source Limitations: Obtain each type or class of cementitious material of the same brand from the same manufacturer's plant and each aggregate from one source. E. ACI Publications: Comply with ACI 301, "Specification for Structural Concrete," ACI 302.1 “Guide for floor & slab construction” unless modified by the requirements of the Contract Documents. F. Concrete Testing Service: Engage a qualified independent testing agency to perform material evaluation tests and to design concrete mixes. Coordinate independent agency with owner. PART 2 PART 2 PART 2 PART 2 ---- PRODUCTSPRODUCTSPRODUCTSPRODUCTS 2.012.012.012.01 CONCRETECONCRETECONCRETECONCRETE A. General All concrete, unless otherwise specifically permitted by the Landscape Architect, shall be transit-mixed in accordance with ASTM C-94. Concrete for flatwork shall be Class D. Concrete for wall and footings shall be Class A. Color is subject to approval by the Landscape Architect. B. Quality 1. All concrete shall have the following minimum compressive strengths at 28 days and shall be proportioned within the following limits: EXTERIOR SLABS LOCATION OF CONCRETE & SITE WORK Min. psi @ 28 days 4,500 Max. size of aggregate 3/4 inch Air Entrainment 6% +/- 1.5% 2. Concrete that is subject to freezing temperatures while wet shall have a water-cement ratio not exceeding six gallons per sack and shall contain entrained air. SECTION 32-1300 CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE PAVING Olander Drive Extension I March 11, 2020 Page 5555 of 17171717 C. Cement All cement shall be Portland cement conforming to ASTM C-150, Type I, and shall be the product of one manufacturer. The temperature of cement delivered to the plant shall not exceed 150 deg. F. Color shall match existing concrete. D. Aggregates All aggregates shall conform to Massachusetts DOT Specifications, Section M4. E. Water All water shall be clean and free from deleterious matter. F. Concrete Additives All concrete mix additives shall conform to Massachusetts DOT Specification, Section M4. 2.022.022.022.02 CONCRETE MIXESCONCRETE MIXESCONCRETE MIXESCONCRETE MIXES Cement concrete shall be composed of specified proportions by weight of cement, aggregates, water and additives to form a homogeneous composition. Cement concrete shall be specified according to the classification defined in the following table. The classes of concrete to be used shall be designated on the plans or in the Specifications for the particular work. A. Prepare design mixtures, proportioned according to ACI 301 (ACI 301M), for each type and strength of normal-weight concrete, and as determined by either laboratory trial mixtures or field experience. 1. Use a qualified independent testing agency for preparing and reporting proposed concrete design mixtures for the trial batch method. B. Typical Proportion mixtures to provide normal-weight concrete with the following properties: 1. Compressive Strength (28 Days): 4500psi (concrete walks); 2. Maximum Water-Cementitious Materials Ratio at Point of Placement: 0.45 3. Slump Limit: [4 inches (100 mm)], plus or minus 1 inch (25 mm). C. Add air-entraining admixture at manufacturer's prescribed rate to result in normal-weight concrete at point of placement having an air content as follows: 1. Air Content: [6] percent plus or minus 1.5 percent for 3/4-inch (19-mm) nominal maximum aggregate size. D. Limit water-soluble, chloride-ion content in hardened concrete to [0.15] percent by weight of cement. 2.032.032.032.03 ADMIXTURESADMIXTURESADMIXTURESADMIXTURES All concrete exposed to the weather shall be air-entrained. Admixtures other than those required for air entrainment shall be approved by the Engineer. SECTION 32-1300 CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE PAVING Olander Drive Extension I March 11, 2020 Page 6666 of 17171717 Chemical Admixtures: Admixtures certified by manufacturer to be compatible with other admixtures and to contain not more than 0.1 percent water-soluble chloride ions by mass of cementitious material. A. Air-Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260. B. Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type A C. Water-Reducing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type D D. Water-Reducing and Accelerating Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type E. 2.042.042.042.04 STEEL REINFORCEMENTSTEEL REINFORCEMENTSTEEL REINFORCEMENTSTEEL REINFORCEMENT A. Recycled Content: Postconsumer recycled content plus one-half of preconsumer recycled content not less than [25] percent. B. Plain-Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement: ASTM A 185/A 185M, fabricated from as-drawn steel wire into flat sheets. C. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60 (Grade 420); deformed. D. Steel Bar Mats: ASTM A 184/A 184M; with ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60 (Grade 420), deformed bars; assembled with clips. E. Plain-Steel Wire: ASTM A 82/A 82M, as drawn. F. Joint Dowel Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60 (Grade 420) plain-steel bars. Cut bars true to length with ends square and free of burrs. G. Bar Supports: Bolsters, chairs, spacers, and other devices for spacing, supporting, and fastening reinforcing bars, welded wire reinforcement, and dowels in place. Manufacture bar supports according to CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice" from steel wire, plastic, or precast concrete of greater compressive strength than concrete specified, and as follows: 1. Equip wire bar supports with sand plates or horizontal runners where base material will not support chair legs. 2.032.032.032.03 EXPANSION AND ISOLATION JOINTSEXPANSION AND ISOLATION JOINTSEXPANSION AND ISOLATION JOINTSEXPANSION AND ISOLATION JOINTS 1. Isolation joints should be constructed with preformed joint filler material to prevent infiltration of incompressible filler—such incompressible items that would affect the compressibility of the joint include common materials such as sand, dirt, or other debris. a. Joints should never be less than ½ inch wide, with ½ to 1 inch being the recommended by width. b. Joint filler should extend the full length of the slab and be cut to 3/8 of an inch below the slab after concrete has cured. SECTION 32-1300 CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE PAVING Olander Drive Extension I March 11, 2020 Page 7777 of 17171717 c. Concrete should not extend over, under, through, around, or between filler sections. 2. Expansion and isolation joints shall be 1/2" x 4" preformed ethylene vinyl acetate or closed cell polyethylene foam material. Hold joint filler material down a sufficient distance to allow for the installation of sealant. Refer to details on drawings and the sealant manufacturer's standard instructions. 2.042.042.042.04 JOINT SEALANTJOINT SEALANTJOINT SEALANTJOINT SEALANT At all construction and expansion joints, joint sealant shall be polyurethane or polysulfide and gray in color as: A. “Sikaflex” by Sika ; B. "Pourthane”or “Deck-O-Seal” by W.R. Meadows; C. “Dymonic 100” by Tremco; or approved equal. 2.02.02.02.05555 DETECTABLE WARNING STRIPDETECTABLE WARNING STRIPDETECTABLE WARNING STRIPDETECTABLE WARNING STRIP A. Detectable/tactile warning strips shall comply with the Americans With Disabilities Act (ADA) section pertaining to Detectable Warnings on Walking Surfaces. B. Detectable/tactile warning strip shall consist of vitrified polymer composite tiles which are cast- in-place into concrete handicap ramp surface, where indicated on the plans and details. C. Nominal dimensions of the tiles shall be 2 ft. x 2 ft. x 1.375 inches thick, 1.575 inches thick at the textured domes, with 1-3/8” deep perimeter flange and seven 1-3/8” deep internal flanges. Color of tiles to be Yellow conforming to Federal Color No. 33538. D. Detectable/tactile warning tiles shall be installed as per manufacturer’s instructions. E. Detectable/tactile warning tiles shall be guaranteed in writing for a period of ten (10) years from date of final acceptance. 2.02.02.02.06666 OTHER MATERIALSOTHER MATERIALSOTHER MATERIALSOTHER MATERIALS All other materials not specifically described but required for a complete and proper installation of cast-in-place concrete shall be as selected by the Contractor, subject to the approval of the Landscape Architect. PART 3 PART 3 PART 3 PART 3 –––– EXECUTIONEXECUTIONEXECUTIONEXECUTION 3.03.03.03.01111 SURFACE CONDITIONSSURFACE CONDITIONSSURFACE CONDITIONSSURFACE CONDITIONS SECTION 32-1300 CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE PAVING Olander Drive Extension I March 11, 2020 Page 8888 of 17171717 A. Inspection 1. Prior to all Work of this Section, carefully inspect the installed work of all other trades and verify that all such work is complete to the point where this installation may properly commence. 2. Verify that all items to be embedded in concrete are in place. 3. Thoroughly wet the forms (except in freezing weather) or oil them; remove all standing water. 4. Thoroughly clean all transporting and handling equipment. a. Examine exposed subgrades and subbase surfaces for compliance for dimensional, grading, and elevation tolerances. b. Proof-roll prepared subbase surface below [decorative concrete paving] to identify soft pockets and areas of excess yielding. c. Completely proof-roll subbase in one direction [and repeat in perpendicular direction]. Limit vehicle speed to 3 mph (5 km/h). d. Proof-roll with a pneumatic-tired and loaded, 10-wheel, tandem-axle dump truck weighing not less than 15 tons (13.6 tonnes). 5. Correct subbase with soft spots and areas of pumping or rutting exceeding depth of [1/2 inch (13 mm)] according to materials and methods outline in specification Excavation Filling and Grading Division 31. 6. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. B. Forms 1. Side forms and transverse forms for sidewalks shall be smooth, free from warp, of sufficient strength to resist springing out of shape, of a depth to conform to the thickness of the proposed walk, and of a type satisfactory to the Landscape Architect. a. All mortar or dirt shall be completely removed from forms that have been previously used. The forms shall be well staked and thoroughly braced and set to the established lines with their upper edge conforming to the grade of the finished walk which shall have a sufficient pitch to the edge of the walk to provide for surface drainage, as shown on the drawings, 2% cross-slope typical. b. All forms shall be oiled before placing concrete. C. Notification Notify the Landscape Architect at least 48 hours before placing the concrete. SECTION 32-1300 CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE PAVING Olander Drive Extension I March 11, 2020 Page 9999 of 17171717 D. Concrete Mixing 1. Ready-Mixed Concrete: Measure, batch, and mix concrete materials and concrete according to ASTM C 94/C 94M[ and ASTM C 1116/C 1116M]. Furnish batch certificates for each batch discharged and used in the Work. a. When air temperature is between 85 and 90 deg F (30 and 32 deg C), reduce mixing and delivery time from 1-1/2 hours to 75 minutes; when air temperature is above 90 deg F (32 deg C), reduce mixing and delivery time to 60 minutes. 2. Project-Site Mixing: Measure, batch, and mix concrete materials and concrete according to ASTM C 94/C 94M. Mix concrete materials in appropriate drum-type batch machine mixer. a. For concrete batches of 1 cu. yd. (0.76 cu. m) or smaller, continue mixing at least 1- 1/2 minutes, but not more than 5 minutes after ingredients are in mixer, before any part of batch is released. b. For concrete batches larger than 1 cu. yd. (0.76 cu. m), increase mixing time by 15 seconds for each additional 1 cu. yd. (0.76 cu. m). c. Provide batch ticket for each batch discharged and used in the Work, indicating Project identification name and number, date, mixture type, mixing time, quantity, and amount of water added. 3.03.03.03.02222 PLACING CONCRETEPLACING CONCRETEPLACING CONCRETEPLACING CONCRETE A. Method 1. Remove loose material from compacted subbase surface immediately before placing concrete. 2. Protect adjacent construction from discoloration and spillage during application of color hardeners, release agents, stains, curing compounds, and sealers. 3. Convey concrete from mixer to place of final deposit by methods that will prevent separation and loss of materials. 4. For chuting, pumping, and pneumatically conveying concrete, use only equipment of such size and design as to ensure a practically continuous flow of concrete at the delivery end without loss or separation of materials. 5. Deposit concrete as nearly as possible in its final position to avoid segregation due to rehandling and flowing. a. Place concrete as dry as possible consistent with good workmanship, never exceeding the maximum specified slump. 6. Do not use retempered concrete or concrete that has been contaminated by foreign materials. SECTION 32-1300 CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE PAVING Olander Drive Extension I March 11, 2020 Page 10101010 of 17171717 B. Rate of Placement 1. Place concrete at such a rate that concrete is at all times plastic and flows readily between bare bars. 2. When placing is started, carry it on as a continuous operation until placement of the panel or section is complete. 3. Do not pour an area at one time that cannot be finished without checking; this is particularly important during hot or dry weather. 4. Do not, in any case, pour a slab greater than 18 feet without construction joints. 5. Exterior pavement slabs shall be placed in alternating sections not exceeding 18 feet in length. C. Consolidation 1. Thoroughly consolidate all concrete by suitable means during placement, working it around all embedded fixtures and into corners of forms. 2. During placement, thoroughly compact the concrete by hand tamping and by mechanical vibration. D. Steel Reinforcement 1. General: Comply with CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice" for fabricating, placing, and supporting reinforcement. 2. Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, earth, ice, or other bond-reducing materials. 3. Arrange, space, and securely tie bars and bar supports to hold reinforcement in position during concrete placement. Maintain minimum cover to reinforcement. 4. Install welded wire reinforcement in lengths as long as practicable. Lap adjoining pieces at least one full mesh, and lace splices with wire. Offset laps of adjoining widths to prevent continuous laps in either direction. 5. Install fabricated bar mats in lengths as long as practicable. Handle units to keep them flat and free of distortions. Straighten bends, kinks, and other irregularities, or replace units as required before placement. Set mats for a minimum 2-inch (50-mm) overlap to adjacent mats. 3.03 3.03 3.03 3.03 JOINTSJOINTSJOINTSJOINTS A. General: Form construction, isolation, expansion, and contraction joints and tool edges true to line, with faces perpendicular to surface plane of concrete. B. Construct transverse joints at right angles to centerline unless otherwise indicated. SECTION 32-1300 CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE PAVING Olander Drive Extension I March 11, 2020 Page 11111111 of 17171717 C. When joining adjacent paving, place transverse joints to align with previously placed joints unless otherwise indicated. D. Lay out: Coordinate lay out of joints to maintain intent of jointing pattern as instructed by the Landscape Architect. E. TYPES OF JOINTS SPECIFICALLY 1. Construction Joints: Set construction joints at side and end terminations of paving and at locations where paving operations are stopped for more than one-half hour unless paving terminates at isolation joints. a. Continue reinforcement across construction joints, unless otherwise indicated. Do not continue reinforcement through sides of pavement strips, unless otherwise indicated. b. Provide tie bars at sides of pavement strips where indicated. c. Location: Make and locate construction joints so as to not impair the strength of the structure. d. Approval: Obtain Landscape Architect’s approval of location of all control joints and construction joints in the Work prior to the start of concrete placement. 2. Contraction Joints: Form weakened-plane contraction joints, sectioning concrete into areas as indicated. Construct contraction joints for a depth equal to at least one-fourth of the concrete thickness, as follows: a. Grooved Joints: Form contraction joints after initial floating by grooving and finishing each edge of joint with groover tool to the following radius. Repeat grooving of contraction joints after applying surface finishes. Eliminate groover marks on concrete surfaces. i. Radius: 1/4 inch (6 mm). ii. Radius: 3/8 inch (10 mm). b. Sawed Joints: Form contraction joints with power saws equipped with shatterproof abrasive or diamond-rimmed blades. Cut 1/8-inch- (3-mm-) wide joints into concrete when cutting action will not tear, abrade, or otherwise damage surface and before developing random contraction cracks. 3. Expansion Joints: a. Typical placement: Locate expansion joints at intervals of 20 feet, unless otherwise indicated . 4. Isolation Joints : Isolation joints shall be placed against buildings, around street light footings, or as directed by the Landscape Architect. They shall be a preformed foam material with joint sealant identical to the approved expansion joints. SECTION 32-1300 CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE PAVING Olander Drive Extension I March 11, 2020 Page 12121212 of 17171717 a. Form isolation joints of preformed joint-filler strips abutting concrete curbs, catch basins, manholes, inlets, structures, walks, other fixed objects, and where indicated. 1. Extend joint fillers full width and depth of joint. 2. Terminate joint filler less than 1/2 inch (12 mm) or more than 1 inch (25 mm) below finished surface if joint sealant is indicated. 3. Place top of joint filler flush with finished concrete surface if joint sealant is not indicated. 4. Furnish joint fillers in one-piece lengths. Where more than one length is required, lace or clip joint-filler sections together. 5. Protect top edge of joint filler during concrete placement with metal, plastic, or other temporary preformed cap. Remove protective cap after concrete has been placed on both sides of joint. 4. Butt Joints: Use [bonding agent] [epoxy bonding adhesive] at joint locations where fresh concrete is placed against hardened or partially hardened concrete surfaces. 5. Keyed Joints: Provide preformed keyway-section forms or bulkhead forms with keys unless otherwise indicated. Embed keys at least 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) into concrete. 6. Dowelled Joints: Install dowel bars and support assemblies at joints where indicated. Lubricate or coat with asphalt one-half of dowel length to prevent concrete bonding to one side of joint. a. Install dowel bars and support assemblies at joints where indicated. Lubricate or asphalt-coat one-half of dowel length to prevent concrete bonding to one side of joint. b. Edging: Tool edges of pavement, gutters, curbs, and joints in concrete after initial floating with an edging tool to the following radius. Repeat tooling of edges after applying surface finishes. Eliminate tool marks on concrete surfaces. i. Radius: 1/4 inch (6 mm). ii. Radius: 3/8 inch (10 mm). 3.3.3.3.05050505 LEVELING AND FINISHINGLEVELING AND FINISHINGLEVELING AND FINISHINGLEVELING AND FINISHING A. General 1. Tamp slabs with a jitterbug to depress the rock and then pushfloat with a bullfloat as necessary. 2. Take care that the wet slab meets the screeds accurately and does not rise above or lower below them. 3. Carefully provide slab depressions as required for the finishes indicated on the Drawings. B. Finishing 1. General: Do not add water to concrete surfaces during finishing operations. SECTION 32-1300 CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE PAVING Olander Drive Extension I March 11, 2020 Page 13131313 of 17171717 2. No finishing operation shall be performed while free water is present. Finishing operations shall be delayed until all bled water and water sheen has left the surface and the concrete has started to stiffen. 3. Float Finish: Begin the second floating operation when bleed-water sheen has disappeared, and concrete surface has stiffened sufficiently to permit operations. Float surface with power-driven floats or by hand floating if area is small or inaccessible to power units. Finish surfaces to true planes. Cut down high spots and fill low spots. Refloat surface immediately to uniform granular texture. 4. Any honeycombed areas occurring either along the front or back of curb shall be pointed with mortar with Portland Cement mortar according to the State of Massachusetts specifications. 5. Unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings, make all slabs even and uniform in appearance, and where no slope is required, level within plus or minus 1/8" in 10'. 6. Score lines shall be as shown on the plans. Depth of scoring shall be 1/4 inch deep. 7. After edging and jointing operations, the surface shall be floated with a wood float. Immediately following floating, the surface shall be steel troweled. 8. Edging: After initial floating, tool edges of paving, gutters, curbs, and joints in concrete with an edging tool to a [1/4-inch (6-mm)] radius. Repeat tooling of edges after applying surface finishes. Eliminate edging tool marks on concrete surfaces. C. Exterior Finishes Where "broom finish" is indicated on the Drawings and where no other exterior slab finish is indicated on the Drawings, finish the exposed concrete surface by lightly combing with a medium stiff broom after troweling is complete. 3.3.3.3.06060606 CURINGCURINGCURINGCURING A. During the entire period the concrete is being placed, cured and hardened, the Contractor shall provide protection to the concrete from damage by underground water, rain, frost, or sun in a manner satisfactory to the Landscape Architect. An approved curing method providing full saturation and protection of the concrete against drying shall be performed for a minimum period of three days. B. In cold weather (below 50 deg. F), concrete placing shall be done only within properly built enclosures capable of retaining heat or without such structures if the temperature is above 50 deg. F. The temperature within these enclosures must reach 65 deg. F before placement of concrete may begin. Only those openings required for the proper placing of concrete will be allowed in the enclosure. After the conclusion of concrete placement, the minimum temperature within the enclosure shall be 50 deg. F for a five day period and 65 deg. F for a three day period. The method of heating shall in no way cause a reduction in the available water content of the concrete. SECTION 32-1300 CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE PAVING Olander Drive Extension I March 11, 2020 Page 14141414 of 17171717 a. In hot and dry weather and as directed, all new concrete shall be kept shaded from the sun, shielded from the wind, kept wet with water, or protected by other approved methods to retain moisture in the concrete throughout the curing period. Manual wetting down of a particular area shall cause the area to be continually wet and not allow periods of drying to occur. Plastic roll material or impregnated paper may be utilized during the installation of the concrete, and must be thoroughly wetted at least once each day. These materials are to be placed as soon as possible upon the completion of finishing of concrete in such a fashion that the surface will not be damaged or disturbed. b. All curing methods employed shall be practical for the curing situation involved, and all methods shall be subject to the approval of the Landscape Architect. No curing compounds of any kind shall be permitted, unless approved by the Landscape Architect. 3.3.3.3.07070707 COLD WEATHER REQUIREMENTSCOLD WEATHER REQUIREMENTSCOLD WEATHER REQUIREMENTSCOLD WEATHER REQUIREMENTS A. Cold-Weather Placement: Protect concrete work from physical damage or reduced strength that could be caused by frost, freezing, or low temperatures. Comply with ACI 306.1 and the following: 1. When air temperature has fallen to or is expected to fall below 40 deg F (4.4 deg C), uniformly heat water and aggregates before mixing to obtain a concrete mixture temperature of not less than 50 deg F (10 deg C) and not more than 80 deg F (27 deg C) at point of placement. 2. Do not use frozen materials or materials containing ice or snow. 3. Do not use calcium chloride, salt, or other materials containing antifreeze agents or chemical accelerators unless otherwise specified and approved in design mixtures. 3.3.3.3.08080808 HOT WEATHER REQUIREMENTSHOT WEATHER REQUIREMENTSHOT WEATHER REQUIREMENTSHOT WEATHER REQUIREMENTS A. Placement 1. Do not use concrete with a placing temperature that will cause difficulty from loss of slump, flash set or cold joints. 2. Maintain a concrete temperature during placement of less than 90 deg. F. 3. Use all means necessary to avoid drying the concrete prior to finishing operations. 4. Cool ingredients before mixing to maintain concrete temperature below 90 deg F (32 deg C) at time of placement. Chilled mixing water or chopped ice may be used to control temperature, provided water equivalent of ice is calculated in total amount of mixing water. Using liquid nitrogen to cool concrete is Contractor's option. 5. Cover steel reinforcement with water-soaked burlap so steel temperature will not exceed ambient air temperature immediately before embedding in concrete. 6. Fog-spray forms[, steel reinforcement,] and subgrade just before placing concrete. Keep subgrade moisture uniform without standing water, soft spots, or dry areas. B. Protection 1. Provide and use all required raincovers, sunshades, fog sprays, and other devices to protect the concrete. SECTION 32-1300 CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE PAVING Olander Drive Extension I March 11, 2020 Page 15151515 of 17171717 2. When rain appears imminent, all paving operations shall stop, and all available personnel shall begin placing forms against the sides of the pavement and covering the surface of the unhardened concrete with the protective covering. 3. The Contractor shall have on hand at the paving site sufficient burlap, plastic, or paper to cover at least 6,000 square feet of freshly laid pavement as a protection against sudden thundershowers or heavy downpours of rain. 4. Any part of the pavement damaged by pedestrian traffic or other causes occurring prior to its final acceptance shall be repaired or replaced by and at the expense of the Contractor, in a manner satisfactory to the Landscape Architect. The Contractor shall protect the pavement against both public traffic and the traffic caused by his own employees and agents. The pavement shall be so protected until the beam test shows a strength of at least 550 pounds per square inch or a minimum of 7 days. 3.3.3.3.09090909 FIELD QUALITY CONTROLFIELD QUALITY CONTROLFIELD QUALITY CONTROLFIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Engage a qualified independent testing and inspection agency to sample materials, perform tests, and submit test reports during concrete placement according to requirements specified in this Article. B. Testing Services: Testing shall be performed according to the following requirements: 1. Sampling Fresh Concrete: Representative samples of fresh concrete shall be obtained according to ASTM C 172, except modified for slump to comply with ASTM C 94. 2. Slump: ASTM C 143; one test at point of placement for each compressive-strength test, but not less than one test for each day's pour of each type of concrete. Additional tests will be required when concrete consistency changes. 3. Compression Test Specimens: ASTM C 31/C 31M; one set of four standard cylinders for each compressive-strength test, unless otherwise indicated. Cylinders shall be molded and stored for laboratory-cured test specimens unless field-cured test specimens are required. 4. Compressive-Strength Tests: ASTM C 39; one set for each day's pour of each concrete class exceeding 5 cu. yd. (4 cu. m), but less than 25 cu. yd. (19 cu. m), plus one set for each additional 50 cu. yd. (38 cu. m). One specimen shall be tested at 7 days and two specimens at 28 days; one specimen shall be retained in reserve for later testing if required. 5. When total quantity of a given class of concrete is less than 50 cu. yd. (38 cu. m), Landscape Architect may waive compressive-strength testing if adequate evidence of satisfactory strength is provided. 6. When strength of field-cured cylinders is less than 85 percent of companion laboratory-cured cylinders, current operations shall be evaluated and corrective procedures shall be provided for protecting and curing in-place concrete. SECTION 32-1300 CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE PAVING Olander Drive Extension I March 11, 2020 Page 16161616 of 17171717 7. Strength level of concrete will be considered satisfactory if averages of sets of three consecutive compressive-strength test results equal or exceed specified compressive strength and no individual compressive-strength test result falls below specified compressive strength by more than 500 psi (3.4 MPa). C. Test results shall be reported in writing to Landscape Architect, concrete manufacturer, and Contractor within 24 hours of testing. Reports of compressive-strength tests shall contain Project identification name and number, date of concrete placement, name of concrete testing agency, concrete type and class, location of concrete batch in pavement, design compressive strength at 28 days, concrete mix proportions and materials, compressive breaking strength, and type of break for both 7- and 28-day tests. 3.3.3.3.11110000 DEFECTIVE WORKDEFECTIVE WORKDEFECTIVE WORKDEFECTIVE WORK A. Inspection 1. Immediately after forms have been removed, inspect all concrete surfaces and patch all pour joints, voids, rock pockets, and other imperfections before the concrete is thoroughly dry. 2. Do not patch until concrete has been inspected by the Landscape Architect. B. Patching 1. Minor Defective Areas a. Chip away to a depth of about one inch, leaving edges perpendicular to the surface. Wet the area to be patched and a space of at least 6" wide around it to prevent water being absorbed out of the mortar. b. Coat the area to be patched with a cement wash consisting of neat cement and a solution of one part "Konset", or equal approved by the Landscape Architect, to four parts water; apply patching mortar immediately. c. Patching mortar shall consist of one part cement to three parts water to a consistency as dry as is possible within the requirements of handling and placing; thoroughly compact the mortar by ramming it into place. d. Screed off so as to leave the patch slightly higher than surrounding surfaces; leave undisturbed for a period of 1-2 hours to permit initial shrinkage, and then perform final finishing. e. Finish the patch to match adjacent surfaces and keep wet for at least seven days; provide and install all required protective coverings. 2. Major Defective Areas a. If the defects are serious or affect the strength of the structure or if patching does not satisfactorily restore the quality and appearance of the surface, the Architect may require the concrete to be removed and replaced, completely in accordance with the provisions of this Section, at no additional cost to the Owner. SECTION 32-1300 CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE PAVING Olander Drive Extension I March 11, 2020 Page 17171717 of 17171717 b. Remove and replace concrete paving that is broken or damaged or does not comply with requirements in this Section. Remove work in complete sections from joint to joint unless otherwise approved by Architect. c. Protect concrete paving from damage. Exclude traffic from paving for at least 14 days after placement. When construction traffic is permitted, maintain paving as clean as possible by removing surface stains and spillage of materials as they occur. d. Maintain concrete paving free of stains, discoloration, dirt, and other foreign material. Sweep paving not more than two days before date scheduled for Substantial Completion inspections. 3.3.3.3.11111111 WASTE MANAGEMENTWASTE MANAGEMENTWASTE MANAGEMENTWASTE MANAGEMENT A. Separate and dispose of waste in accordance with the Project’s Waste Management Plan. 3.3.3.3.11112222 CLEANINGCLEANINGCLEANINGCLEANING Clean all adjacent surfaces of Concrete materials prior to drying. Protect Accessible Warning strips from spillage, tracking, or migration of cementitious materials onto the face of accessible strips. 3.3.3.3.11113333 DEICING MATERIALSDEICING MATERIALSDEICING MATERIALSDEICING MATERIALS Coordinate with the Owner and Landscape Architect Deicing Materials to be used within the first year of concrete’s installation in order to minimize the number of freeze thaw cycles the newly formed concrete undergoes. END OF SECTIONEND OF SECTIONEND OF SECTIONEND OF SECTION SECTION 32SECTION 32SECTION 32SECTION 32----9999222200 00 00 00 SEEDING & SODDINGSEEDING & SODDINGSEEDING & SODDINGSEEDING & SODDING Olander Drive Extension I March 11, 2020 Page 1111 of 13131313 SECTION 32 9200 SEEDING & SODDING PART 1 PART 1 PART 1 PART 1 ---- GENERALGENERALGENERALGENERAL 1.01 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS A. Attention is directed to the requirements of the printed form of Contract and to Division 1, General Requirements, of which this section is hereby made a part. 1.02 ITEMS REQUIRED BUT NOT SPECIFIED A. If an item or material of this trade is indicated in the Drawings but not specifically listed in this Section, provide such item or material at a standard of quality equal to the standard established for the balance of the Work specified, in accordance with the Architect's interpretation. 1.03 EXECUTION, CORRELATION AND INTENT A. In case of an inconsistency between Drawings and Specifications, or within either Document not clarified by addendum, the better quality or greater quantity of Work shall be provided, in accordance with the Architect's interpretation. 1.04 SECTION INCLUDES A. Items required for this Work is indicated on the Drawings and, in general, includes seeding and soil preparation for seeding throughout the Work. 1.05 RELATED WORK DESCRIBED ELSEWHERE Excavating, Filling, and Grading .......................................................... ....….Division 31 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications of Workers Provide at least one person who shall be present at all times during execution of this portion of the Work, be thoroughly familiar with the type of materials being installed and the best methods for their installation, and direct all work performed under this Section. B. Standards 1. All seeding materials shall meet or exceed the specifications of Federal and State laws requiring inspection for plant disease and insect control. 2. Quality shall conform with the current edition of "Horticultural Standards" for number one grade seed or sod, as adopted by the American Association of Nurserymen. SECTION 32SECTION 32SECTION 32SECTION 32----9999222200 00 00 00 SEEDING & SODDINGSEEDING & SODDINGSEEDING & SODDINGSEEDING & SODDING Olander Drive Extension I March 11, 2020 Page 2222 of 13131313 1.07 SUBMITTALS A. Materials List Within 35 days after award of Contract and before any seeding materials are delivered to the job site, submit to the Landscape Architect a complete list of all seeding and other items proposed to be installed. 1. Include complete data on source, size, and quality. 2. Demonstrate complete conformance with the requirements of this Section. 3. This shall in no way be construed as permitting substitution for specific items described in the Drawings or these Specifications unless the substitution has been approved in advance by the Landscape Architect. B. Certificates 1. All certificates required by law shall accompany shipments. 2. Prior to installation, deliver all certificates to the Landscape Architect. 1.08 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Soil-Testing Laboratory Qualifications: An approved independent laboratory, recognized by the local State Department of Agriculture, with a minimum of 5 years’ experience and with the capability to conduct the testing and interpretation. Provide the laboratory with representative samples and a copy of the Contract Document Planting Plans, Schedules and Specifications. Test, analyze and interpret in accordance with current Soil Science Society of America methods. B. Independent Tests: Owner reserves to right to have soil tested independently at the Contractor’s cost. Soil will be tested until amendments meet performance requirements. 1.09 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Delivery and Storage 1. Deliver all items to the site in their original containers with all labels intact and legible at time of Landscape Architect's inspection. 2. Immediately remove from the site all seeding materials which are not true to name and all materials which do not comply with the provisions of this Section of these Specifications. 3. Use all means necessary to protect seeding materials before, during, and after installation and to protect the installed work and materials of all other trades. SECTION 32SECTION 32SECTION 32SECTION 32----9999222200 00 00 00 SEEDING & SODDINGSEEDING & SODDINGSEEDING & SODDINGSEEDING & SODDING Olander Drive Extension I March 11, 2020 Page 3333 of 13131313 C. Soil Delivery, Storage and Handling 1. Prevent spillage when hauling on or adjacent to any public street or highway. In the event that spillage occurs, remove all spillage and sweep, wash, or otherwise clean such streets or highways as required by local City, County and/or the State Authorities. 2. Take precautions to prevent a dust nuisance to adjacent public or private properties and to prevent erosion and transportation of soil to downstream or adjacent properties due to work under this Contract. At project site exit, clean dirt from tires. Do not track dirt onto highways. 3. Prior to delivery, propose suitable stockpile locations. Stockpile to a 6 foot high maximum and protect from traffic, wind and water erosion. Provide temporary seeding and/or erosion control measures as approved by Owner's Representative. 4. Protect inorganic mulch from contamination by foreign materials. Isolate stockpiles to prevent mixing of different aggregate grades. Prevent contamination by organic materials. 5. Use quality control sampling and testing to ensure that delivered materials match the approved samples/mockups and the specified criteria. 6. Before Landscape Soils are distributed from stockpiles ensure a uniform mix, free of subgrade lenses and other irregularities. D. Replacements In the event of damage or rejection, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary to the approval of the Landscape Architect, at no additional cost to the Owner. 1.10 SEQUENCING A. Coordination with Utilities: Ensure the works are staged and sequenced to; 1. Minimize tracking of equipment and compacting planting areas otherwise soil will have to be re-worked again to comply with the specified requirements. 2. Prevent mixing, contamination or reversing soil profile from utility excavations and back filling. Repair any disturbance to the soil layers after placing to comply with the specified requirements. B. Slopes steeper than 1V in 3H: 1. Complete all work on slopes (irrigation pipes, soil, erosion control etc) before surrounding flatter areas are prepared for Landscape Soil. SECTION 32SECTION 32SECTION 32SECTION 32----9999222200 00 00 00 SEEDING & SODDINGSEEDING & SODDINGSEEDING & SODDINGSEEDING & SODDING Olander Drive Extension I March 11, 2020 Page 4444 of 13131313 1.11 SEEDING SEASON A. Seeding Seeding shall normally be done between August 15th to October 10 and/or April 1st to June 15th. B. Variance If special conditions exist which may warrant a variance in the above planting dates, a written request shall be submitted to the Landscape Architect stating the special conditions for the proposed variance. Permission for the variance will be given if warranted in the opinion of the Landscape Architect. Regardless of the time of seeding, the Contractor shall be responsible for a full growth of grass. PART 2 PART 2 PART 2 PART 2 ---- PRODUCTS PRODUCTS PRODUCTS PRODUCTS 2.01 TOPSOIL A. General Topsoil, except that existing on the site, will not be made available by the Owner. The Contractor shall be responsible for supplying any additional topsoil needed and hauling it to the site. It shall be obtained from naturally well-drained areas. It shall not be excessively acid or alkaline nor contain toxic substances which may be harmful to plant growth. Topsoil shall be without admixture of subsoil and shall be cleaned and free from clay lumps, stones, stumps, roots, or similar substances three quarter inch, (3/4”) or more in diameter, debris, or other objects which might be a hindrance to planting operations. Furnish all topsoil required to complete the work. Materials removed shall be disposed of by the Contractor. All topsoil, whether obtained from on site or off site shall be screened prior to use. B. Testing 1. Excavated existing topsoil may be kept on-site and re-used without additional testing. Topsoil for re-use shall be segregated from other fill material and shall not be mixed with subsoil or any other inorganic aggregates. Topsoil hauled off-site and subsequently hauled back shall be tested as if it had originated from off-site sources. 2. The Contractor shall take representative samples of topsoil from topsoil to be hauled to the site and shall submit samples to a Soil Testing Laboratory for chemical analysis, and physical analysis. The Contractor shall indicate to the testing agencies that turf is to be planted and who the Owner is. The Contractor shall forward to the Landscape Architect two copies of analysis and recommendations of the testing agencies. Contractor to amend topsoil per recommendations of the testing agency until topsoil meets target levels of organic content, pH, CaCEC. SECTION 32SECTION 32SECTION 32SECTION 32----9999222200 00 00 00 SEEDING & SODDINGSEEDING & SODDINGSEEDING & SODDINGSEEDING & SODDING Olander Drive Extension I March 11, 2020 Page 5555 of 13131313 2.02 INORGANIC LANDSCAPE SOIL COMPONENTS & AMENDMENTS A. Existing Topsoil: The Owner has existing soil that may be suitable for reuse. The Owner shall not be responsible for interpretations or conclusions drawn concerning the actual volume of conforming soil that may be recovered nor the volume of actual unsuitable material remaining. Soil testing to assess salvage potential has been carried out by the Owner. This information is not intended as representations or warranties of the continuity of such conditions between soil tests. The Owner shall not be responsible for interpretations or conclusions drawn there from. The data is made available only for information and not for construction. Make any additional tests and other exploratory operations at no cost to the Owner. B. Imported Topsoil: Surface “A” horizon from natural or cultivated surface profile (not including bogs or wetlands) containing organic matter, sand, silt, and clay particles; friable, pervious, and black or a darker shade of brown, gray, or red than underlying subsoil; free of subsoil, clay lumps, gravel; and free of weeds, roots, and other deleterious materials. Percentage by mass and pH to ASTM D5268-92 specification (table 1). C. Amendments: Use amendments to make the soil conform to the specified requirements. Use amendment types as recommended by the Soils Report. 2.03 FERTILIZER A. General All fertilizer shall be a commercial balanced, 10-6-4 fertilizer delivered to the site in bags labeled with the manufacturer's guaranteed analysis. B. Commercial Fertilizer 1. Commercial fertilizer shall be a complete fertilizer in which 50-70 percent of the nitrogenous elements shall be derived from organic sources; phosphate shall be derived from superphosphate containing 16-20 percent phosphoric acid or bonemeal containing 25-30 percent phosphoric acid and 2-3 percent nitrogen; and potash shall be derived from muriate of potash containing 55-60 percent potash. It shall contain the following percentages by weight. 18% Nitrogen - 26% Phosphoric Acid - 12% Potash 2. Fertilizer shall be mixed, as specified, and delivered to the site in standard, unopened containers showing weight, guaranteed analysis, and name of manufacturer. SECTION 32SECTION 32SECTION 32SECTION 32----9999222200 00 00 00 SEEDING & SODDINGSEEDING & SODDINGSEEDING & SODDINGSEEDING & SODDING Olander Drive Extension I March 11, 2020 Page 6666 of 13131313 C. Special Protection If stored at the site, protect fertilizer from the elements at all times. 2.04 SOIL AMENDMENTS A. Peat Peat shall be moist, finely shredded, consist of 90 percent organic moss peat, be brown in color, and suitable for horticultural purposes. Shredded particles shall not exceed one half (1/2) inch in diameter. Peat shall be measured in air dry condition, containing not more than 35 percent moisture by weight. Ash content shall not exceed 10 percent. B. Limestone Ground dolomite limestone shall be an approved agricultural limestone and shall contain not less than 85 percent of total carbonates. Limestone shall be ground to such fineness that 50 percent will pass a 100-mesh sieve, and 90 percent will pass a 20-mesh sieve. This site was a pine forest up until this past year. Provide lime applications as necessary to bring the soil pH to the proper level. More than one application may be required. 2.05 GRASS SEED A. General - All grass seed mix shall be as noted on the plans. 1. Free from noxious weed seeds and recleaned. 2. Grade A recent crop seed. 3. Treated with appropriate fungicide at time of mixing. 4. Delivered to the site in sealed containers with dealer's guaranteed analysis. 5. Confirmed with Northampton Maintenance department for approval of seed mix blend. B. Seed mix for stabilization along side slopes and general stabilization shall be New England Semi-Shade Grass and Forbes Mix available from New England Wetland Plants, Amherst, MA. C. Seed mix for vegetated swales and detention basins shall be New England Erosion Control/Restoration Mix for Detention Basins and Moist Sites available from New England Wetland Plants, Amherst, MA. 2.06 EROSION CONTROL MATTING A. All slopes graded at 3:1 or greater, including those located at Memorial Park, shall receive a biodegradable straw mat placed on the surface to prevent erosion. The mat shall consist of 100% straw fibers stitch-bonded to a photodegradable net on top side only and be suitable for low flow to moderate flow run-off conditions. SECTION 32SECTION 32SECTION 32SECTION 32----9999222200 00 00 00 SEEDING & SODDINGSEEDING & SODDINGSEEDING & SODDINGSEEDING & SODDING Olander Drive Extension I March 11, 2020 Page 7777 of 13131313 PART 3 PART 3 PART 3 PART 3 ---- EXECUTIONEXECUTIONEXECUTIONEXECUTION 3.01 SURFACE CONDITIONS 1. Existing conditions: Before starting work, examine related work and surfaces. Verify that Earth Moving has resulted in the conforming subgrades with in specified tolerances. 2. Verify that no foreign or deleterious material or liquid including, but not limited to, paint, concrete slurry, cement, plaster, oils, gasoline, diesel, paint thinner, turpentine, tar, or acid is within planting areas. If present, remove and replace with new soil. 3. Weather Limitations: Proceed with soil works when existing and forecasted weather conditions permit. 4. Moisture Content: Do not work when moisture content is so great that excessive compaction will occur, nor when it is so dry that dust will form in air or that clods will not break readily. Water, if necessary, to bring soil to moisture content suitable for tilling and spreading. Do not spread if subgrade is frozen, muddy, at optimum moisture content or excessively wet. C. Inspection 1. Prior to all work of this Section, carefully inspect the installed work of all other trades, and verify that all such work is complete to the point where this installation may properly commence. 2. Verify that seeding may be completed in accordance with the original design and the referenced standards. D. Discrepancies 1. In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the Landscape Architect. 2. Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy until all such discrepancies have been fully resolved. 3.02 SUBGRADE PREPARATION A. The Contractor shall do whatever grading is necessary to bring the subgrade to a true, smooth slope, parallel and 6" below finished grade, for all seed bed areas. Remove all existing lawns and grasses, including roots. B. There must be sufficient grade staked, as determined by the Architect, to insure correct line and grade of subgrade and of finished grade. SECTION 32SECTION 32SECTION 32SECTION 32----9999222200 00 00 00 SEEDING & SODDINGSEEDING & SODDINGSEEDING & SODDINGSEEDING & SODDING Olander Drive Extension I March 11, 2020 Page 8888 of 13131313 C. Immediately prior to being covered with topsoil, the top 3" of the subgrade shall be raked or otherwise loosened and shall be free of stones, rock, and other foreign material 2" or greater in dimensions. D. Protect utilities, structures, foundations, sidewalks, pavements, paths, trails, other facilities, lawns and plants from damage caused by operations or as a result of operations. 1. Utilities: After locating and marking, verify the status of utilities. Protect or temporarily divert existing utilities to remain active. Rectify immediately any obstruction or damage to utilities to remain active and provide and pay for temporary utilities whilst repairs are carried out to the satisfaction of the utility owner. 2. Property: Do not interfere with or damage property that is to remain on or adjacent to the site, including adjoining property to the site, and trees. Rectify immediately any interference or damage to such property. Protect finishes from staining. 3. Trees: If the trees are damaged or placed under unnecessary and avoidable stress by the Contractor, the Owners Representative shall deduct damages from the Contractor’s progress claim. 4. Irrigation: Install a temporary diversion main, control cable and valves to isolate contract area and to maintain service to areas outside of the contract area. E. Provide temporary erosion-control and slope stability measures to prevent erosion, displacement of soils, discharge of soil-bearing water runoff or airborne dust on to adjacent properties and areas of completed work. Be responsible for any additional measures in areas that rely on the establishment of plant roots to stabilize soils and slopes 3.03 FINISH GRADE PREPARATION A. Topsoil shall not be worked in a frozen or muddy condition. B. Topsoil shall be spread over approved areas to a depth sufficiently greater than 6" in "loam and seed" lawn areas so that after natural settlement and light rolling, the completed work will conform to the lines, grades, and elevations indicated. If excess topsoil exists, topsoil shall be spread a maximum of 8" deep on lawn areas. C. After topsoil has been spread in approved areas, it shall be carefully prepared by scarifying or harrowing, and stones over one half inch in diameter shall be removed from the topsoil. It shall be free of roots and smaller stones in excessive quantities, as determined by the Landscape Architect. D. The whole surface shall then be rolled with a roller which weighs not more than 100 pounds per foot of width. During the rolling, all depressions caused by settlement of rolling shall be filled with additional topsoil, and the surface shall be regraded and rolled until presenting a smooth and even finish to the required grade. 3.04 LAYOUT A. Lines and Elevations: The visual appearance and acceptable tolerances of the design is critically dependent upon the layout of the works. Include all costs and provide all SECTION 32SECTION 32SECTION 32SECTION 32----9999222200 00 00 00 SEEDING & SODDINGSEEDING & SODDINGSEEDING & SODDINGSEEDING & SODDING Olander Drive Extension I March 11, 2020 Page 9999 of 13131313 instruments necessary to set out the works accurately. Establish lines and elevation markers located and laid out by survey instrumentation for all finish grades. Provide additional grade stakes and string lines as required to achieve grades and to enable field observations by the Landscape Architect. Re-instate markers/stakes as required throughout the works. B. Verify: Include all costs and provide all calculations necessary to verify the subgrade, substrate and/or structural set-down elevations from the finish elevations minus thickness of overlying finishes. If any discrepancy is found notify the Landscape Architect before final grading. C. Review: The Landscape Architect shall review the field layout and retains the right to direct adjustments to the layout within 2 days. Include costs and allow time to adjust the layout. 3.05 PLACING AND SPREADING LANDSCAPE SOILS A. Only commence spreading after soils have been tested and shown to conform. B. Use equipment and/or methods that spread loads without over compacting the Landscape Soil profile. Do not use vibratory equipment. C. Spread Landscape Soils in lifts not exceeding 6 inches to the depths and tolerances shown on the drawings but not less than required to meet finish grades after settlement/consolidation. D. Spread Landscape Soils evenly throughout areas and rototill or disk-harrow the top of each lift before placing the next lift. Blend different soil types where they adjoin. E. On slopes steeper than 1V in 3H, place and spread Landscape Soils from the bottom up. F. If Landscape topsoil includes in-field amendments rototill before planting. G. Apply water as required to induce initial settlement and/or consolidation. H. When adequately dry, re-grade or re-screed smooth, adding additional Landscape Topsoil as required to meet finished grades and elevations. I. Grading between required lines and grades to be smooth, uniform and planar. Slope finish grades to drain surface water away from buildings, and other structures. Slope finish grades to drain with uniform slope between points where elevations are given or between points and existing grades. J. Fine rake until the surface is smooth, friable, and of a uniform fine texture and compaction having no lumps or stones over the specified solid materials size. Screed if necessary, to achieve smooth slopes and sharp intersections of planes. K. Protect Landscape Soil Profiles from further compaction. Where the Landscape Soil Profile exceeds specified limit after spreading, chisel to the depth of soil, till and grade smooth. SECTION 32SECTION 32SECTION 32SECTION 32----9999222200 00 00 00 SEEDING & SODDINGSEEDING & SODDINGSEEDING & SODDINGSEEDING & SODDING Olander Drive Extension I March 11, 2020 Page 10101010 of 13131313 Restore planting beds if eroded or otherwise disturbed after finish grading and before planting. L. Hydromulch with a sterile nurse crop and/or cover with erosion control mat if Landscape Topsoil is to be exposed for more than 4 weeks. M. If possible leave Landscape Topsoil fallow and encourage any weeds to germinate before eradicating them. N. Top-up Landscape Soils if settlement and/or consolidation occur outside the specified tolerances. 3.06 SEED/ SOD BED PREPARATION A. After the areas to be seeded have been brought to the grades specified, spread limestone at a rate of 100 pounds per 1,000 square feet. B. Apply the 18-26-12 fertilizer at a rate of 5 pounds per 1,000 square feet within 10 days prior to seeding. Thoroughly and evenly incorporate fertilizer and lime with the soil to a depth of 3" by discing or other approved method. In areas inaccessible to power equipment, use hand tools. Adjacent to trees and shrubs, use hand tools to avoid disturbances of the roots. C. The Seeding Contractor shall reconstitute the soil, as may be recommended by a soil testing agency, prior to use as planting soil. Any deficiencies in the topsoil shall be corrected by the Contractor, as recommended, at no expense to the Owner. D. After incorporation of fertilizer and lime into the soil, the seed bed shall be fine graded to remove all ridges and depressions and the surface cleared of all debris and of all stones one half inch or more in diameter. 3.07 SEEDING A. Immediately before seeding, the ground shall be restored, as necessary, to a loose friable condition by dicing or other approved method to a depth of not less than 2". The surface shall be cleared of all roots, debris and of all stones 1/2" or more in diameter. B. Seed all grass areas with specified grass seed, sowing evenly with an approved mechanical seeder at the rate of 6 pounds per 1,000 square feet. Sow 3 pounds per 1,000 square feet in one direction and 3 pounds per 1,000 square feet at right angles to the first seeding. Spread seed when soil is moist. Cultipacker, or approved similar equipment, may be used to cover the seed and to firm the seed bed in one operation. In areas inaccessible to cultipacker, the seeded ground shall be lightly raked and rolled in two directions with a water ballast roller. Extreme care shall be taken during seeding and raking to insure that no change shall occur in the finished grades and that the seed is not raked from one spot to another. Hydro-seeding is an acceptable manner of seeding, providing the Contractor SECTION 32SECTION 32SECTION 32SECTION 32----9999222200 00 00 00 SEEDING & SODDINGSEEDING & SODDINGSEEDING & SODDINGSEEDING & SODDING Olander Drive Extension I March 11, 2020 Page 11111111 of 13131313 certifies in writing that the hydro-seed fertilizer mix is as herein specified and applied at the equivalent rate of 6 pounds per 1,000 square feet. C. Seed all conservation areas with specified conservation seed, sowing evenly with an approved mechanical seeder at the rate of 2 pounds per 1,000 square feet. Spread seed when soil is moist. The seeded ground shall be lightly raked and rolled in two directions with a water ballast roller. Extreme care shall be taken during seeding and raking to insure that no change shall occur in the finished grades and that the seed is not raked from one spot to another. D. Promptly after seeding, wet the seed bed thoroughly, keeping all areas moist throughout the germination period. E. Mulch shall be placed immediately after seeding. Hay that has been thoroughly fluffed shall be spread evenly and uniformly at the rate of two to three tons per acre. Lumps and thick mulch materials shall be thinned. All mulch anchor stakes, strings and matting shall be removed before final acceptance of lawns. F. Take whatever measures are necessary to protect the seeded area while it is germinating. These measures shall include furnishing warnings signs, barriers, and other needed measures of protection. 3.08 SODDING A. Moisture Content Sod shall not be harvested or transplanted when moisture content (excessively dry or wet) may adversely affect its survival. B. Time Limitations 1. Sod shall be harvested, delivered and transplanted within a period of 36 hours unless a suitable preservation method is approved prior to delivery. 2. Sod not transplanted within this period shall be inspected and approved by the Architect prior to its installation. C. Transplanting 1. Moistening the Soil: During periods of higher than optimal temperature for species being specified and after all unevenness in the soil surface has been corrected, the soil shall be lightly moistened immediately prior to laying sod. 2. Starter Strip: The first row of sod shall be laid in a straight line with subsequent rows placed parallel to and tightly against each other. Lateral joints shall be staggered to promote more uniform growth and strength. Care shall be exercised to ensure that sod is not stretched or overlapped and that all joints are butted tight in order to prevent voids which would cause air drying of the roots. SECTION 32SECTION 32SECTION 32SECTION 32----9999222200 00 00 00 SEEDING & SODDINGSEEDING & SODDINGSEEDING & SODDINGSEEDING & SODDING Olander Drive Extension I March 11, 2020 Page 12121212 of 13131313 3. Sloping Surfaces: On 1:3 or greater slopes, sod shall be laid with staggered joints and secured by tamping, pegging or other approved methods. 3. Watering and Rolling: Water sod immediately after transplanting to prevent excessive drying during progress of work. As sodding is completed in any one section, the entire area shall be rolled. It shall then be thoroughly watered to a depth sufficient that the underside of the new sod pad and soil immediately below the sod are thoroughly wet. The Owner shall be responsible for having adequate water available. 3.09 PLACING EROSION CONTROL FABRIC A. Seek and comply with manufacturer’s written installation guidelines. Such guidelines shall be specific to the Project site and application. 3.10 MAINTENANCE A. Maintenance shall begin immediately after seeding operations and shall continue until Acceptance or for a minimum of 60 days, whichever is longer. B. Maintenance of seed areas shall consist of watering, weeding, curing, repair of all erosion, and reseeding as necessary to establish a uniform stand of grass. Lawns shall be watered in a satisfactory manner during and immediately after planting, and not less than twice per week until final acceptance. All areas which fail to show a uniform stand of grass for any reason shall be reseeded repeatedly until a uniform stand is attained. Scattered bare spots, evenly distributed and not exceeding 8" square of any lawn area will be allowed at the discretion of the Landscape Architect. At the time of the first cutting, there shall be a uniform stand between 3 and 3-1/2" high, and mower blades shall be set between 2-1/2" and 3" high. Catch shall be representative of seed specified. 3.11 ACCEPTANCE A. The Landscape Architect shall inspect all work for Acceptance upon written request of the Contractor. The request shall be received at least 10 calendar days before the anticipated date of inspection. Upon completion and re-inspection of all repairs or renewals necessary in the judgment of the Landscape Architect, he shall certify in writing to the Contractor as to the Acceptance of the work. 3.12 ACCEPTANCE IN PART A. The work may be accepted in parts when it is deemed to be in the Owner's best interest to do so and when approval is given to the Contractor in writing to complete the work in parts. Acceptance and use of such areas by the Owner shall not waive any other provisions of this Contract. 3.13 CLEANUP SECTION 32SECTION 32SECTION 32SECTION 32----9999222200 00 00 00 SEEDING & SODDINGSEEDING & SODDINGSEEDING & SODDINGSEEDING & SODDING Olander Drive Extension I March 11, 2020 Page 13131313 of 13131313 A. When any of this work is done while buildings are occupied, pavements shall be kept clear at all times, broom cleaned to prevent tracking dirt into buildings. B. After completion of all planting operations, dispose of all debris and excess material to the satisfaction of the Landscape Architect. All pavements shall be broomed and hosed clean. 3.14 DISPOSAL A. Disposal: Remove surplus and waste material, including excess subsoil, unsuitable soil, trash, and debris, and legally dispose or recycle them off site. 3.15 FINAL INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE A. At the end of the guarantee period, the Landscape Architect will inspect all guaranteed work for the Final Acceptance upon written request of the Contractor. The request shall be received at least 10 calendar days before the anticipated date for final inspection. B. Upon completion and re-inspection of all repairs or renewals necessary in the judgment of the Landscape Architect at that time, he shall certify in writing to the Contractor as to the Final Acceptance of the project. END OF SECTIONEND OF SECTIONEND OF SECTIONEND OF SECTION SECTION 33-1000 WATER UTILITIES Olander Drive Extension I March 11, 2020 Page 1111 of 11111111 SECTION 33SECTION 33SECTION 33SECTION 33----1010101000000000 WATER WATER WATER WATER UTILITIESUTILITIESUTILITIESUTILITIES PART 1PART 1PART 1PART 1 GENERALGENERALGENERALGENERAL 1.1.1.1.1111 CONTRACT PROVISIONS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCECONTRACT PROVISIONS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCECONTRACT PROVISIONS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCECONTRACT PROVISIONS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE The General Provisions of the Contract, including the General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1, apply to the work specified in this Section. 1.21.21.21.2 RELATED DOCUMENTSRELATED DOCUMENTSRELATED DOCUMENTSRELATED DOCUMENTS The Contractor, Subcontractors, and/or suppliers providing goods or services referenced in or related to this Section shall also be bound by the General Conditions of the Contract documents. 1.1.1.1.3333 ITEMS REQUIRED BUT NOT SPECIFIEDITEMS REQUIRED BUT NOT SPECIFIEDITEMS REQUIRED BUT NOT SPECIFIEDITEMS REQUIRED BUT NOT SPECIFIED If an item or material of this trade is indicated in the Drawings but not specifically listed in this Section, provide such item or material at a standard of quality equal to the standard established for the balance of the Work specified, in accordance with the Architect's interpretation. 1.1.1.1.4444 EXECUTION, CORRELATION AND INTENTEXECUTION, CORRELATION AND INTENTEXECUTION, CORRELATION AND INTENTEXECUTION, CORRELATION AND INTENT In case of an inconsistency between Drawings and Specifications, or within either Document not clarified by addendum, the better quality or greater quantity of Work shall be provided, in accordance with the Architect's interpretation. 1.1.1.1.5555 DESCRIPTIONDESCRIPTIONDESCRIPTIONDESCRIPTION A. Work under this Section of the Specifications shall consist of providing all labor, materials and equipment necessary and required to install all of the water distribution and service facilities in accordance with Contract Documents. This work shall include but not be limited to: 1. Installation of water distribution system consisting of excavation, piping, valves and boxes, pipe fittings, thrustblocks, manhole, vaults and all necessary and required accessory items and operations including sheeting, bracing, pumping and coordination with interior plumbing and electrical contractors. 2. Connection of building water service lines to the water distribution system. 3. Testing and disinfection. SECTION 33-1000 WATER UTILITIES Olander Drive Extension I March 11, 2020 Page 2222 of 11111111 4. Installation of water lines within the Public R.O.W. and/or Easements, including connections to existing water supply facilities. 5. Work performed under the Water Distribution System Scope of Services shall be limited to work outside of, and up to a point of ten (10) feet outside of the building(s) foundation wall as shown on the Drawings. Work inside the building(s) foundation wall as shown on the Drawings. Work inside the building and connection to new water service piping installed under this section shall be included under the scope of services described in the various sections of Section 15400 PLUMBING and Section 15300 FIRE PROTECTION of these Specifications. 6. The Contractor shall pay for all costs and fees related to connecting water system to existing services and shall file all applications, details, and drawings, required by the local authority having jurisdiction. B. Related Work Described Elsewhere Temporary Tree and Plant Protection…………...…….……………………………...… Division 01 Site Demotion Clearing and Grubbing……… ....................................... ……..Division 31 Excavation, Backfill, Earthwork, and Grading ............................................. Division 31 1.1.1.1.6666 QUALITY ASSURANCEQUALITY ASSURANCEQUALITY ASSURANCEQUALITY ASSURANCE A. Local Municipality Requirements 1. The Contractor shall notify the local Water Department sufficiently in advance of connecting new or relocated water services to existing water main. All work and materials shall be subject to approval of the Water Department. 2. The Contractor shall be responsible for making all arrangements with municipal and State personnel and paying all fees associated with the water system installation and testing. 3. All water distribution materials and installation shall conform to the requirements of the local DPW Waterworks Standards. Should discrepancies exist between the local Standards and this Specification, the local Standards shall prevail. For materials or methods of installation not included in the local Standards, but specified herein, the Contractor shall submit this material or methodology to the local DPW for approval prior to purchase and/or execution. B. Inspection and Testing 1. Pipe and fittings shall be inspected and tested at the foundry as required by the standard specifications to which the material is manufactured. The Contractor shall furnish to the Architect in duplicate sworn certificates of such tests. SECTION 33-1000 WATER UTILITIES Olander Drive Extension I March 11, 2020 Page 3333 of 11111111 2. The Owner reserves the right to have any or all pipe, fittings and special castings inspected and/or tested by an independent testing agency at either the manufacturer's plant or elsewhere. Such inspection and tests shall be at the Owner's expense. 3. Ductile iron pipe and fittings shall be subjected to a careful inspection and a hammer test just before being installed. 1.1.1.1.7777 SUBMITTALSSUBMITTALSSUBMITTALSSUBMITTALS A. Materials List After the award of the Contract and before any water system materials are delivered to the job site, submit to the Architect, a complete list of materials proposed to be furnished and installed. 1. Show manufacturer's name and catalog number for each item, furnish complete catalog cuts and technical data, and furnish the manufacturers' recommendations as to method of installation. 2. Upon approval of the Architect, the manufacturers' recommendations shall become the basis for acceptance or rejection of actual methods of installation used in the work. 3. Do not permit any water system component to be brought onto the job site until it has been approved by the Architect. B. Record Drawings 1. During the course of installation, carefully shown in red line on a print of the utility plan all changes made to the water system during installation. Provide swing tie dimensions from fixed objects to all bends, tees, valves and reducers. 2. Upon completion of the water system installation, these marked plans shall be supplied to the Architect. PART 2 PART 2 PART 2 PART 2 ---- PRODUCTSPRODUCTSPRODUCTSPRODUCTS 2.012.012.012.01 PIPEPIPEPIPEPIPE A. DUCTILE IRON WATER PIPE . All water distribution piping larger than 2 inches shall be ductile iron. Ductile iron pipe shall be furnished and installed in sizes as shown on the drawings and in accordance with the latest ANSI Standards' Designations A21.50 (AWWA C150) for "Ductile Iron Pipe Centrifugally Cast in Metal Molds of Sand-Lines Molds for Water or Other Liquids." Unless otherwise SECTION 33-1000 WATER UTILITIES Olander Drive Extension I March 11, 2020 Page 4444 of 11111111 indicated or specified, ductile iron pipe shall be cement lined, and at least thickness Class 52. 1. DI pipe shall be push-on joint type except as otherwise indicated or specified. 2. CI or DI fittings shall conform to ASA/AWWA A21.10/C100 or ANSI/ AWWA A21.10/C110 respectfully, and shall be of a pressure classification at least equal to that of the pipe with which they are used. 3. Gaskets shall conform to ANSI/AWWA A21.11/C11. 4. Inside of pipe and fittings shall be given a cement lining 1/8 inch minimum thickness on pipe 12 inches and smaller in accordance with ANSI/AWWA A21.4/C104. The outside of the pipe and fittings shall be coated with a standard bituminous coating conforming to ANSI/AWWA A21.6/C106. 5. Pipe for use with sleeve-type couplings shall be as specified above except that the ends shall be plain (without bells or beads). The ends shall be cast or machined at right angles to the axis. 6. Sleeve-type couplings shall be cast iron and shall be Dresser style. a. To ensure correct fitting of pipe and couplings, sleeve-type couplings and accessories shall be furnished by the supplier of the pipe and shall be of a pressure rating at least equal to that of the pipeline in which they are to be installed. b. Couplings shall be provided with epoxy coated steel bolts. c. Outer surfaces of couplings including bolts and nuts shall be coated with an approved tar coating upon installation. B. TYPE K COPPER PIPE All domestic service connection piping 2” diameter and smaller shall be Type K copper. All pipe shall conform to AWWA standards for potable water. All pipe must be rated for 1.5 times the operation pressure or 150 PSI, whichever is greater. 2.022.022.022.02 VALVES AND VALVE BOXESVALVES AND VALVE BOXESVALVES AND VALVE BOXESVALVES AND VALVE BOXES A. Gate valve shall be iron body, New York Style (Metropolitan Patter) conforming to AWWA C500. Gate Valve shall have mechanical joint ends, interior epoxy coated, 2 in. square operating nut. Valve shall open to right (clockwise). Gate valve shall be designed to be bottle-tight for a minimum working pressure of 200 lb. per sq. in. B. Each valve shall be provided with a valve box. Box shall be 2 pieces slip-style cast iron and shall be an adjustable telescoping, heavy pattern type. SECTION 33-1000 WATER UTILITIES Olander Drive Extension I March 11, 2020 Page 5555 of 11111111 1. Box shall be designed and constructed to prevent the direct transmission of traffic loads to the piping or valve. 2. Upper section of box shall have a flange with sufficient bearing area to prevent undue settlement. Lower section of box shall be designed to enclose the valve operating nut and stuffing box, and rest on the backfill. 3. Boxes shall be adjustable by 6 in. vertically without reduction of the lap between sections to less than 4 in. 4. Inside diameter of box shall be at least 5 1/4 inch and length of box shall be as required to suit finish ground elevation. 5. Box cover shall be close fitting and substantially dirt-tight. Top of cover shall be flush with top of box rim. Cover shall have a word "WATER" cast into top. 6. Box shall be equal to that as manufactured by the Tyler Corporation. C. For valves installed with depth of cover substantially greater than that specified, extensions, including centering spacers, shall be added to the operation nut assembly to raise the operating nut to a depth below grade equal to that with the normal required depth of cover. D. Valve manufacturer and dimensions shall be acceptable to the local DPW waterworks. 2.032.032.032.03 HYDRANTSHYDRANTSHYDRANTSHYDRANTS A. General: Provide Hydrants as indicated. The Hydrants shall be manufactured by an established manufacturer of good reputation in the industry and in a permanent plant adapted to meet all the design requirements of the hydrant. 1. Fire hydrants shall meet or exceed AWWA C-502, latest revision and shall comply with Factory Mutual Research Corporation and Underwriters’ Laboratories UL 246 Standard. Rated water working pressure shall be 200 psi, test pressure shall be 400 psi. 2. The main valve closure shall be of the compression type, opening against the pressure and closing with the pressure. 3. Hydrants shall be of the breakaway type: The upper barrel shall connect to the lower barrel with a breakable traffic flange and 8 bolts and nuts. This connection shall allow 360 degree rotation of the upper nozzle section. 4. The main valve opening shall be 5-1/4 inch and be designed so that removal of seat, drain valve mechanism, internal rod and all working parts can be removed through top of hydrant. These parts shall be removable without disturbing the ground line joint or the nozzle section of the hydrant. The bronze seat shall be threaded into mating threads of bronze for easy field removal. 5. The draining system of the hydrant shall be bronze and activated by the main stem without use of auxiliary rod, toggles, pins, etc. The drain mechanism shall be SECTION 33-1000 WATER UTILITIES Olander Drive Extension I March 11, 2020 Page 6666 of 11111111 completely closed after no more than three turns of the operating nut in the opening direction. There should be a minimum of (2) inside ports and (4) drain port outlets to the exterior of the hydrant. Drain shut off to be by direct compression closure. 6. The operating nut, main stem, coupling and main valve assembly shall be capable of withstanding input torque of 200 ft. lbs in opening or closing directions. There shall be an internal top housing with triple O-Rings to seal operating threads from the waterway and accommodate an anti-friction washer. 7. Fire hydrants shall have 6-inch mechanical joint inlet connections to the main, two 2 1/2-inch hose connections, 180-degrees apart, and one 4 1/2-inch steamer connection. The hose and steamer connections shall have National Standard Thread. The standpipe shall have an 8 1/2-inch minimum diameter. All nozzle caps shall be cast iron and shall be secured to the hydrant barrel with chains. 8. Hydrant shall be marked with an arrow and the word "open" to indicate the direction to turn the stem to open the hydrant. Hydrants shall open to the direction specified by the water department and have a bronze operating nut that shall be pentagonal in shape, 1-1/2 inch from point to opposite flat. 9. The upper barrel shall be ductile iron with markings identifying size, model and year of manufacture. The lower barrel shall be ductile iron. 10. The hydrant shall have a minimum working pressure of 200 psi. Hydrant design shall be of positive automatic drain type to prevent freezing. 11. Hydrants shall be thoroughly cleaned and given two (2) shop or field coats of paint in accordance with AWWA C502 and the instruction of the paint manufacturer. Paint color shall be the standard hydrant color of the City of Northampton. 12. If the hydrant is delivered with the manufacturer’s standard color, the hydrant shall be given one (1) matching field coat of alkyd gloss enamel. If the hydrant is delivered with no standard color, the hydrant shall be given two (2) coats of alkyd gloss enamel according to the colors specified by the City of Northampton. 13. All expose metal surfaces will be painted. 14. Hydrant paint shall be as manufactured by Sherman-Williams, PPG Industries, Pittsburgh, PA; Koppers Company, Inc., Pittsburgh, PA ; Tnemec Company, Inc. Kansas City, MO; or approved equal. 15. Alkyd gloss enamel shall be Series 54-300 by PPG; Glamortex by Koppers; 2H-Tneme by Tnemec or approved equal. 16. Hydrant manufacturer, dimensions, and direction of turn to open shall be acceptable to the local DPW waterworks. B. Hydrant Safety Flange Repair Kits 1. Safety flange repair kits shall come complete with stem coupling, safety flange, flange gasket, replacement bolts and nuts and hydrant lubricating oil. 2. Safety flange repair kits shall be compatible with hydrant furnished. C. Hydrant Extension Kits SECTION 33-1000 WATER UTILITIES Olander Drive Extension I March 11, 2020 Page 7777 of 11111111 1. Extension kits shall come complete with extension barrel, extension stem, stem coupling and hardware, flange, flange gasket, 8 bolts and nuts and hydrant lubricating oil. 2. Extension kits shall be compatible with hydrant furnished. PART 3 PART 3 PART 3 PART 3 ---- EXECUTIONEXECUTIONEXECUTIONEXECUTION 3.013.013.013.01 SURFACE CONDITIOSURFACE CONDITIOSURFACE CONDITIOSURFACE CONDITIONSNSNSNS A. Inspection 1. Prior to all work of this Section, carefully inspect the installed work of all other trades and verify that all such work is complete to the point where this installation may properly commence. 2. Verify that water utilities may be installed in strict accordance with all pertinent codes and regulations, the original design, the referenced standards, and the manufacturer's recommendations. B. Discrepancies 1. In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the Architect. 2. Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy until all such discrepancies are fully resolved. 3.023.023.023.02 PIPE INSTALLATIONPIPE INSTALLATIONPIPE INSTALLATIONPIPE INSTALLATION A. Piping shall be installed as indicated on the Drawings and in accordance with the referenced local Water Department Standards. Where exact locating dimensions of piping are not indicated on the Drawings, the Architect's approval shall be obtained for proposed locations before installation. B. Ductile iron pipe fittings shall be installed in accordance with the local Water Department Standards. 1. Bottom of trench excavation shall be kept dry and free of water during pipe installation. Adequate measures including dewatering as required shall be taken to prevent flotation of pipe in the trench. 2. Each pipe length shall be installed to form a close joint with the next adjoining length and bring inverts to the required grade. SECTION 33-1000 WATER UTILITIES Olander Drive Extension I March 11, 2020 Page 8888 of 11111111 3. Each pipe length shall have a firm bearing along its entire length. No pipe or fitting shall be permanently supported on saddles, blocking, or stones. 4. Where indicated, new system shall be connected to existing Municipal Water Distribution System in accordance with the local Water Department Requirements. C. Pipe shall be thoroughly cleaned before installation, and shall be maintained free from foreign matter during installation. 1. Where necessary, tight-fitting temporary wood bulkheads shall be employed to close ends of pipeline at end of each day's work. 2. Entire length of pipe shall be thoroughly flushed clean following completion of backfill. D. In any pipe showing a distinct crack and in which it is believed there is no incipient fracture beyond the limits of the visible crack, the cracked portions, if so approved, may be cut off by and at the expense of the Contractor before the pipe is laid so that the pipe used will be perfectly sound. The cut shall be made in the sound barrel at a point at lest 12 in. from the visible limits of the crack. 1. Except as otherwise approved, all cutting shall be done with a machine suitable for cutting ductile iron pipe. Hydraulic squeeze cutters are not acceptable for cutting ductile iron pipe. Travel type cutters and guillotine or rotary type abrasive saws may be used. All cut ends shall be examined for possible cracks caused by cutting. 2. The Contractor's attention is directed to the fact that damage to the lining of pipe or fittings will render them unfit for use; he shall use the utmost care in handling and installing lined and coated pipe and fittings to prevent damage. Protective guards shall not be removed until the pipe is to be installed. E. Concrete Thrust Blocks 1. Changes in direction, both vertical and horizontal shall be braced with concrete thrust blocks. 2. Where pipe is being capped for future connection, cap shall be braced with concrete thrust block. 3. Concrete shall meet requirements of Section 03300, CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE. 4. Thrust block sizing and installation shall be in accordance with local Water Department Standards. 3.033.033.033.03 ASSEMBLING SLEEVEASSEMBLING SLEEVEASSEMBLING SLEEVEASSEMBLING SLEEVE----TYPE COUPLINGTYPE COUPLINGTYPE COUPLINGTYPE COUPLINGSSSS SECTION 33-1000 WATER UTILITIES Olander Drive Extension I March 11, 2020 Page 9999 of 11111111 A. Prior to the installation of sleeve-type couplings, the pipe ends shall be cleaned thoroughly for a distance of 8 in. Soapy water may be used as a gasket lubricant. A follower and gasket, in that order, shall be slipped over each pipe to a distance of about 6 in. from the end, and the middle ring shall be placed on the already laid pipe and until it is properly centered over the joint. The other pipe end shall be inserted into the middle ring and brought to proper position in relation to the pipe already laid. The gaskets and followers shall then be pressed evenly and firmly into the middle ring flares. B. After the bolts have been inserted and all nuts have been made up fingertight, diametrically opposite nuts shall be progressively and uniformly tightened all around the joint, preferable by use of a torque wrench of the appropriate size and torque for the bolts. C. The correct torque as indicated by a torque wrench shall not exceed the sleeve manufacturers recommendations. D. An approved tar coating shall be applied on the entire outer surface of such couplings, including bolts, following installation. 3.043.043.043.04 TESTINGTESTINGTESTINGTESTING A. All portions of the water distribution system installed shall be hydrostatically tested for leakage. B. General Test Requirements 1. Piping shall be adequately restrained against movement before testing. Pressure line shall have thrust blocks installed and the concrete shall have attained full design strength before test pressure is applied to the line. 2. Piping system shall be flushed clean, and sediment, scale, dirt, and debris removed before piping is tested. 3. Adequate provision shall be made for carrying off flushing without causing erosion or other damage. 4. Piping shall be tested before joints are concealed or made inaccessible. 5. Tests shall be made in the presence of an inspector of the authority having jurisdiction and in accordance with the local Water Department Standards. C. Notice of tests shall be made in writing to the Architect and the local Water Department, and received by them at least five days before the date of test. D. Hydrostatic and Leakage Tests 1. Testing shall be in accordance with AWWA Standard C600, Section 4, and at test pressure indicated in the local Water Department Standards. SECTION 33-1000 WATER UTILITIES Olander Drive Extension I March 11, 2020 Page 10101010 of 11111111 2. Pressure pipe shall be given combined hydrostatic and leakage tests in sections of acceptable length as the Architect shall direct. 3. Furnish and install suitable temporary testing plugs or caps; all necessary pressure pumps, pipe connections, meters, gages, and other necessary equipment; and all labor required. 4. Unless it has already been done, the section of pipe to be tested shall be filled with water of approved quality, and all air shall be expelled from the pipe. If hydrants or blowoffs are not available at high points for releasing air, make necessary excavations, do backfilling and make taps at such points. Plug holes after completion of the test. 5. The section under test shall be maintained full of water for a period of 24 hours prior to the combined pressure and leakage test being applied. 6. The meter and gage shall be installed and shall be kept in use during the test so that water entering water main under test will be measured and the pressure in the water main indicated. 7. The pressure test shall be made at 1.5 times the normal working water pressure (based on the elevation of the lowest point of the section under test), but not less than 150 PSI. If the Contractor cannot achieve the specified pressure and maintain it for the specified time, with no additional pumping, the section shall be considered as having failed to pass the test. 8. If the section shall fail to pass the pressure test, locate, uncover, and repair or replace defective pipes, fittings, or joints, without extension of time for completion of work. Additional tests and repairs shall be made until the section passes the specified tests. 10. All joints within vaults shall have no visible leakage. Joints from which water continues to run or squirt in an active manner will not be accepted. 11. Upon successful completion of the tests, plugs or caps installed for the testing shall be removed. 12. If, in the judgment of the Engineer, it is impractical to follow the foregoing procedure exactly for any reasons, modifications in the procedure shall be submitted for approval and be made as approved and accepted, but in any event the Contractor shall be responsible for tightness of the line within the above leakage and pressure requirements. E. Before submitting system for final approval of the authorities having jurisdiction, submit to the Engineer a written statement that work has been completed in accordance with the Contract Documents and signed by the Contractor's Superintendent. SECTION 33-1000 WATER UTILITIES Olander Drive Extension I March 11, 2020 Page 11111111 of 11111111 F. Promptly following satisfactory completion of leakage testing, a report fully describing test procedure and listing test results shall be submitted to the Architect and to governmental agencies having jurisdiction. The report shall be signed by the Contractor's superintendent. 3.053.053.053.05 DISINFECTIONDISINFECTIONDISINFECTIONDISINFECTION A. The Contractor shall disinfect the lines carrying potable water. The work shall be performed in accordance with the requirements of the local Water Department Standards. Test results shall be sent to the Architect and the aforementioned DPW. B. The Contractor shall furnish all equipment and materials necessary to do the work of disinfection, and shall perform the work in accordance with procedure outlined in the latest edition of ANSI/AWWA C651 except as otherwise specified herein. C. The dosage shall be such so as to produce a chlorine concentration of no less than 25 (mg/1) ppm after a contact period of not less than 24 hours. D. After treatment, the pipeline shall be flushed with clean water until the residual chlorine content does not exceed 1.0 (mg/1) ppm. E. After flushing samples shall be collected as per local Water Department standards. F. During the disinfection period, care shall be exercised to prevent contamination of water in existing mains. G. The Contractor shall dispose of the water used in disinfecting and flushing in an acceptable manner. H. Any temporary connections required for disinfection shall be installed and subsequently properly abandoned at the Contractor's expense. END OF SECTIONEND OF SECTIONEND OF SECTIONEND OF SECTION SECTION 33-3000 SANITARY SEWERAGE Olander Drive Extension I March 11, 2020 Page 1111 of 6666 SECTION 33SECTION 33SECTION 33SECTION 33----3000300030003000 SANITARY SEWERSANITARY SEWERSANITARY SEWERSANITARY SEWERAGEAGEAGEAGE PART 1 PART 1 PART 1 PART 1 ---- GENERALGENERALGENERALGENERAL 1.11.11.11.1 RELATED DOCUMENTSRELATED DOCUMENTSRELATED DOCUMENTSRELATED DOCUMENTS The General Provisions of the Contract, including the General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1, apply to this Section 1.1.1.1.2222 DESCRIPTIONDESCRIPTIONDESCRIPTIONDESCRIPTION A. Work under this Section of the Specifications shall consist of providing all labor, materials and equipment necessary and required to install exterior sanitary sewer system beginning at a point 10 feet outside of building foundation wall, in accordance with the Contract Documents. This work shall include but not be limited to: 1. Installation of sanitary sewers consisting of manholes, grease trap, drop connections, pipe and all necessary and required accessory items and operations including connections to existing facilities. 2. Pay costs and fees related to connecting sanitary sewerage system to existing services. File applications, details, and drawings required by the local authority having jurisdiction. 3. Connection of building sanitary sewer service lines to the site sanitary sewer system. 4. Installation of sanitary sewer facilities with the Public R.O.W. and/or easements, including connections to existing sanitary sewer facilities. B. Related Work Described Elsewhere Site Demotion Clearing and Grubbing………………….………..…….……Division 31 Excavation, Backfill, Earthwork, and Grading……….……………………Division 31 1.61.61.61.6 QUALITY ASSURANCEQUALITY ASSURANCEQUALITY ASSURANCEQUALITY ASSURANCE A. Codes and Standards 1. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO): Standard Specifications for Highway Bridges SECTION 33-3000 SANITARY SEWERAGE Olander Drive Extension I March 11, 2020 Page 2222 of 6666 2. American Society for Testing and Materials: a. Joints for Circular Concrete Sewer and Culvert Pipe, Using Rubber Gaskets C433 b. Underground Installation of Flexible Thermoplastic Sewer Pipe D3231 c. Type PSM Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Sewer Pipe and Fittings D3034 d. Joints for Drain and Sewer and Plastic Pipes Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals D3212 3. Commonwealth of Massachusetts Department of Transportation (MDOT): Standard Specifications for Highways and Bridges 4. Local Municipal Requirements: a. The Contractor shall notify the local DPW prior to installation. All work and materials shall be subject to the approval of the local DPW. b. The abutting property owners shall be notified prior to installation of the sewer service. B. Permits The Contractor shall pay for all permits and licenses as required. C. Inspection 1. All sanitary sewer System installation shall be inspected and approved by the local DPW. The Contractor shall be responsible for making all arrangements with the DPW and paying all fees associated with the Sanitary Sewerage System installation. 2. The Contractor shall have the new pipe system televised and supply a certified video tape to the local DPW. Arrangements shall be made with the Town prior to performing the TV inspection, so the DPW personnel can witness the taping process. 1.71.71.71.7 SUBMITTALSSUBMITTALSSUBMITTALSSUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and installation instructions for sanitary sewage system materials and products. B. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings for sanitary sewage systems, and maintenance data. C. Record Drawings: Submit record drawings at Project Closeout. SECTION 33-3000 SANITARY SEWERAGE Olander Drive Extension I March 11, 2020 Page 3333 of 6666 PART 2 PART 2 PART 2 PART 2 ---- PRODUCTSPRODUCTSPRODUCTSPRODUCTS 2.012.012.012.01 MATERIALSMATERIALSMATERIALSMATERIALS The materials to be used in the construction shall be those indicated on the Drawings and specified herein. A. Identification 1. Provide underground-type plastic line markers, manufacturer's standard permanent, bright-colored, continuous-printed plastic tape, intended for direct-burial service. 2. Size: Min. 6 in wide x 4 mils thick 3. Provide green tape with black printing reading "CAUTION SEWER LINE BURIED BELOW". 4. During backfilling/top-soiling of sanitary sewage systems, install continuous underground-type plastic line marker, located directly over buried line at 6 in. to 8 in. below finished grade. B. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe 1. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) nonpressure pipe for gravity sewers shall conform to ASTM D 3034, SDR35 minimum wall thickness. 2. Pipe shall be bell-and-spigot in standard lengths of 12'-6". 3. Bell end shall be an integral wall section with solid cross section rubber ring, factory assembled. 4. Spigot end shall be beveled to ensure proper insertion. Spigot end shall be imprinted with an "assemble stripe", to which the bell end of the mated pipe will extend upon proper jointing of the two pipes. 5. Rubber rings shall conform to ASTM D3212. 6. Pipe ends shall permit checking of the rings with a feeler gage to ensure their proper location in the coupling grooves. 7. PVC fittings shall be bell-and-spigot type, compatible with the pipe. C. Sanitary Manholes SECTION 33-3000 SANITARY SEWERAGE Olander Drive Extension I March 11, 2020 Page 4444 of 6666 1. Precast concrete manholes shall conform to local DPW Standards and shall be sanitary manhole manufactured by Arrow Concrete, Granby, CT, or approved equal. a. Sections shall have tongue and groove joints. b. Joints between sections shall be made with preformed rubber gaskets conforming to ASTM C433. c. Each section shall have no more than two lifting holes or cast-in lifting devices. d. Precast base shall be manufactured with wall openings to receive the ends of pipes which are to be connected to structure. e. Pipe openings in base shall be minimum size required to receive pipe, and shall be accurately set to conform to the required line and grade. 2. Pipe shall be joined to precast base using a seal as indicated on the Drawings or a seal approved by the local Department of Public Works. 3. Manholes shall have shaped brick inverts. 4. Manhole steps shall be polypropylene plastic reinforced with 3/8 in. diameter steel rod, as manufactured by M.A. Industries, Inc. Peachtree City, GA 30269, or approved equal. a. Steps shall be drop-front anti-skid design, 12 in wide. Projection of front edge of step shall be greater than or equal to 5 in. from manhole wall. b. Steps shall embedded 4 in. into manhole wall. c. Steps in precast sections shall be embedded at time of casting. 5. Manholes shall be designed to safely withstand an AASHTO H-20 loading, as specified in the AASHTO Specifications. D. Brick 1. Brick for support of cast iron cover and frame shall meet the physical requirements of MDPW Specifications Section M4.05.2. 2. Brick for sewer manhole invert channel shall conform to MDPW Specifications Section M4.05.2. E. Mortar Mortar shall conform to MDOT Specifications Section M4.02.15. F. Grout Grout shall be a nonshrink cement-based type, such as Master Builders Company "Embeco", or U.S. Grout Corporation "Five Star Grout". G. Castings SECTION 33-3000 SANITARY SEWERAGE Olander Drive Extension I March 11, 2020 Page 5555 of 6666 1. Manhole frames and covers shall be cast iron conforming to MDOT Specifications Section M8.03.0 and MDOT Construction Standard Drawings 202.6.0, 202.7.0 and 202.8.0. Frames may be Type A or Type B. Covers shall have the letters “SEWER” cast into the cover. All covers shall be submitted to and approved by the local DPW. 2. Castings shall have a shop-applied coal-tar-pitch varnish coating, thoroughly covering all metal. H. Embedment Materials PVC pipe embedment materials shall conform to Class I or Class II embedment materials as defined in ASTM D 2321. PART 3 PART 3 PART 3 PART 3 ---- EXECUTIONEXECUTIONEXECUTIONEXECUTION 3.013.013.013.01 INSTALLATIONINSTALLATIONINSTALLATIONINSTALLATION The Contractor shall install all sanitary sewer structures and pipe in the locations as shown on the Drawings and/or as approved by the Owner's Field Representative and in accordance with the local DPW Standards. A. Piping - PVC 1. Inspect piping before installation to detect apparent defects. 2. Mark defective materials with white paint and promptly remove from site. 3. PVC pipe installation shall conform to ASTM D2321. 4. Bottom of trench excavation shall be kept dry and free of water during pipe installation. Adequate measures shall be taken to prevent flotation of pipe in the trench. 5. Pipe shall be thoroughly cleaned before installation, and shall be maintained free from foreign matter during installation. 6. Each pipe length shall be installed to form a close joint with the next adjoining length and bring inverts of the required grade. 7. Piping shall be properly graded, free from pockets. 8. No pipe or fitting shall be permanently support on saddles, blocking or stones. 9. Where necessary, tight-fitting temporary wood bulkheads shall be employed to close ends of pipeline at end of each day's work. SECTION 33-3000 SANITARY SEWERAGE Olander Drive Extension I March 11, 2020 Page 6666 of 6666 10. Cleaning a. Clear interior of piping of dirt and other superfluous material as work progresses. b. Maintain swab or drag in line and pull past each joint as it is completed. c. In large, accessible piping, use brushes and brooms for clearing. d. Place plugs in ends of uncompleted conduit at end of day or whenever work stops. e. Flush lines between manholes if required to remove collected debris. C. Connections to existing facilities 1. The Contractor shall make all required connections of the proposed sanitary sewer into existing sanitary sewer facilities, where and as shown on the Drawings. 2. Connections to existing sewer manholes shall be cored. No cutting or chipping will be allowed. Connection shall incorporate a waterproof rubber boot. 3. Take care while making tap connections to prevent concrete or debris from entering existing piping or structure. 4. Remove debris, concrete or other extraneous material which may accumulate. END OF SECTIONEND OF SECTIONEND OF SECTIONEND OF SECTION SECTION 33-4000 STORMWATER UTILITIES Olander Drive Extension I March 11, 2020 Page 1111 of 7777 SECTION SECTION SECTION SECTION 33333333----4040404000000000 STORMSTORMSTORMSTORMWATER UTILITIESWATER UTILITIESWATER UTILITIESWATER UTILITIES PART 1 PART 1 PART 1 PART 1 ---- GENERALGENERALGENERALGENERAL 1.11.11.11.1 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONSSUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONSSUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONSSUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS A. Attention is directed to the requirements of the printed form of Contract and to General Requirements of which this section is hereby made a part. 1.21.21.21.2 RELATED DOCUMENTSRELATED DOCUMENTSRELATED DOCUMENTSRELATED DOCUMENTS A. The Contractor, Subcontractors, and/or suppliers providing goods or services referenced in or related to this Section shall also be bound by the General Conditions of the Contract Documents. 1.1.1.1.3333 DESCRIPTIONDESCRIPTIONDESCRIPTIONDESCRIPTION A. The storm drainage system required for this work is indicated on the drawings and includes, but is not necessarily limited to: - storm drainage pipe and subdrains - catch basins, manholes, storm drains and interconnecting lateral lines - required fittings and bends - testing B. Related Work Described Elsewhere Site Demotion Clearing and Grubbing………………….……..………...…....Division 31 Excavation, Backfill, Earthwork, and Grading………………………..………Division 31 Cast in Place Concrete Paving ………….…………………….……….…………..Division 32 1111.4.4.4.4 QUALITY ASSURANCEQUALITY ASSURANCEQUALITY ASSURANCEQUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications of Installers Use adequate number of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work in this Section. B. Standards 1. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO): Standard Specifications for Highway Bridges SECTION 33-4000 STORMWATER UTILITIES Olander Drive Extension I March 11, 2020 Page 2222 of 7777 2. American Concrete Institute (ACI): Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete - 318 3. American Concrete Pipe Association (ACPA): Concrete Pipe Design Manual 4. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement A615 Concrete Masonry Units for Construction of Catch Basins and Manholes C139 Sampling and Testing Concrete Masonry Units C140 Compression Joints for Vitrified Clay Pipe and Fittings C425 Joints for Circular Concrete Sewer and Culvert Pipe, Using Rubber Gaskets C443 Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole C478 Vitrified Clay Pipe, Extra Strength, Standard Strength, and Perforated C700 Precast Reinforced Concrete Box Sections for Culverts, Storm Drains, and Sewers C789 Moisture-Density Relations of Soils and Soil Aggregate Mixtures Using 10-lb. (4.54 kg) Rammer and 18 in. 457 mm) Drop D1157 5. Commonwealth of Massachusetts Department of Transporation (MDOT): Standard Specifications for Highways and Bridges 6. National Clay Pipe Institute (NCPI): Clay Pipe Engineering Manual C. Codes-The work shall be completed in accordance with standards of the local municipality and the Massachusetts Department of Transportation. D. Permits-The Contractor shall pay for all permits and licenses as required. E. Inspection-All drainage system installations shall be inspected and approved by Owner. The Contractor shall be responsible for making all arrangements with inspectors from the local municipality and paying all fees associated with the drainage system installation. 1.1.1.1.5555 SUBMITTALSSUBMITTALSSUBMITTALSSUBMITTALS A. Materials List After award of Contract and before any storm drainage system materials are delivered to the job site, manufacturer's product data shall be submitted. 1. Show manufacturer's name and catalog number for each item, furnish complete catalog cuts and technical data, and furnish the manufacturer's recommendations as to method of installation. 2. Do not permit any storm drainage or sewerage component to be brought onto the job until it has been approved by the Landscape Architect. B. Record Drawings 1. During the course of installation, carefully show, in red line, on a print of the grading plan, all changes made to the storm drainage system during installation. SECTION 33-4000 STORMWATER UTILITIES Olander Drive Extension I March 11, 2020 Page 3333 of 7777 2. Upon completion of the storm drainage system installation, these marked plans shall be supplied to the Engineer. 1.1.1.1.6666 PRODUCT HANDLINGPRODUCT HANDLINGPRODUCT HANDLINGPRODUCT HANDLING A. Protection Protect existing utilities as specified in these Specifications. Use all means necessary to protect storm drain system materials before, during and after installation and to protect installed work and materials of all other trades. B. Replacements In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary to the approval of the Landscape Architect, at no additional cost to the Owner. C. Delivery and Storage Deliver all materials to the job site in their original containers, with all labels legible at time of use. Store in strict accordance with manufacturer's recommendations, as approved by the Landscape Architect. PART 2 PART 2 PART 2 PART 2 ---- PRPRPRPRODUCTSODUCTSODUCTSODUCTS 2.012.012.012.01 CASTINGSCASTINGSCASTINGSCASTINGS A. Catalog listings on the plans indicated are from the Neenah Foundry Company catalogs. Subsections may be submitted for the approval of the Project Engineer, provided they are equivalent to those indicated and conform to State Specifications.The catch basin frame and grate shall be Model R-5901A or approved equal. B. The manhole frames and covers shall conform to MDOT Specifications C. Traps shall conform to MDOT requirements. 2.022.022.022.02 HDPE DRAINAGE PIPEHDPE DRAINAGE PIPEHDPE DRAINAGE PIPEHDPE DRAINAGE PIPE This pipe shall conform to MDOT Standard Specifications Section M5.03.01. The pipe shall be constructed of high-density polyethylene. The pipe shall be seamless with corrugations on the exterior and shall have a smooth interior waterway. Corrugated plastic pipe shall not be used for flared ends or in other applications where the pipe will be exposed to vandalism and ultraviolet radiation. Cost of pipe shall include connections to flared ends of other material. 2.032.032.032.03 Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe and PerforatePolyvinyl Chloride Pipe and PerforatePolyvinyl Chloride Pipe and PerforatePolyvinyl Chloride Pipe and Perforated Polyvinyl Chloride Piped Polyvinyl Chloride Piped Polyvinyl Chloride Piped Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe PVC pipe and fittings for drainage and subdrainage applications shall meet ASTM D 1785 Standard Specifications for PVC plastic pipe, Type I Schedule 80. Joints shall be made in acordance with SECTION 33-4000 STORMWATER UTILITIES Olander Drive Extension I March 11, 2020 Page 4444 of 7777 ASTM D 2855 Recommended Practice for Making Solvent-cemented Joints with PVC Pipe and Fittings. 2.02.02.02.04444 CATCH BASINSCATCH BASINSCATCH BASINSCATCH BASINS & DRY WELLS& DRY WELLS& DRY WELLS& DRY WELLS A. Catch basins and dry wells shall be constructed of the materials, size, form thickness and in the manner showing detail on a plan titled "Typical Details" B. Precast concrete basins shall consist of pre-cast reinforced riser sections, haunched concentric cone top section, and a base section conforming to the typical catch basin details. Where required by shallow installations or directed by the Engineer, provide a flat slab top constructed to support HS-20 wheel loading. C. Pre-cast catch basins shall be manufactured in accordance with ASTM Designation C 478. The minimum compressive strength of the concrete for all sections shall be 4,000 psi of a 28 day test. The circumferential steel reinforcement for riser sections and base walls shall be 0.17 square inch per linear foot. Reinforcing in the bottoms of bases shall be of the same design. D. Each section of the pre-cast manhole shall have two holes for the purpose of handling and laying. These holes shall be tapered and shall be plugged with mortar after installation. E. Type II cement to be used. Sections shall be set so as to be vertical and in true alignment. Joints shall be completely mortared by buttering the groove and immediately prior to setting a section assuring a water tight sump. F. Catch basin connections to the manhole shall enter immediately above the shelf. G. Red Sewer Brick shall be used in the catch basins. H. 3/4" crushed stone foundation six (6) inches in depth is required under the pre-cast base at no additional cost. I. Traps, frames, grate and inlets shall be furnished and installed as specified under their respective items. A minimum of 12 inches red sewer brick shall be used under the frames. The grates shall fit so as to prevent rocking or unnecessary space at the joints. J. Dry wells shall have an open bottom and include perforations (min. 1.5” dia) in a regular pattern on all sides. PART 3PART 3PART 3PART 3 ---- EXECUTIONEXECUTIONEXECUTIONEXECUTION 3.013.013.013.01 SURFACE CONDITIONSSURFACE CONDITIONSSURFACE CONDITIONSSURFACE CONDITIONS A. Inspection SECTION 33-4000 STORMWATER UTILITIES Olander Drive Extension I March 11, 2020 Page 5555 of 7777 1. Prior to all work of this section, carefully inspect the installed work of all other trades and verify that all such work is complete to the point where this installation may properly commence. 2. Verify that storm drainage system may be installed in strict accordance with all pertinent codes and regulations, the original design, the referenced standards, and the manufacturer's recommendations. B. Discrepancies 1. In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the Engineer. 2. Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy until all such discrepancies have been fully resolved. 3.023.023.023.02 FIELD MEASUREMENTSFIELD MEASUREMENTSFIELD MEASUREMENTSFIELD MEASUREMENTS Make all necessary measurements in the field to ensure precise fit of items in accordance with the original design. 3.033.033.033.03 TRENCHING AND BACKFILLINGTRENCHING AND BACKFILLINGTRENCHING AND BACKFILLINGTRENCHING AND BACKFILLING Perform all trenching and backfilling necessary for this portion of the work, strictly conforming to the requirements for trenching described in Section 31 5001 of these Specifications. 3.043.043.043.04 INSTALLATION OF PIPINGINSTALLATION OF PIPINGINSTALLATION OF PIPINGINSTALLATION OF PIPING A. General Piping shall be installed as indicated on the Drawings and in accordance with the local and state DPW Standards. Concrete pipe installation shall conform to Class B, Bedding Condition as specified in the ACPA Manual. PVC pipe installation shall conform to NCPA Manual for Figure 8, Class C Bedding Condition. B. Approvals No pipe shall be laid without prior notification of the Landscape Architect. Each pipe shall be subject to inspection by the Landscape Architect immediately before it is laid, and defective pipe will be rejected. Pipe lines shall be laid to the grades and alignment indicated on the drawings. Proper facilities shall be provided for lowering sections of pipe into trenches. C. Controls SECTION 33-4000 STORMWATER UTILITIES Olander Drive Extension I March 11, 2020 Page 6666 of 7777 The grade and alignment of all pipe laid in trenches shall be controlled by batterboards, laser equipment, or parallel offset lines with accurate horizontal and vertical control checkout points spaced not greater than 25 feet. Grades and lines between points shall be set and checked with grade and alignment squares. Layout of controls shall be established by a Registered Professional Engineer or Land Surveyor. Alignment tolerances shall be 1 in 1,000 vertical and 1 in 500 horizontal. Pipe shall be inspected for alignment, and approval shall be obtained from the Landscape Architect before backfilling work commences. D. Procedure 1. Before being laid, each pipe length shall be inspected and tested to verify that it is not cracked, permanently dented or deformed. Pipe of the required size shall be laid to conform to the lines and grades indicated on the drawings or given by the Contracting Officer. 2. Pipe shall be laid with the groove or bell end upstream. Bell shall rest over a shallow excavation in pipe bedding to prevent pipe weight from bearing on bell. 3. Each pipe shall be so laid as form a close joint with the next adjoining pipe and bring the inverts continuously to required grade. Each pipe shall be supported with compacted crushed stone, graded in size from 1/4 inch to 3/4 inch, to obtain a substantially unyielding bed. 4. Unless recommended by the ASTM standards and by the manufacturers of the various kinds and types of pipe, the Contractor shall not joint pairs of pipe before laying them. 5. No pipe or fitting shall be permanently supported on saddles, blocking, or stones. 6. Where a concrete cradle is used, the pipe shall be laid on concrete saddles so constructed as to provide lateral support for the pipe while the cradle is being placed. 7. Pipe shall not be backfilled until joints have been fully inspected, and approved. 8. Entire length of pipe shall be thoroughly flushed clean following completion of backfill. 9. Lifting holes in concrete pipe shall be at top of pipe as installed. Holes shall be sealed with precast concrete plugs. Before plugs are installed, entire contact surface between plug and pipe shall be coated with asphalt mastic. Plug shall be driven home before mastic has set up. 3.053.053.053.05 PIPINGPIPINGPIPINGPIPING Pipe joints shall be made with rubber gaskets, Portland cement mortar, nonshrink grout, or asphalt mastic compound. A. Rubber gasketed joint: Pipe gasket shall be installed using lubricants, cements, adhesives, and other accessories and methods recommended by the gasket manufacturer. Pipe and gasket surfaces shall be kept clean until pipe has been properly drawn up and the joint closed. Gaskets and other jointing material shall be placed on the pipe immediately before joint is made up. Jointing materials shall be inspected and defects repaired before joint is completed. SECTION 33-4000 STORMWATER UTILITIES Olander Drive Extension I March 11, 2020 Page 7777 of 7777 3.063.063.063.06 INSTALLATION OF CATCH BASINS & MANHOLESINSTALLATION OF CATCH BASINS & MANHOLESINSTALLATION OF CATCH BASINS & MANHOLESINSTALLATION OF CATCH BASINS & MANHOLES A. General All drainage structures to be constructed within this contract shall be as indicated on the drawings and location shall be in strict accordance with the plans. Manholes and catch basins shall be plumb and vertical, with each section in true alignment. Materials shall be as listed herein and exceptions shall not be taken without prior approval. 1. Lifting holes in precast sections shall be thoroughly plugged with mortar and finished smooth and flush with adjoining surfaces. 2. Drain pipe shall extend, around its entire circumference, to inside surface of wall of structure into which it is inserted. Pipe shall be joined to manhole wall using either a flexible manhole sleeve or nonshrink grout. For grouted joints, surface between pipe and wall shall be filled with nonshrink grout. B. Castings Casting frames shall be set on a full bed of mortar, true to grade and concentric with the masonry. All voids beneath the bottom flange shall be completely filled to make a watertight fit. A ring of mortar at least 1 inch thick shall be placed around the outside of the bottom flange extending to the outer edge of the masonry all around the frame. Mortar surface shall be smooth and shall be sloped to shed water away from the frame. C. Where required, new piping shall be connected to existing manholes and catch basins by cutting or breaking into existing structures. Completed work shall be adequately patched and finished with nonshrink grout to the satisfaction of the Engineer. 3.073.073.073.07 CERTIFICATESCERTIFICATESCERTIFICATESCERTIFICATES Affidavits shall be furnished from the manufacturer of pipe and appurtenances furnished and installed under this Section, certifying that such materials delivered to the project conform to the requirements of these Specifications. END OF SECTIONEND OF SECTIONEND OF SECTIONEND OF SECTION